The Republic of the Union of Myanmar

Ministry of Electric Power

Department of Hydropower Implementation

Upper Paunglaung Hydropower

Project
Completion Report – VOLUME 1

July 2015

www.afconsult.com/switzerland
Volume Index of Completion Report

Volume 1 Chapter 1 Introduction

Chapter 2 Project Design Data

Chapter 3 Civil Works Construction Design

3.1 Overall Project Layout

Volume 2 Chapter 3 Civil Works Construction Design

3.2 River Diversion

Volume 3 Chapter 3 Civil Works Construction Design

3.2 River Diversion

Volume 4 Chapter 3 Civil Works Construction Design

3.3 Main Dam

Volume 5 Chapter 3 Civil Works Construction Design

3.3 Main Dam

Volume 6 Chapter 3 Civil Works Construction Design

3.3 Main Dam

3.4 Spillway

Volume 7 Chapter 3 Civil Works Construction Design

3.5 Bottom Outlet

3.6 Power Intakes

Volume 8 Chapter 3 Civil Works Construction Design

3.6 Power Intakes

3.7 Penstocks
3.8 Powerhouse

Volume 9 Chapter 3 Civil Works Construction Design

3.8 Powerhouse

Volume 10 Chapter 3 Civil Works Construction Design

Ministry of Electric Power - Department of Hydropower Implementation II

Upper Paunglaung HPP – Completion Report –
February 2015
 3.9 Tailrace
3.10 Associated Buildings
3.11 Miscellaneous Civil Works
3.12 Switchyard

Chapter 4 System Definitions

Chapter 5 Civil Works Construction

5.1 General

Volume 11 Chapter 5 Civil Works Construction

5.1 General
5.2 River Diversion

Volume 12 Chapter 5 Civil Works Construction

5.2 River Diversion

5.3 Main Dam RCC Construction

Volume 13 & 14 Chapter 5 Civil Works Construction

5.3 Main Dam RCC Construction

Volume 15 Chapter 5 Civil Works Construction

5.3 Main Dam RCC Construction

Chapter 6 Hydraulic Steel Structures

Volume 16 Chapter 6 Hydraulic Steel Structures

Chapter 7 Electromechanical and Electrical Equipment

Volume 17 to 22 Chapter 7 Electromechanical and Electrical Equipment

Volume 23 Chapter 7 Electromechanical and Electrical Equipment

Chapter 8 Photographic Records

Volume 24 Chapter 9 As-Built Drawings

© The Copyright remains with AF-Consult Switzerland Ltd.

Ministry of Electric Power - Department of Hydropower Implementation III

Upper Paunglaung HPP – Completion Report –
February 2015
Table of Contents – VOLUME 1

1 Introduction ...................................................................................................... Vol. 1

2 Project Design Data

2.1 Climate

2.2 Topography

 Survey Mission Report, February 2006

 Site Visit Report, April 2010

2.3 Hydrology

2.4 Geology

 Basic Feasibility Study, Site Visit Report, 21.02.- 02.03.2005

 Basic Feasibility Study, Mission Report, July 20 - 21.2005
 Site Visit Report, February 2006
 Mission Report, January 2009
 Limestone Quarry Prospection, Mission Report, March 2009
 Mission Report, June 2009

2.5 Seismic

 Preliminary Basic Feasibility Report, Seismic Hazard Study, April 2005

2.6 Geotechnics and Materials

 Mission Report, May 2006

 Mission report, September 2007
 Mission Report, May 2008
 Mission Report, August 2008
 RCC Aggregate Quarry, Interim Report, February 2009
 Site Visit Note on UPL Quarries and Crushers, 18.12.2010
 Dam Foundation, Geotechnical Parameters Report, March 2011

3 Civil Work Construction Design

3.1 Overall Project Layout

 Salient Features of the Project, February 2015

 Completion of RCC Dam from Asia 2014 paper
 Design and Construction Aspects of RCC Dam from Asia 2012 paper

The Republic of the Union of Myanmar - Ministry of Electric Power I

Upper Paunglaung Hydropower Project – Completion Report – VOLUME 1 –
February 2015
  RCC dam – design and construction from ICOLD 2011 Luzern paper
 AFC’s Upper Paunglaung HPP
 AF-Colenco AG’s info

3.2 River Diversion

 RCC Placing, Guidelines, April 2009 .......................................................................................Vol. 2

 Temperature Control Measures, Separation Wall – RCC, April 2009
 Trial Embankment, Separation Wall – RCC, April 2009
 Stability Analysis Report, Separation Wall, November 2008
 River Diversion, Outlet Structure, Structural Analysis, June 2007
 River Diversion, Inlet Structure, Structural Analysis, June 2007 ............................................Vol. 3

3.3 Main Dam

 Thermal Mass Gradient Report, Main Dam - RCC, January 2009 .........................................Vol. 4
 Full Scale Trial Procedures, Main Dam - RCC, October 2009 ...............................................Vol. 5
 Design Report, RCC Transportation System, Main Dam - RCC, April 2010
 Dam Foundation Treatment - Curtain Grouting Procedure / Specification, September 2010
 Special Technical Specifications, Section 3.17: Main Dam Instrumentation, December 2010
 Design Report, Main Dam - Block Joint Spacing, Main Dam - RCC, December 2010
 Design Report - RCC Dam, Horizontal Thermal Stresses, October 2011
 Design Criteria, Main Dam - Design, November 2008_rev. 2011
 Specifications and Procedures for Dam Grout & Drainage Curtains, July 2012
 Design Report - Main Dam, Reservoir Impounding, November 2012
 RCC Dam - Thermal Post-Analysis, December 2013
 Construction Design Report for Main Dam, February 2015 .................................................Vol. 6
 Main Dam - Report on Additional Instrumentation, February 2015

3.4 Spillway

 HMT, Spillway and Bottom Outlet General Specifications Report, October 2007
 Hydraulic Design Report, Spillway Structure, January 2009
 Report on Hydraulic Model Study of Spillway, August 2009
 Design Report, Spillway Chute & Flip Bucket, October 2011
 Design Report, Spillway Bridge & Piers, October 2011
 Construction Design Report for Spillway, February 2015

3.5 Bottom Outlet ...................................................................................................... Vol. 7

 Bottom Outlet Structure, Stability and Structural Safety Report, June 2009
 Report on Hydraulic Model Study of Bottom Outlet August 2009
 Bottom Outlet, Gate Chamber, December 2010
 Bottom Outlet, Alternative Gate Chamber Precast Design, June 2011
 Bottom Outlet, Gate Chamber Precast Design, June 2011
 Bottom Outlet, Structural Design, Access Portal, September 2011
 Bottom Outlet, Anchorage of Hydraulic Hoist of Radial Gate

The Republic of the Union of Myanmar - Ministry of Electric Power II

Upper Paunglaung Hydropower Project – Completion Report – VOLUME 1 –
February 2015
  Construction Design Report for Bottom Outlet, February 2015

3.6 Power Intakes

 Design Report, Power Intake, February 2014

 Construction Design Report for Power Intakes, February 2015 ...........................................Vol. 8

3.7 Penstocks

 Design Report, Penstock Shafts, March 2011

 Design Report, Penstock Encasement & Inclined Supports, August 2011
 Construction Design Report for Penstocks, February 2015

3.8 Powerhouse

– Powerhouse, check of Stability, Stability Analysis Report, August 2009

– Powerhouse, Stability / Structural Analysis, Basic Design Data Report, September 2009
– Structural Analysis, Powerhouse Superstructure Report, September 2011
– Structural Analysis, Powerhouse Slabs Floors 5 to 8 Report, September 2011
– STS, Section 15.21, Bonded Concrete Floors, December 2012
– STS for Architectural Works, July 2013 .......................................................................... Vol. 8 & 9
– Construction Design Report for Powerhouse, February 2015 ..............................................Vol. 9
– Design Report, Powerhouse - Service Bay, February 2015
– Design Report, Powerhouse - Machine Bay, February 2015
– Design Report, Powerhouse, February 2015

3.9 Tailrace .................................................................................................... Vol. 10

– Design Report, Left Tailrace Channel Wall, D/S of TR 61.75, Preliminary Design, July 2012
– Construction Design Report for Tailrace Channel, February 2015

3.10 Associated Buildings

– Design Report, 33 kV Switchgear Building Report, August 2012

– Construction Design Report for Associated Buildings, February 2015

3.11 Miscellaneous Civil Works

– Design Report, Water Tank Report, August 2012

– Construction Design Report for Miscellaneous Civil Works, February 2015

3.12 Switchyard

– Construction Design Report for Switchyard, February 2015

4 System Definition

The Republic of the Union of Myanmar - Ministry of Electric Power III

Upper Paunglaung Hydropower Project – Completion Report – VOLUME 1 –
February 2015
5 Civil Work Construction

5.1 General

– Design Considerations and Site Visit Report, September 2008

– Notes on Site Visit Report, March 2009
– Design Report, River Diversion and Construction Stages, Main Dam - RCC, May 2010
– Design Report, Actual Tailwater Rating Curve, July 2010
– Mission Report, March 2011
– Review of the dam construction sequence, April 2011
– Mission Report, July 2011
– Mission Report, September 2012
– RCC Construction Methodology between YHP and UPL RCC Dams in Myanmar, October 2012
– Experience made with Retarder Admixtures at Two RCC Dams in Myanmar, October 2012
– Back Water Calculations and Excavation Measures at Powerhouse, November 2013
– Mission Report, January 2014
– Guide Line for Reservoir Operation, July 2014 ................................................................... Vol. 11

5.2 CVC Works

– Mission Report, Nov. / Dec. 2005

– Site Visit Report, January 2006
– Mission Report, January / February 2006
– Mission Report, February/March 2006
– Mission Report, March 2006
– Site Visit Report, March 2006
– Site Visit from 17th to 19th April 2006
– Mission Report, May 2006
– Site Visit Report, July 2007
– Mission Report, September 2007
– Diversion Tunnel for the Outstanding Construction Work 03.09.2007
– Mission Report, August 2008
– Mission Report, January 2009
– Mission Report, Limestone Quarry Prospection, March 2009
– Mission Report, June 2009
– Mission Report, August 2009
– Site Visit Report, November 2009
– Mission Report, December 2009
– Powerhouse, Method Statement for the placing of Porous Concrete, January 2010
– Site Visit Report, February 2010
– Mission Report, February 2010
– Mission Report, November 2010
– Site Visit Report, February 2011
– Design Report, River Diversion Wet Season 2011, April 2011
– Site Visit Report, June 2011
– Mission Report, July 2011
– Site Visit Report, September 2011

The Republic of the Union of Myanmar - Ministry of Electric Power IV

Upper Paunglaung Hydropower Project – Completion Report – VOLUME 1 –
February 2015
 – Mission Report, October / November 2011
– Design Report, River Diversion Wet Season 2012, May 2012
– 2012 Wet Season – Q50wet Flood Protection Works, June 2012
– RCC Stages and Sequences, February 2015
– Note on Architectural Finishes Report, December 2012 ................................................... Vol. 12

5.3 Main Dam RCC Construction

– Short Site Visit Report, June 2008

– Site Visit Report, September 2009
– Site Visit Report, February 2010
– Dam Foundation Treatment - Consolidation and Contact Grouting Procedure Method State-
ment, February 2010
– Site Visit Report, March 2010
– Dental and Levelling Concrete Method Statement Report, March 2010
– Site Visit Report, May 2010
– RCC Full Scale Trial, Short Note - Comments and Recommendations, May 2010
– Site Visit Report on UPL Quarries and Crushing Facilities, July 2010
– Brief Review of Site Visit, September 2010
– Site Visit Report, September 2010
– Site Visit Report, MDA, January 2011
– Site Visit Report, Ster, January 2011
– Supplementary Site Visit Report, March 2011
– Site Visit Report & KISS presentation, June 2011 .............................................................. Vol. 13
– RCC QC Report, August 2011
– Main Dam - RCC Stage 3A - Foundation, November 2011
– Site Visit Report, March 2012
– RCC QC Report, June 2012
– RCC QC Report No. 3, June 2013 ........................................................................................ Vol. 14
– First Inspection Report 2014, Main Dam, September 2014
– Second Inspection Report, Main Dam Monitoring, November 2014
– Third Inspection Report, Main Dam Monitoring, January 2015
– Fourth Inspection Report, Main Dam Monitoring, February 2015
– Fifth Inspection Report, Main Dam Monitoring, March 2015 ........................................... Vol. 15
– Sixth Inspection Report, Main Dam Monitoring, April 2015
– RCC QC Report No. 4 (and last), June 2015

6 Hydraulic Steel Structures

– UPL - HSS Coordination Meeting, dated 04 th May 2013

– Mission Report, Report No. UPL-POL-MAY 2012, May 2012
– Site Visit Report, Report No. UPL-SVR-POL-MAY2013, Project No. 3853, June 2013
– Site Visit Report, Report No. UPL-SVR-POL-DEC2013, Project No. 3853, December 2013
– Review Reports .......................................................................................... Vol. 15 & 16

The Republic of the Union of Myanmar - Ministry of Electric Power V

Upper Paunglaung Hydropower Project – Completion Report – VOLUME 1 –
February 2015
7 Mechanical and Electrical Equipment

– UPL HPP – Coordination Meeting, 21/22 November 2006 ................................................ Vol. 16

– UPL HPP – Coordination Meeting, 14/15 June 2007 .......................................................... Vol. 17
– UPL HPP – Special Design Coordination Meeting, 09/10 May 2008
– UPL HPP – Special Design Coordination Meeting, 17/18 June 2008
– UPL HPP – Design Coordination Meeting, 28/29 April 2010
– UPL HPP – Design Coordination Meeting, 27/28 September 2010
– UPL HPP – Design Coordination Meeting HSS-EM, 9th and 10th March 2011
th th
– UPL HPP – Design Coordination Meeting HSS-EM, 26 and 27 September 2011
– UPL HPP – Minutes of HSS/EM Design Coordination Meeting 20/21 March, 2012
– UPL HPP – Minutes of HSS/EM Design Coordination Meeting 15 and 16 May, 2012
– UPL HPP – Minutes of HSS/EM Coordination Meeting 10 and 11 November 2012
– UPL HPP – Minutes of HSS/EM Design Coordination Meeting 14 and 15 December 2012
– UPL HPP – Coordination Meeting 28.02.2014 and 01.03.2014
– UPL HPP – Special Progress Meeting 11.04.2014
– UPL HPP – Minutes of Meeting of Tripartite Coordination Meeting DHPI/HPGE-AFC-
YMEC/KHIDI/HEC 23.01.2015
– Design Modifications Following Reviewing of Full Turbine Model Test Report, August 2010
– Spiral Case and Stay Ring Paint Defects, July 2011
– EM Works: Installation & Long-Term Reliability, April 2015 .............................................. Vol. 18
– Report to Damaged Generator and Turbine Equipment, February 2012
– 230 kV Switchyard Relocation, February 2012
– Site Visit Report, Electromechanical, Report No. UPL-SVR-ARJ-JULY2013, Project No. 3853, Ju-
ly 2013
– Review Reports .......................................................................................... Vol. 18 to 23

8 Photographic Records .................................................................................................... Vol. 23

9 As Built Drawings .................................................................................................... Vol. 24

© The Copyright remains with AF-Colenco Ltd.

The Republic of the Union of Myanmar - Ministry of Electric Power VI

Upper Paunglaung Hydropower Project – Completion Report – VOLUME 1 –
February 2015
 The Republic of the Union of Myanmar
Ministry of Electric Power
Department of Hydropower Implementation

Upper Paunglaung Hydropower

Project
Completion Report

July 2015

www.afconsult.com/switzerland
Impressum

Customer Contractor

Department of Hydropower Implementation AF-Colenco Switzerland Ltd.

Ministry of Electric Power Täfernstrasse 26
Nay Pyi Taw 5405 Baden/Dättwil

Document Information
Project name Upper Paunglaung Hydropower Project
Document title Completion Report
Project number 3853
Name of department Hydro Power
Document path D:\HTTK\UPL\Reports\--- COMPLETION REPORT ---\Chapter 0 - Covers\00 CR Chapter_0_Completion Report Cover Page
2015.07.13 R1.docx

First edition

Date Name Signature

Created 10.02.2015 Ch. Rohrer

Checked

Approved

Index of revisions
Created Approved
No. Page(s) Date Remark (Initial/Signature) (Initial/Signature)

Distributor
Project Director DHPI Con. 1
Director General DHPI Nay Pyi Taw

Ministry of Electric Power - Department of Hydropower Implementation I

Upper Paunglaung HPP – Completion Report –
February 2015
 Customer The Republic of the Union of Myanmar
Ministry of Electric Power
Department of Hydropower Implementation

Project name Upper Paunglaung Hydropower

Project
Document title Completion Report
Project chapter 1. Introduction

February 2015

www.afconsult.com/switzerland
Table of Contents

1 Introduction ....................................................................................................................................... 1

1.1 General ................................................................................................................................................ 1

1.2 Project Design Data........................................................................................................................... 1
1.3 Civil Works Construction Design..................................................................................................... 1
1.4 System Definition .............................................................................................................................. 2
1.5 Civil Works Construction .................................................................................................................. 3
1.6 Hydraulic Steel Structures................................................................................................................ 3
1.7 Mechanical and Electrical Equipment............................................................................................. 3
1.8 Photographic Records ...................................................................................................................... 4
1.9 As-Built Drawings .............................................................................................................................. 4

© The Copyright remains with AF-Colenco Ltd.

The Republic of the Union of Myanmar - Ministry of Electric Power I

Upper Paunglaung Hydropower Project – Completion Report – 1. Introduction
February 2015
1 Introduction

1.1 General

The Project Completion Report (PCR) comprises of sections 1 to 8 as per table of content:

1. Introduction

2. Project Design Data

3. Civil Work Construction Design

4. System Definition

5. Civil Work Construction

6. Hydraulic Steel Structures

7. Mechanical and Electromechanical Equipment

8. Photographic Records (CD included)

9. As built Drawings

All documents compiled in this report have been produced during design and construction of Upper
Paunglaung Hydropower Project.

Updating of the documents has been carried out where applicable.

The compilation of all relevant documents in one set represents together with the AS BUILT Drawings the
reference documentation of UPL HPP.

1.2 Project Design Data

The basic project design data are given in the Basic Feasibility Report, Colenco Power Engineering (CPE) in
September 2005.

No further complete reports have been produced with respects to Climate, Topography, Hydrology and
Seismicity whereas reports on Geology and Geotechnics were required to define the further design of the
project.

1.3 Civil Works Construction Design

Overall Project Layout. Includes Project Description and papers of AF-Colenco.

The Republic of the Union of Myanmar - Ministry of Electric Power Page 1 of 4

Upper Paunglaung Hydropower Project – Completion Report – 1. Introduction
February 2015
River diversion. The basic concept of river diversion through the diversion tunnel and later stage though
the bottom outlet as defined in the system definition was described in the basic design updating report and
in the construction notes. In addition the relevant structural analysis from Inlet and Outlet structures as well
as the stability analysis of the separation wall is given within this subchapter.

Main Dam. Design Documents for the RCC dam comprise RCC design and technology related documents
and dam design analysis documents. For the dam design analysis itself, the Design Criteria, Stability and
Structural Analysis, Thermal Analysis and RCC dam block spacing report is provided. For the RCC design and
technology documents covering the Full Scale trial and RCC Transportation System are included. The RCC
mix design reports are included in Chapter 5.2. Also included in this subchapter is the design impounding
report.

Spillway. Hydraulic Design Report and Hydraulic Model Test report as well as structural analysis reports are
presented for the ungated Spillway of Upper Paunglaung.

Bottom Outlet. Hydraulic Model Test report and structural analysis reports are included in this subchapter.
All HSS related documents for the bottom outlet are included in Chapter 6.

Power Intake. The Structural Analysis report of the Power Intakes is presented in this subchapter.

Penstocks. The structural analysis of the upper penstock parts and penstock shafts are compiles here. The
open penstock is designed by the HSS contractor and is not part of AF-Colenco design.

Powerhouse. Stability analysis and Structural Analysis Report is

Tailrace Channel. A design report which covers design and analysis of the concrete training wall as well as
the erosion protection measures is provided.

Miscellaneous Structures and Switchyard.

1.4 System Definition

The System Definitions present in a concise form the main data relevant to the function and design of the
systems of the project, including main features, structures and equipment. They are devoid of design com-
putations and specification texts and hence particularly facilitate cross referencing and coordination of main
data between the multi-disciplinary aspects of the project and the different Contract Lots.

The System Definition provides the central reference for ensuring key data are available within the multi-
disciplinary design and implementation processes and for the future references.

The Chapters of the System Definitions are structured as follows

1. General Systems

The Republic of the Union of Myanmar - Ministry of Electric Power Page 2 of 4

Upper Paunglaung Hydropower Project – Completion Report – 1. Introduction
February 2015
2. Civil Works

3. Hydraulic Steel Structures

4. Mechanical Works

5. Generators

6. Electrical Equipment

7. Auxiliary Systems

8. Switchyard

9. Transmission lines

The updated System Definition June 2008 will be given here, which represents the contract document given
to the HSS/EM Equipment Contractor.

1.5 Civil Works Construction

The principle subjects on civil construction works are arranged under the following subtitles.

General. Includes work programs, river diversion programs, construction management and general site visit
reports

Conventional Concrete Works. Includes Method Statements for different civil works, Site Visit Reports of
AF-Colenco Construction Specialists

Roller Compacted Concrete Works. Include Site Visit Reports of the RCC Expert, Dr. M. Dunstan, Notes
prepared during early construction, RCC QC Reports and the first two dam inspection report of the senior
dam design engineer K. Steiger.

1.6 Hydraulic Steel Structures

The Site Visit reports of AF-Colenco’s Hydraulic Steel Structure Specialist are compiled here, as well as the
HSS review reports.

1.7 Mechanical and Electrical Equipment

Reports complied under this section are:

– The Minutes of Meetings of the major Coordination Meetings with the HSS and EM Equipment Con-
tractor

The Republic of the Union of Myanmar - Ministry of Electric Power Page 3 of 4

Upper Paunglaung Hydropower Project – Completion Report – 1. Introduction
February 2015
– Site Visit Reports of AF-Colenco’s Mechanical and Electrical Equipment Specialist

– Mechanical and Electrical Review Reports

– …

1.8 Photographic Records

The Site Photographic Records are compiled in this section. The Reports will only be provide as soft copy.
The CD is attached.

1.9 As-Built Drawings

Up-to-date As-Built Drawings are provided in this Section.

The Republic of the Union of Myanmar - Ministry of Electric Power Page 4 of 4

Upper Paunglaung Hydropower Project – Completion Report – 1. Introduction
February 2015
 Customer The Republic of the Union of Myanmar
Ministry of Electric Power
Department of Hydropower Implementation

Project name Upper Paunglaung Hydropower

Project
Document title Completion Report
Project chapter 2. Project Design Data

February 2015

www.afconsult.com/switzerland
Table of Contents

2 Project Design Data........................................................................................................................... 1

2.1 Climate ................................................................................................................................................ 1

2.2 Topography ........................................................................................................................................ 1
2.3 Hydrological Data.............................................................................................................................. 1
2.4 Geology ............................................................................................................................................... 2
2.5 Seismicity ............................................................................................................................................ 2
2.6 Geotechnics ........................................................................................................................................ 2

© The Copyright remains with AF-Colenco Ltd.

The Republic of the Union of Myanmar - Ministry of Electric Power I

Upper Paunglaung Hydropower Project – Completion Report – 2. Project Design Data
February 2015
2 Project Design Data

In the Project Design data included are Climate, Topography, Hydrology, Geology, Seismicity and Geotech-
nics.

The topographical information did not change for the construction design, therefore no documents are
included in this report.

Climate and Hydrological data recorded on site from 2007 to 2015 will be presented in this chapter.

Detailed geological information has been discovered during the construction period of the project, namely
from the excavation, drilling of consolidation grouting, curtain grouting and drain curtain. Geological and
geotechnical expertise has been provided on regular basis during construction. All the geological and ge-
otechnical reports are provided in this section.

The seismic reports which represents the basic design information for all structural design analysis is pro-
vided in this section.

2.1 Climate

In the Subchapter Climate the Ambient Temperature record, relative Humidity record and rainfall data are
presented which had been measured during the construction period.

2.2 Topography

– Report No. UPL–72-RUM-8.02.06, Survey Mission, 30. January - 3. February 2006, February 2006

– Report No. UPL-RUMPF-APRIL 2010, 7/04/10 – 09/04/10, April 2010

2.3 Hydrological Data

Compiled in this subchapter are the following hydrological data measured during construction time.

– The water level and discharge measurement

– The water level plotted against the discharge which presents the tailwater curve

– The reservoir impounding water level and rate of water level rising

The Republic of the Union of Myanmar - Ministry of Electric Power Page 1 of 2

Upper Paunglaung Hydropower Project – Completion Report – 2. Project Design Data
February 2015
2.4 Geology

The following geological reports are compiled in this subchapter.

– Basic Feasibility Study, Site Visit Report, Mission No. 3, 21.02.- 02.03.2005

– Basic Feasibility Study, Mission Report, July 20 - 21.2005

– Site Visit Report, Report No. UPL-74-VOB-02.06, 22.01.2006 - 04.02.2006, February 2006

– Mission Report, Report No. UPL-00-VOB/FRH-JAN 09, 27.01.09 - 28.01.09, January 2009

– Limestone Quarry Prospection, Report No. UPL-00-VOB-MAR 09, Mission Report, 18.03.2009, March
2009

– Mission Report, Report No. UPL-00-VOB/FRH-JUN 09, June 2009

2.5 Seismicity

The Seismic Hazard Report, April 2005 is presented here.

– Preliminary Basic Feasibility Report, Report No. UPL-00-BFR-PREL/0405, Attachment No. 1, Seismic
Hazard Study, April 2005

2.6 Geotechnics

The following geotechnical reports are provide for the UPL Completion Report.

– Mission Report, Report No. UPL-00-FRH/MAY 06, 20.04.2006 - 05.05.2006, May 2006

– Mission report, Report No. UPL-00-FRH/SEPT 07, 24/09/07 – 25/09/07, September 2007

– Mission Report, Report No. UPL-00-FRH/MAY 08, 23.05.2008 - 25.05.2008, May 2008

– Mission Report, Report No. UPL-00-FRH/AUG 08, 05.08.2008 - 15.08.2008, August 2008

– Reconnaissance Geological Prospecting of RCC Aggregate Quarry, Interim Report, 26.02.09 - 27.02.09,
February 2009

– Site Visit Note on UPL Quarries and Crushers, 18.12.2010

– Dam Foundation, Geotechnical Parameters, Report No. UPL-FRH-MAR 2011, March 2011

The Republic of the Union of Myanmar - Ministry of Electric Power Page 2 of 2

Upper Paunglaung Hydropower Project – Completion Report – 2. Project Design Data
February 2015
 Customer The Republic of the Union of Myanmar
Ministry of Electric Power
Department of Hydropower Implementation

Project name Upper Paunglaung Hydropower

Project
Document title Completion Report
Project chapter 2.1 Climate

February 2015

www.afconsult.com/switzerland
Table of Contents

2 Project Design Data........................................................................................................................... 1

2.1 Climate ................................................................................................................................................ 1

2.1.1 General.................................................................................................................................................................................. 1
2.1.2 Recorded Climate data on Site.................................................................................................................................... 1
2.1.3 Site Rainfall data ............................................................................................................................................................... 3

© The Copyright remains with AF-Colenco Ltd.

The Republic of the Union of Myanmar - Ministry of Electric Power I

Upper Paunglaung Hydropower Project – Completion Report – 2.1 Climate
February 2015
2 Project Design Data

2.1 Climate

2.1.1 General

The climatic characteristics of the country are dominated by the monsoon. The southwest monsoon blowing
form the Indian Ocean feeds wet air and produces the rainy season from May to October. The northeast
monsoon prevails during the dry season form end of October to May.

The dry season can be divided into the cooler winter season with little rain from October to February and
the hot summer season from March to May.

Tropical cyclones may occur at the time when the monsoon changes the direction. According to records,
cyclones hit the country mostly in November.

The nearest meteorological station in the West of the catchment area is located in Pyinmana. The average
manual rainfall in Pyinmana is 1328mm/year and is quite variable. The months from November to May often
have no rainfall at all. The average annual daily temperature is 26.8°C, with a maximum of 31°C in April and
a minimum of 22.3°C in January. The relative humidity is usually low during the January to March period
under 60%, the lowest value of 45% occurring in March. The average number of sunshine hours exceeds
eight per day between November and April, and is only about five per day during the rainy season, with
figures varying significantly from year to year.

2.1.2 Recorded Climate data on Site

The Ambient Temperature record measured at UPL Construction Site between 2008 and 2015 is shown in
the following Figure 2-1. The relative Humidity is shown in Figure 2-2.

The Republic of the Union of Myanmar - Ministry of Electric Power Page 1 of 3

Upper Paunglaung Hydropower Project – Completion Report – 2.1 Climate
February 2015
Figure 2-1: Ambient Temperature measured at 6:00, 10:00, 12:00, 14:00 and 18:00 hours

Figure 2-2: Relative Humidity measured at 6:00, 10:00, 12:00, 14:00 and 18:00 hours

The Republic of the Union of Myanmar - Ministry of Electric Power Page 2 of 3

Upper Paunglaung Hydropower Project – Completion Report – 2.1 Climate
February 2015
2.1.3 Site Rainfall data

Daily rainfall record and cumulated yearly rainfall is presented in

Figure 2-3: Daily Rainfall and cumulated Rainfall

The Republic of the Union of Myanmar - Ministry of Electric Power Page 3 of 3

Upper Paunglaung Hydropower Project – Completion Report – 2.1 Climate
February 2015
 Customer The Republic of the Union of Myanmar
Ministry of Electric Power
Department of Hydropower Implementation

Project name Upper Paunglaung Hydropower

Project
Document title Completion Report
Project chapter 2.2 Topography

February 2015
6605 -Contens-
UPL Hydropower Project Survey Mission Report

UNION OF MYANMAR
MINISTRY OF ELECTRIC POWER
DEPARTMENT OF HYDROELECTRIC POWER

UPL HYDROPOWER PROJECT

Report No. UPL–72-RUM-8.02.06

SURVEY MISSION
30. January – 3. February 2006

February 2006

UPL Survey Mission Reportc.doc February 2006

6605 -Contens-
UPL Hydropower Project Survey Mission Report

List of Contents

1 Introduction....................................................................................................... 1

2 History Triangulation Network........................................................................... 1

3 Mission Program............................................................................................... 1

4 Survey Instruments........................................................................................... 2

5 Survey-Software and -Programs....................................................................... 2

6 Survey measurements carried out before Survey Mission................................ 2

7 Triangulation Measurement .............................................................................. 2

8 Coordinate Adjustment ..................................................................................... 3

9 Final Coordinate List adjusted .......................................................................... 4

10 Training of Survey Staff in Using Instrument and Adjustment Programs .......... 4

10.1 Instrument Programs..............................................................................................4
10.2 Adjustment Program ..............................................................................................4
10.3 Contourline Measurement......................................................................................5

11 Recommendation.............................................................................................. 5
11.1 Determination of DHP high accurate Points...........................................................5
11.2 Checking or setting out Axis Points or Shuttering ..................................................5
11.3 Contourline Measurement......................................................................................6
11.4 Survey Equipment..................................................................................................7

Annex
Annex 1: Differences existing to adjusted Coordinates and Elevation
(Extent of LTOP-Program)

UPL Survey Mission Reportc.doc February 2006

6605 -1-
UPL Hydropower Project Survey Mission Report

1 Introduction
The construction of the Upper Paung Lang Hydro Power Project has started in 2005.
Therefore it was necessary to install a Triangulation Network, which covers the entire
Construction site. The following Points were found on the site:BM1, BM2, BM-5. DHP
installed five new Survey monuments as advised by CPE, TRP 1 – TRP 5.
It was decided that the Survey-Expert has to check the remaining and new Triangulation
Points on UPL-site. It was also decided that during this Survey mission, the Survey staff of
the Department of Hydroelectric Power (DHP) should be advised in their further surveying
procedures and full use of the survey equipment, including survey software installed on
their theodolites and adjustment software.
The present report summarizes the activities and findings during the mission of the Survey
Expert.

2 History Triangulation Network

Coordinates and Elevations have been provided by the survey of SUNTAC Limited,
measured on October 2004. (see overall survey drawing )
In March 2005 SUNTAC has checked different Survey points with DGPS again.

3 Mission Program
Survey Mission of Peter Rumpf, Colenco’s Associated company, Straub Consulting
Engineers Baden, Switzerland, from 30. January to 3. February 2006.
To find out how the Survey staff from DHP are carrying out the measurements and
calculations and to assist in establishing triangulation point measurements and calcula-
tions of coordinates and elevations, the following program of activities was carried out::
• Overview of Survey instruments and Material from DHP
• Checking condition of Survey instruments
• Software an Programs used for Calculations inside and outside the Office
• How Measurements are carried out.
• Triangulation measurement.
• Calculation of adjusted Coordinates
• Training Survey staff in Using Instrument- and Calculating-Programs
• Training Survey staff in making contour line measurements
• Visit to SUNTAC LTD in Yangon

UPL Survey Mission Reportc.doc February 2006

6605 -2-
UPL Hydropower Project Survey Mission Report

4 Survey Instruments
The following Instruments and Survey equipment were available for use:

Instrument ore
Angular Accuracy Distance Accuracy
Equipment Type
DHP 1 ZEISS TR 3305 5“ 5mm ±3ppm
1 Zeiss Reflector
axial
2 WILD Reflectors
coaxial
2 Metal tripods
1 Prism holder
The Fixation screw of the horizontal angle at Theodolite does not work properly.

Distance
error

Axial
Theodoli-
t

The 2 WILD coaxial Reflectors carriers do not fit to the

available axial Theodolite ZEISS 3305. Axial Theodolite
requires axial reflectors. Measured steep slope Distances
produce Distance errors.
The tube bubble on the reflector carriers could not be used because of missing water. The
instruments are not satisfactory for the setting out works on site.

5 Survey-Software and -Programs

DHP does not use adjustment calculation programs on Computers or Pocket calculators.
The used Theodolite-Programs are Orientation and Elevation determination programs.

6 Survey measurements carried out before Survey Mission

Measurements are recorded by hand into field books. Pressure and temperature are not
applied to the Instruments because it was believed that the Instrument does this automati-
cally. Angles and distances are measured normal in I face. Umbrellas are being used as
protection against the sun. Survey helpers are not used to erect tripods correctly.

7 Triangulation Measurement
The measurements carried out were not according to the standard practice, because of
the lack of reflectors. Each point has to be measured in II(both) faces before moving from
one point to the other. A lot of time is required to complete the measurements. First item
to be addressed was to find out which of the 3 remaining Survey points fit together. The

UPL Survey Mission Reportc.doc February 2006

6605 -3-
UPL Hydropower Project Survey Mission Report

difference in the distance between BM1 and BM2 (119m) was found to be 5cm. The
difference in the distance between BM1 and BM5 (458m) was found to be 3cm. It was
decided to use the Bases BM1 and BM5 to connect the entire grid.

BM 1 BM 5
BM 2 is during rainy season not accessible. The fixation screw (between Pillarplate and
Tribratch) on Pillar TRP 3 is not permanently installed.

The activity program to carry out these works was as follows:

Survey team Station No. Target No.
DHP BM1 BM2, BM5, TRP5
TRP2 TRP3-5,
TRP5 TRP2-4, BM1-2, Dam Axis 101

The raw data was measured, that means ppm (pars per million) was set on 0.0. The
advantage of this procedure is to be able to better understand the calculations right from
the beginning.

8 Coordinate Adjustment
After finishing measurements, Horizontal and vertical Angles and Distances have been
averaged and reduced by applying temperature and pressure to the distances and
transferred into the Adjustment program (LTOP).
To get a network free of errors, the following procedures has been applied:
• Coordinate input from the coordinate lists (see Chapter 2)
• Point BM1 and the Bearing to BM5 have been considered as fixed in horizontal
coordinates, BM 1and BM5 in the elevation.
• 1. Run will show the differences to the used coordinate list (Annex No1.)
• The adjusted coordinates are going to be applied in the program
• 2. Run, Final Coordinates with no discrepancies are given (Capture 9)

UPL Survey Mission Reportc.doc February 2006

6605 -4-
UPL Hydropower Project Survey Mission Report

9 Final Coordinate List adjusted

X Y E
Point Nr.
Eastings Northings Elevation
BM 1 247935.118 2186183.630 289.313
BM 2 248037.776 2186122.805 287.192
BM 5 247725.179 2186641.897 290.115
TRP 502 248031.274 2185749.768 442.452
TRP 503 247576.387 2186024.928 456.052
TRP 504 248070.654 2186413.356 383.862
TRP 505 248385.693 2186267.911 426.998
DAM Axis 101 left
248154.004 2185791.475 408.833
Bank

10 Training of Survey Staff in Using Instrument and Adjustment Programs

10.1 Instrument Programs
The following Programs have been instructed on the Site:
• Unknown Station (FRST)
• Known Station
• Setting out
• Reference Line (not successful)
New Point (HP 600, X = 247 890.324, Y = 2 185 584.305, Z = 457.94) at the heli path has
been measured by using the “Unknown Station” program. “Reference Line” Program on
the Instrument can not be used, because Station A and B are theoretical Points and not to
be measured. Only Point P has to be measured. This is not provided from the program.

10.2 Adjustment Program

The Adjustment Program LTOP could not be installed on the UPL Side, because there is
no computer available at the site, but it has been installed at DHP Computer (Mr. Tint Zaw
OO) in the Mandalay office. The program could be started from this Computer. The tree
imported Files *.dat, *.koo and *.mes were explained and the Program was executed.

UPL Survey Mission Reportc.doc February 2006

6605 -5-
UPL Hydropower Project Survey Mission Report

10.3 Contourline Measurement

Additional Contourline Measurements have been carried out from DHP Surveyors in
October 2005. According to Mr. Ye Mynt Thu, General Manager of SUNTAC, visited at 3.
February 2006, the Measurement data have been sent to SUNTAC Technologies at
Yangon without out any Sketches including breaklines. SUNTAC calculated Countourlines
using ACAD Land Development Program, and of course could not apply Breaklines. The
resulting contour map cannot be used because obvious errors like peakes or strange
contortions can been find on this Map (Overall Drawing Sheet No) and the map has little
analogy to the reality. The missing 10m countour lines was explained by the use of white
colour for these. This needs correcting anyway to always show these contours.
During the visit of SUNTAC it was agreed that SUNTAC would add in the DHP-
Measurement Data from October 2006 in to the described contour map showing Point
Number and Symbols, to see whether the extent if data which had been available to
prepare the map. and to see in which areas DHP did the actual measurements. Further-
more SUNTAC should enclose an EXCEL spreadsheet of DHP’s data including Point
Number, X, Y, E Coordinates.

11 Recommendation
11.1 Determination of DHP high accurate Points
If DHP is going to determine new high order accuracy Points, the best accuracy possible
with the available instruments can be achieved for this by setting their instrument
directly on the new Point, using the Unknown Station program to get the coordinates and
elevation. Target minimum 3 adjusted Survey Points.
If they have to check other accurate points, put up their Instrument as close as possible to
this point, but of course not closer than 3m, so that they can see other points which are
already determined and adjusted.

11.2 Checking or setting out Axis Points or Shuttering

A very convenient Program for checking the shuttering or axis points is the Reference
Line Program. Surveyors of UPL site need to have this Program on Pocket Calculator or
on the Theodolite.

UPL Survey Mission Reportc.doc February 2006

6605 -6-
UPL Hydropower Project Survey Mission Report

11.3 Contourline Measurement

If DHP Survey Team is going to make Contourline Measurements, they must draw a
sketch with breaklines and Point Numbers. Further on, they have to use a Excel sheet to
fill in Point. No., Y, Z, E values. Draftsmen must use this sketch to calculate contour lines
exactly.

8
2
7

6
3 5

Breakline

UPL Survey Mission Reportc.doc February 2006

6605 -7-
UPL Hydropower Project Survey Mission Report

11.4 Survey Equipment

The existing survey equipment at the UPL Site does not satisfy the basic measurement
requirements such as Setting out of Axis, Tunnel surveying or check of shuttering. The
minimum required equipment for this is:

1 new Total station

Accuracy Angle ±2”, Distance Accuracy 2mm ±2ppm
Data recording and Download possibilities
included Programs
• Unknown Station (FRST)
• Known Station
• Setting out
• Reference Line
1 Laptop or PC with a variety of Survey Programs
1 A3 Printer (if possible)
3 Tripods
3 Axial Reflectors fit to Total station
1 Thermometer
1 Barometer

P. Rumpf, dipl. Ing. HTL

UPL, 10.02.2006 Straub LTD, Baden

UPL Survey Mission Reportc.doc February 2006

Annex
 Annex 1

TITEL: UUPL Project 1.02.2006 12:10

TRIANGULATIONSPROGRAMM LTOP VERS.: 98.5.1 (AF) - IBM-PC(LF-W)
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Coordinate and Elevationlist of adjusted Coordinates
***************************************************************************
Point No. Y X H DY DX DH MFA MFB AZI_A MFH MESSELEM.
M M M MM MM MM MM MM G MM LAGE HOE.
NULL 248000.0000 186000.0000 300.0000 0 0
BM 1 247935.1180 186183.6300 289.3130 11 5
BM 2 248037.7759 186122.8046 287.1916 37.9 165.6 2.6 4.34 2.92 -65.0 3.29 4 2
BM 5 247725.1785 186641.8965 290.1150 -6.5 27.5 6.07 4.41 72.7 5 2
Dam Axis101 248154.0040 185791.4745 408.8325 473.0 322.5 0.5 14.07 8.36 88.4 14.91 2 1
TRP 502 248031.2744 185749.7675 442.4520 0.0 0.0 0.0 14.36 6.27 -93.5 12.79 8 4
TRP 503 247576.3868 186024.9277 456.0519 0.0 0.0 0.0 17.07 6.73 -19.5 15.40 4 2
TRP 504 248070.6542 186413.3564 383.8623 0.0 0.0 0.0 9.07 6.30 -87.2 10.42 4 2
TRP 505 248385.6930 186267.9109 426.9980 0.0 0.0 0.0 10.78 3.70 -14.8 6.22 16 8

MITTLERE FEHLER DER BEOBACHTUNGSGRUPPEN: GR ANZ A PRIORI End QUOT. REDUND.

DISTANZEN (MF FUER 1KM):
MST-KORR IN PPM ADD-KORR IN MM
MST KORR MF ADD KORR MF GR
3 13 8.1 MM 5.4 MM 0.67 5.515
RICHTUNGEN (MF:1KM): 1 13 10.0 CC 12.7 CC 1.26 3.485
AZIMUTE (MF:1KM):
OR. KORR MF
1 1 8.0 CC NICHT BESTIMMBAR 0.000

HOEHENDIFF (MF:1KM HOR): 13 16.4 MM 15.1 MM 0.92 7.000

DY = Diff. in East [mm] Adjusted – Existing Coordinates

DX = Diff. in North [mm] Adjusted – Existing Coordinates
DH = Diff. in Elevation [mm] Adjusted – Existing Coordinates
MFA = Average Error of Errorellipse Axe A
MFB = Average Error of Errorellipse Axe B
MFH = Average Error of Errorellipse Axe Elevation
 UNION OF MYANMAR
MINISTRY OF ELECTRIC POWER NO. (1)
DEPARTMENT OF HYDROPOWER IMPLEMENTATION

UPPER PAUNG LAUNG

HYDROPOWER PROJECT

SITE VISIT OF P. RUMPF

SPECIALIST FOR GEODETIC SURVEY (CPE)

REPORT NO. UPL-RUMPF-APRIL 2010

7/04/10 – 09/04/10

APRIL 2010
Upper Paung Laung Hydropower Project
Site Visit P. Rumpf - 7.04.10 - 9.04.10 1

1 INTRODUCTION
The construction of the important structures of Upper Paunglaung Hydropower Project (UPL)
started in 2009. The condition and accuracy of the survey net at UPL weren't satisfactory to
start with the construction of RCC dam, PH and Bottom Outlet. Also the education of the local
survey staff should be improved in using Instrument software, setting out of axis and check of
concrete shuttering.
There for it was decided that the specialist for geodetic survey, P. Rumpf (CPE) should visit the
UPL site to fulfil the following tasks:

2 TASKS OF THE MISSION

- Collect and check the data of the actually used/existing fix points
- Instruct of new fix point locations for dam monitoring if possible
- Checking of actual location of separation wall
- Set out/checking of dam axis and PH axis unit 1 and 2
- Checking of instruments
- Review of reading procedure, instruction of improvements
- Prepare a report of findings including list of all fix points

3 PROGRAM
1.4.10 Travel to Yangon

2.4.10 Travel to Mandalay, Meeting Stuart Cowie CPE

3.4.10 Meeting on YEYWA site DHP, CGGC, CPE

Check instruments, pillars, survey procedure

4.4.10 Set out and find old pillars, search new location for relocation
points, set measurements

5.4.10 Data transfer to PC, mark new relocation points, Travel to

Mandalay

6.4.10 Meeting with Stuart Cowie, travel to Nay Pyi Taw, meeting DG

7.4.10 Travel to UPL, meeting DHP, Instrument and pillar check,

set measurement of existing pillars, net adjustment

8.4.10 Training local survey staff in using intersection and known station
program, check coordinates and elevation of separation wall,
check BM NRD1, set out penstock axis,

9.4.10 Provide coordinate list and examples of set measurement field

sheet and examples of station protocol field sheet, executing set
measurement with new instrument of DHPI,
Travel to NPT, meeting DG DHPI

10.4.10 Travel to Yangon and Bangkok

11.4.10 Travel to Switzerland

Upper Paung Laung Hydropower Project
Site Visit P. Rumpf - 7.04.10 - 9.04.10 2

4 SURVEY EQUIPMENT
The following survey equipment was used from DHP to execute measurements for construction
site:

1 Nicon NPL – 362 Totalstation 1 Nicon Nivo 2.M

angle accuracy 1mgon angle accuracy 0.5mgon
distance accuracy 3mm ±2ppm distance accuracy 2mm ±2ppm

4.1 TOTALSTATION SOFTWARE USED ON SITE

- Set up
- Known station
- Multiple point resection
- Reference Line
- Stake out

4.2 TRIPODS

3 metal tripods

4.3 REFLECTORS

3 reflectors sets including reflectors,

reflector holders

tribraches
Upper Paung Laung Hydropower Project
Site Visit P. Rumpf - 7.04.10 - 9.04.10 3

4.4 PRISM HOLDER

1 reflector prism holder

The use of the shown reflector holder is tricky, because of the height reading, 10 cm has to be
added to get the real reflector height. If this additional constant is not considered, the measured
elevation will be 10cm to high.
The survey equipment is in good condition and will fulfil the requirements of executing
measurements like setting out. The amount of reflectors should be increased to be able to
accelerate the measurements up to 6 reflectors.
Upper Paung Laung Hydropower Project
Site Visit P. Rumpf - 7.04.10 - 9.04.10 4

5 SURVEY NET

5.1 NET SITUATION AT 7. APRIL 2010

At 7. April 2010 the following 4 pillars were remaining:

Overall view survey

net TRP - 501

TRP – 505 new

BM –NRD 01

TRP - 504

TRP - 503

The view to the site was limited trough houses, bushes or the terrain.

View from pillar 504 to the site View from pillar 505 to the site

View from pillar 503 to the site

Upper Paung Laung Hydropower Project
Site Visit P. Rumpf - 7.04.10 - 9.04.10 5

Collected Coordinates UPL:

E N E Remark
TRP - 1 248'242.390 2'185'561.342
TRP 502 248'031.274 2'185'749.768 442.452 destroyed

TRP - 503 247'576.387 2'186'024.928 456.052

TRP - 503 247'576.375 2'186'024.920 455.895

TRP - 504 248'070.654 2'186'413.356 383.862

TRP - 504 218'070.654 2'186'413.356 383.862

TRP - 505 248'385.693 2'186'267.911 426.998 destroyed

TRP - 505 248'385.693 2'186'267.911 426.998 destroyed

TRP - 505 new 248'423.560 2'186'325.260 465.695

BM- NRD 01 370.200

Legend:
Survey Mission 2006
17.02.2010 Drawing 65.3853.03.218.0
07.04.2010 Kyaw Tint

5.2 PILLAR CONDITION

The pillar condition, the locations and therefore the survey net is not satisfactory.

TRP – 501 should not be used anymore TRP - 503 is in good condition but not stable
because:
- Too far from site - The view to the site is covered by a house
- The view from site to this pillar often not clear
- Not stable

TRP - 505
TRP - 504 good conditions - centre screw is missing
- View to the site after clearing ok - too much trees and bushes cover the view to
the site
 Upper Paung Laung Hydropower Project
Site Visit P. Rumpf - 7.04.10 - 9.04.10 6

5.3 NET SITUATION ( 8. APRIL 2010)

The net situation for a dam site of this size was not satisfactory. The existing pillars did not fit
together anymore, because they were moving slightly down the hills, because execution of
enormous excavations. The view from the pillars to the site was very limited, because new built
up houses, bushes and the existing terrain. The only stable area, at the moment, to install new
survey points is on top of the separation wall.

To improve the survey net, the following program was carried out:
- Set measurements on the remaining pillars (Chap 6.1)
- Adjustment of the new survey net (Chap 6.2)
- Determination of new survey points SPW3, SPW3, TP3 (Chap 6.3.1 und 6.3.3)

TRP – 505
SPW 2 SPW 3

999

TP3

TRP – 504

TRP 503

The advantages to install survey points on the separation wall are:

P – 503
Stability
Access
Maintenance
Accurracy
Upper Paung Laung Hydropower Project
Site Visit P. Rumpf - 7.04.10 - 9.04.10 7

5.4 NET TO USE IN THE NEAR FUTURE

The new calculated survey points can be used for set out measurement (accuracy of ±2-3cm).

SPW 2 SPW 3

TP3

5.5 RELOCATION POINTS

No relocation points have been used until March 2010 because it's difficult to find stabel aereas
to install new points.

For the actual construction phase no relocation points are required.

6. TRAINING OF DHPI STAFF

6.1 SET MEASUREMENTS

To test, if the remaining pillars fit together, set measurements has been executed by DHP staff
conducted by Peter Rumpf, using the available DHP Totalstation NPL 362 on pillar TRP 503
with target TRP 5044 and TRP 505.
The following settings were used: zenith
0.0 gon

- GON
- PPM = 00
- vertical angle zenith, clock wise 100.0 gon = horizon

3 sets have been measured. These measurements were used to adjust new coordinates with
the intention to have as small as possible differences in E, N, E.
Upper Paung Laung Hydropower Project
Site Visit P. Rumpf - 7.04.10 - 9.04.10 8

6.2 ADJUSTED NEW COORDINATES

E N E Remarks
TRP - 503 247'576.387 2'186'024.928 456.052
TRP – 503 247'576.396 2'186'024.931 455.924
Δ 0.009 0.003 -0.128

TRP - 504 248'070.654 2'186'413.356 383.862

TRP - 504 218'070.643 2'186'413.340 383.710
0.011 0.016 -0.152

TRP - 5 new 248'423.560 2'186'325.260 456.722

BM- NRD 01 370.200

BM - NRD 01 370.295
Δ +0.095

Legend:
02.2006 Survey Mission 2006
07.04.2010 Kyaw Tint
07.04.2010 Adjustment RUM

The coordinates have been adjusted by Peter Rumpf, using the adjustment program "LTOP".
The position of the remaining two pillars has changed by maximum 1.6 cm. The differences in
elevation are bigger. The elevation error from BM – NRD 01 can be caused trough the tricky
prism holder (Chap 4.4). And the pillars could have been moved down because the enormous
excavations. The later checked separation wall (Chap. 6.2.2) shows, that the adjusted elevation
fits together with the theoretical elevation on top of separation wall. The position of the
separation wall is twisted 28 cm in direction to the river on the upstream side and 8 cmin
direction to the river on the downstream side. The differences are not resulting from the shifted
pillars.

6.3 TOTALSTATION PROGRAM TRAINING

To train DHP staff in using Totalstation programs, to determine a temporary new point (999)
closer to the site on left bank and to check the position of the separation wall, different programs
were used.

6.3.1 Multiple point resection program

The sub program from setup "multiple point resection" was trained using the new adjusted
coordinates from points TRP 503 and TRP 504 to get the coordinates of point 999:

E N E Remarks
999 248'090.055 2'185'834.931 377.591 Elevation on top of wooden peg
Upper Paung Laung Hydropower Project
Site Visit P. Rumpf - 7.04.10 - 9.04.10 9

If the "multiple point resection" program is used, be aware, that the shown
elevation on the Totalstation display is identical with the axis of the
Totalstation and not with the elevation top of the bottom point.

Axis of Totalstation

The reason is, the program does not ask for Instrument high.

6.3.2 Reference line program

To check the position of the separation wall, the program "reference line" was executed, from
Station 999.

6.3.3 Survey points on separation wall

To prepare survey points close to the site, 3 steel sticks (TP3, SPW2, SPW1) were determined
on the separation wall using stabilized prism holder with bamboo sticks.

E N E meas. E theor. Δ [cm]

TP3 248'120.11 2'186'059.66 290.81 290.80 +1
SPW1 248'206.34 2'186'013.67 295.25 295.30 -5
SPW2 248'212.46 2'186'025.18 295.32 295.30 +2
Upper Paung Laung Hydropower Project
Site Visit P. Rumpf - 7.04.10 - 9.04.10 10

7 RECOMMENDATION

7.1 SET OUT MEASUREMENTS ACCURACY ±2-3CM

Set out mesurments or axis and shutterings checking (accurycy ±2 -3 cm) can be executed from
survey points on separation wall using the setup programms "knonwn station" and " multiple
point resection":

- known station
Set up instrument on one of the tree points on the separation wall and us one of the points for
orientation which is further away.

- multiple point resection

This program is helpful, if the instrument is set up between the tree points or outside the
separataion wall. In this case use always all tree points on the wall to calculat the station
coordinates of the instrument. The accuracy will increase, because the remaining errors will be
averged.
The existing survey equipment (chap. 4) is sufficient for this kind of work.

7.2 SET OUT MEASURMENETS ACCURACCY ±<1CM (NICON NIVO 2.M)

The longer the construction works are continuing, the more accuracy is required.
(For exaple to set out axis for steel structures).
The existing three points SPW2, SPW3, TP3 have to be determained with higher accuracy.

For this reason the survey equipment must be extendet:

- 1 additional tripod
- 3 additional relfector sets
- 2 Thermometers
- 2 Barometers

Set measurments (see Annex 1) has to be carryed out as follows:

Use tripods (not prismholder) on SPW3, TP3 and 999. Don't remove tripods between instrument
setup on from one to the other station.
- Setup instrument SPW3
- Tragets TRP4, SPW2, TP3, 999

- Setup instrument on 999

- Targes TRP3, TRP4, TRP5, SPW2, SPW3, TP3

Fill out set protocols (Annex 2)

The resulting coordinates must be adjusted by a geodetic expert.

As soon as the dam constructions reaches the dam crest, the survey net has to be adapted to
execute dam monitoring deformation measurements (Chap. 7.3).
Upper Paung Laung Hydropower Project
Site Visit P. Rumpf - 7.04.10 - 9.04.10 11

7.3 DAM MONITORING DEFORMATION MESUREMENTS

Dam monitoring deformation measurements needs a lot of experience to create a successful

survey net, to execute accurate measurements, to calculate the adjustment and to present the
results in report with a clear layout. Dam monitoring measurments have to be executed normaly
over a long time period (several years).

It's very important:

that the whole monitoring system is in good condition and the network is stable and
relayed on relocation points.

that the measurements are executed by the same experienced survey team, with
instruments of the same high accuracy (TCA2003).

to use well known programs

to present the deformation results in a quick and easy readable graph (see example
annex 3)

Safety is the most important question. Therefore we suggest to following procedure:

Improvement of the survey net (Chap. 7.4)

Execution of set measurements through local staff (Chap. 7.6)

Carry out adjustment and report through specialists

7.4 SURVEY NETWORK TO BE IMPROVED

The established survey net to execute dam deformation measurements is not satisfactory. To
improve the situation sustainable 4 or 5 relocation points (600 – 604) and three pillars (TRP 700
-702 have to be installed.
At this time it's too early to decide the exact position of all new pillars and to find enough stable
position for relocation points.

At the moment the position of one new pillar and two relocation points has been defined.

Position new pillar TRP 702

Upper Paung Laung Hydropower Project
Site Visit P. Rumpf - 7.04.10 - 9.04.10 12

Relocation point 600

7.4.1 New Deformation survey net

It's not important, if the two pillars (700 and 701) are not absolutely stable between two
measurement periods. The existing pillars TRP 503, TRP504 and TRP505 ca not be used as
relocation points, because they are not stable. They can only be used to connect the existing
old survey net to the new deformation net.

TRP 701

TRP 702

TRP 503
604 603

600
TRP 700

601
602

TRP 505
TRP 504

Legend: Existing pillars

New pillars

Relocation points determined

Relocation points to determine

Separation wall Relocation point

Upper Paung Laung Hydropower Project
Site Visit P. Rumpf - 7.04.10 - 9.04.10 13

7.4.2 Dam observation points (DOP)

It's important that the DOP are easily accessible and that reflectors can be mounted easily. It's
recommended to install the DOP vertical on top of the dam crest on stable elements. It's
important that the crest elements are stable connected to the dam crest concrete.

DOP

TRP 700
TRP 701

604

602
603

TRP 702
601

600
Upper Paung Laung Hydropower Project
Site Visit P. Rumpf - 7.04.10 - 9.04.10 14

7.5 SURVEY EQUIPMENT FOR DEFORMATION MEASUREMENTS

The following survey equipment is recommended to carry out deformation measurements. This
equipment exists on YEYWA Hydropower Project. It's recommended, that the same survey
group from DHPI (U Kyi Thein (surveyor), U Nay Myo Aung (staff officer) and crew) will execute
the deformation measurements.
According to DHPI, this survey group has to hand over the survey equipment and their
knowledge at the beginning of 2011 to HPGE (Hydro Power Generator Enterprise).

Leica Totalstation TCA2003 data storage PCMCIA card

angle accuracy 0.5"
distance accuracy 1mm ±1ppm

8 -16 reflectors

3 reflector holders 3 tribraches

1 barometer 1 thermometer

If this equipment has to be transported to another site, the Totalstation must be protected in the
portable case whit foam material an fixed inside the car on the back seat. Before starting
measurements, the following check have to be done:

Main menu: Calibration (CAL)

- l, t, i index error from the 2.axis compensator (manual
page 176 - )
- ATR collimation of the target recognition axis (Manual
page 191 - )
Upper Paung Laung Hydropower Project
Site Visit P. Rumpf - 7.04.10 - 9.04.10 15

7.6 0 - MEASUREMENT

When the new survey net is installed, a 0-measurement must be executed. We suggest a
procedure with two following advantages because there are only a limited number of reflectors
available.

Advantages:
no programm has to be installed on Totalstation
only one adpter (seriel /USB) for data download is required

7.6.1 Procedure for 0-measurement

- Determination of approximate global coordinates and elevation of pillars, relocation points and
dam observation points (accuracy only ±1m). This has to be done only ones before the
0-measurment. Use pillars TRP 3 – 5 and coordinate list (annex 4).

- Create a new user template "SET OF ANGEL" on Totalstation TCA2003 (annex 5, chap 1)
- Execute set measurements (annex 5, chap 2.1)
- Data download over serial data interface cable and LGO free software
http://www.leica-geosystems.com/en/page_catalog.htm?cid=5111
- Transmit data to a specialist

7.6.2 Procedure for following measurement

Execute set measurements (annex 5, chap 2.2 – 2.5)

Data download over serial data interface cable
Transmit data to a specialist

Switzerland, 25. Mai 2010

Peter Rumpf, dipl. Ing. HTL

6605
UPL Hydropower Project Annex 1

Set measurements
General procedure for set measurement at UPL:

4 sets whit the following points must be measured:

Station SPW3 Targets: TRP4, SPW2, 999, TP3
Station 999 Targets: TRP3, TRP4, SPW2, SPW3, TP3

Detail procedure for the measurements

Set up Totalstation on SPW3, adapt instrument during 10 minutes to the temperature.

Use umbrella to protect the Totalstation and more important the triput.
Important, filling out readable all information on set protocol (Annex 2) as:
- Temperature
- Air pressure
- Instrument name
- Station No. and hight
- Observer name
- Date

Levelling up with electronic bubble.

Set up reflectors on TRP4, SPW2, 999, TP3

The following settings must be used:

- GON

- PPM = 00

- vertical angle zenith, clock wise

Measuring 4 sets and filling out

- Horizontal angel face I and II

- Vertical angle face I and II
- Slope distance face I and II
- Target hights
Set up Totalstation on 999, adapt instrument during 10 minutes to the temperature.
Targets: TRP3, TRP4, SPW2, SPW3, TP3

Measuring 4 sets

Check Point Nr. Instr. and target hights

Adjustement in Switzerland
[email protected]
0041 56 483 02 32
Baden, 25. April 2010

1
 Instr. Name Observer Page
Set-Protokol Job Name Date
Weather Pressure mmHg/mbar Temp. C°
Stat. No. I. Face II. Face Average Reduced Total V V' VV Slope Distance Distance Target
Station Hight Target No. gon gon Average Average + - + - m mm mm mm Average Higth

Annex 2
O:\O003_sbd\01 Admin\Vorlagen\Formulare\Stationsprot.xls
Annex 3
 Annex 4

UPPER PAUNGLAUNG HYDRO POWER PROJECT

COORDINATE- and ELEVATION LIST April 2010

Adjust Date of
Point No. ment E N E Determination Type Remarks
TRP1 - don't use
BM-NRD 01 - 370.295 8.4.2010 Iron in Concrete don't use
TRP 3 3 247576.396 2186024.931 455.924 8.4.2010 Pillar
TRP 4 4 248070.643 2186413.341 383.710 8.4.2010 Pillar
TRP 5 5 248423.560 2186325.260 456.722 8.4.2010 Pillar
999 999 248090.055 2185834.931 377.591 8.4.2010 Wodden stick check alwais

SPW 1 from 999 248206.34 2186013.67 295.25 8.4.2011 Iron in Concrete determained from 999
SPW 2 from999 248212.46 2186025.18 295.32 8.4.2012 Iron in Concrete determained from 999
TP 3 from 999 248120.11 2186059.66 290.81 8.4.2013 Iron in Concrete determained from 999

The reason because SPW 1, SPW 2, TP 3 in [cm], because measured by handhold Reflectorstick

SPW 2

Downstream Separation Wall Upstream

TP3 SPW 1

UPL, 9.4.2010 P. Rumpf

6605
UPL Hydropower Project Annex 5

Preparation and executing survey set measurements

1. In the office

Create a new user template for set

measurements
for example "SET OF ANGEL"

Main Menu
Conf (F3)
User template
SET (F4)

CE
SET OF ANGEL
Cont
Changes in List (F4)
Language: English
REC format: GSI8
Distance: Meter 4 Dec
Angles 400 gon 4 Dec
Temperature °C
Atm. Press.: mbar/hpa
Coord. Display: Easting/Northing
Hz-system : Clockwise +
Face I: V-drive left
SET (F4)

F2 (RMASK)

1st word: 11 Point No.

2. word 21 HZ

3. word 22 V

4 word 23 slope Dist.

5 word 87 Refl. Hight

6 – 12 has to be empty

CONT OK

1
6605
UPL Hydropower Project Annex 5

2. In the field

2.1 Procedure for the 0-measurement:

4 sets whit the following points must be measured:

Station 700 Targets: Pillar TRP 503, 701, 702, RE 600 - 604
Station 701 Targets: Pillar TRP 503 - 505, 700, 702, RE 600 - 604

2.2 General procedure for the measurements 0, 1, 2, 3, ….

Divide all dam observation points (DOP) in 3 set groups as follows:

Station 700 Target

1. Group: 701, 702, 600 -604, DOP 1 – 10
2. Group: 701, 702, 600 -604, DOP 11 – 20
3. Group: 701, 702, 600 -604, DOP 21 – 26

Station 701 Target

1. Group: 700, 702, 600 -604, DOP 1 – 10
2. Group: 700, 702, 600 -604, DOP 11 – 20
3. Group: 700, 702, 600 -604, DOP 21 – 26

Measure 4 sets each group.

2.3 Detail procedure for the measurements 0, 1, 2, 3, ….

Set up Totalstation on pillar 700, adapt instrument during 10 minutes to the temperature.

Use umbrella to protect the Totalstation.

Measure and notice temperature an air pressure.

Levelling up with electronic bubble.

Set up reflectors on pillar 701, 702, relocation points 600 – 604 and DOP 1 and 2

Important: Fill out complete station protocol (annex 6)

2
6605
UPL Hydropower Project Annex 5

Main Menu Totalstation TCA2003

SETUP (F5)
User template: user "SET OF ANGEL"
Rec. device: Memory card
Meas. File: File01.GSI
Data file: has to be empty
CONT, ESC, ESC

- Calibration (CAL) F2

- (F1)l, t, i Indexerror from the 2.axis

compensator

(Manual page
176 - )

Use a point whit vertical angel I face between 90 and 110 gon

II face between 290 and 310 gon

- ATR (F5) Collimation of the target recognition axis

(Manual page 191 - )

aF…

- ATR on (F1)

- EDM measuring program (F2)

Precision measuring

2.4 Description for one set

- MEAS

-Target (F4)

- Prism (F1) Leica circ. Prism 0.0mm

- PPM (F2) ATM=0 (F5)

3
6605
UPL Hydropower Project Annex 5

- Code
Info 1 Station No.
Info 2 Instr. Hight in [mm]
Info 3 Temperature in °C
Info 4 Air pressure in bar or hpasc
REC

Aim point 701

Face I
- HZ0 (F5) set HZ angel to 0.000 (F4)
- type in Point no. 701
Target hight 0.234
All (F1)
Face II
- type in Point no. 701 or shift "last"
Target hight 0.234
All (F1)
Aim point RE 605

Face I
Point no. 600
Target hight 0.000
All (F1)
Face II
Point no. 600 or shift "last"
Target hight 0.000
All (F1)

Aim point RE 601, 602, 603, 604 in I and II Faces

Aim point DOP 01 Face I and Face II

Reflector can be moved on DOP 3

Aim point DOP 02 Face I and Face II

Reflector can be moved on DOP 4

Aim point DOP 03 Face I and Face II

Reflector can be moved on DOP 5
.
.
.
Aim point DOP 10 Face I and Face II
Aim point R 701 Face I and Face II

4
6605
UPL Hydropower Project Annex 5

2.5 Setup instrument on pillar 701

Turn all reflectors in direction to pillar 701

Proceed as chap 2.3

3. In the office

Download File 01 over free Leica-geo-office software and serial data interface cable
(Adapter Serial / USB will be provided)
http://www.leica-geosystems.com/en/page_catalog.htm?cid=5111

Check Point Nr. Instr. end target hights

Adjustement in Switzerland
[email protected]
0041 56 483 02 32
Baden, 25. Mai 2010

Peter Rumpf, dipl. Ing. HTL

5
 Intrumentname T CA2 0 0 3 Observer P E T E R Page 0 1
Station-Protocol Jobname Date 2 3 . 0 5 . 1 1 Target-Nr. TH
7 0 1 0 2 3 3
Station 7 0 0 7 0 2 0 2 3 2
IH 0 2 3 4 R E 6 0 0 0 0 0 0
°C 4 1 R E 6 0 1 0 0 0 0
mbar 7 2 3 R E 6 0 2 0 0 0 0
Time R E 6 0 3 0 0 0 0
R E 6 1 4 0 0 0 0
Station D O P 1 - 26 0 0 0 0
IH
°C
mbar
Time
7 0 0 0 2 3 4
Station 7 0 1 7 2 2 0 2 3 2
IH 2 3 3 R E 6 0 0 0 0 0 0
°C 4 3 R E 6 0 1 0 0 0 0
mbar 7 2 4 R E 6 0 2 0 0 0 0
Time R E 6 0 3 0 0 0 0
R E 6 0 4 0 0 0 0
Station D O P 1 - 26 0 0 0 0
IH
°C
mbar
Time

Station
IH
°C
mbar
Time

Station
IH

Annex 6
°C
mbar
Time
O:\O003_sbd\01 Admin\Vorlagen\Formulare\Stationsprot.xls
 THE REPUBLIC OF THE UNION OF MYANMAR
MINISTRY OF ELECTRIC POWER
DEPARTMENT OF HYDROPOWER IMPLEMENTATION

UPL HYDROPOWER PROJECT

GEOETIC SURVEY
Measurement M0

REPORT NO. UPL-RUP-August 2014

August 2014

AF-Colenco Ltd
UPL HYDROPOWER PROJECT
GEODETIC SURVEY REPORT M0
RUP – 10.08.2014 i/32

Project name UPL Hydropower Project

Document title Geodetic Survey Report M0

Project number 3853

Name of department Hydropower

Document path

First edition (index 0)

Date Name Signature

Created 10.08.2014 Peter Rumpf

Checked 12.08.2014 Karl M. Steiger

Approved 12.08.2014 Karl M. Steiger

Index of revisions

Created Approved
No. Page(s) Date Remark
(Initial/Signature) (Initial/Signature)
1

AF-Colenco Switzerland Ltd

Täfernstrasse 26, CH-5405 Baden, Schweiz
Phone +41 (0)56 483 12 12. Fax +41 (0)56 483 12 55. www.afconsult.com
UPL HYDROPOWER PROJECT
GEODETIC SURVEY REPORT M0
RUP – 10.08.2014 3/32

Table of Contents

Page

1 Introduction .................................................................................................................................... 5

2 Explanation of Terms ................................................................................................................... 5

3 Survey Mission Program on UPL Site ..................................................................................... 6

4 Completeness Check of the Delivered Survey Equipment ............................................. 7

4.1 Survey Equipment ......................................................................................................................... 7
4.2 Laptop ............................................................................................................................................... 8

5 Inspection of the Survey Net .................................................................................................... 9

6 Instrument Training .................................................................................................................... 10

6.1 Person Participating the Instrument and Software Training ....................................... 11
6.2 Total Station TM30 ..................................................................................................................... 11
6.2.1 General Setting ............................................................................................................................ 11
6.2.2 Job Maintenance ......................................................................................................................... 12
6.2.3 Station Set Up............................................................................................................................... 12
6.2.4 Set Measurement ........................................................................................................................ 13
6.2.5 Export Data from Total Station to CF-Card ....................................................................... 14
6.2.6 Import Data to Laptop .............................................................................................................. 14
6.3 Level Instrument NAK2 ............................................................................................................. 15
6.3.1 Exercise Staff Reading with Parallel-Plate Micrometer .................................................. 15
6.3.2 Checking and Adjusting the Line-of-sight ......................................................................... 15
6.3.3 Levelling Staff ............................................................................................................................... 16
6.3.4 Barometer ...................................................................................................................................... 16
6.3.5 Implementation of Precision Levelling ................................................................................ 16
6.3.6 Levelling Calculation and Result M0 .................................................................................... 17

7 Adjustment with Star*Net ........................................................................................................ 17

7.1 Data Transfer................................................................................................................................. 17
7.2 Adjustment .................................................................................................................................... 18
7.3 Investigation of Output File..................................................................................................... 19
7.4 Adapt the Accuracy .................................................................................................................... 20
UPL HYDROPOWER PROJECT
GEODETIC SURVEY REPORT M0
RUP – 10.08.2014 4/32

7.4.1 Examples Adaption of the Accuracy ..................................................................................... 20

7.5 Example 3D Adjustment including 2D Data Line ............................................................. 20

8 Result ............................................................................................................................................... 21
8.1 Consideration regarding the Theory of Errors .................................................................. 21
8.2 Coordinates and Ellipse Errors................................................................................................ 21
8.3 Base Coordinate and Orientation .......................................................................................... 22
8.4 Adjusted Coordinate List M0 .................................................................................................. 22
8.5 Coordinate Ellipses Error .......................................................................................................... 24
8.6 Network Plot ................................................................................................................................. 26

9 List of Reservoir Water Level ................................................................................................... 26

10 Conclusion and Recommendations ...................................................................................... 27

10.1 Conclusion ..................................................................................................................................... 27
10.2 Recommendation ........................................................................................................................ 27

Appendixes

Appendix 1 - Map: Survey Deformation Network.................................................................................................. 29

Appendix 2 - XLSX: Calculation Example for the Future ...................................................................................... 30
Appendix 3 - PDF: Levelling Calculation Report M0 ............................................................................................. 31

© The Copyright remains with AF-Consult Switzerland Ltd.

UPL HYDROPOWER PROJECT
GEODETIC SURVEY REPORT M0
RUP – 10.08.2014 5/32

1 Introduction
The UPL Hydropower RCC-dam has been completed at the beginning of 2014.
Impounding has been started begin of July 2014. For safety reasons and to observe the
movements of the RCC-Dam it was decided to undertake dam deformation
measurements periodically.

This report deals therefore with the interpretation of the measurements M0.

2 Explanation of Terms
Dam Observation Point (DOP): Point to determine the dam deformation in east and
north direction and in elevation.

Relocation Point (REP): Stable points which are used to determine the
coordinate and elevation of survey pillars and DOP's.

Survey Pillar: Point from where measurements are carried out by

total station. A pillar is very stable during the
measurement. There is no risk the station is affected
by the sun or by anyone moving the instrument
accidentally, as it can happen using a tripod.

Total Station: Survey instrument to measure and store

horizontal/vertical angle and distances.

Prism or Reflector: Targets to measure angle and distances

using a total station.

Hectopascal (hpa:) Pressure unit, which is important, to correct the

measured distance with total station.

Set Measurement: Set measurements are done to increase the angle

accuracy. A set consists of two half sets. One half set
is measured in face I, the second half set is measured in
face II. Face I and II are the telescope positions of the
total station.

Azimuth/Bearing: Angle between north direction and target direction.

Follow-up measurement: Complete measurement after the zero measurement

UPL HYDROPOWER PROJECT
GEODETIC SURVEY REPORT M0
RUP – 10.08.2014 6/32

ATR: Automatic target recognition (total station)

PPM Parts per million

MASL Meter above sea level

Levelling staff shoe

Levelling staff bubble

Telescope staff

Invar staff

Tribrach

3 Survey Mission Program on UPL Site

22.07.14 Completeness check of the delivered survey equipment
Inspection of all survey points in the field
Handling training Total Station TM30 in the office
Preparation survey net map
Assembling Laptop system requirements running STAR*NET program
Installing internet connection on Laptop`s

23.07.14 Improving elevation screw on pillars, comparison between Leica and

Spectra Physics Reflector/ determination of approximate pillar coordinate

24.07.14 Determination of approximate DOP coordinate, set measurement on pillar

601 and 602, installation of STAR*NET program on new Laptop “Lenovo”

25.07.14 Set measurement on pillar 600, recognition of new levelling REP’s, teaching
levelling instrument check and adjustment.

26.07.14 Executing levelling instrument check and adjustment, M0 coordinate

adjustment with STAR*NET

27.07.14 M0 coordinate adjustment, data organization

28.07.14 Precision levelling left bank, Geodetic Report M0

29.07.14 Precision levelling dam and right bank

UPL HYDROPOWER PROJECT
GEODETIC SURVEY REPORT M0
RUP – 10.08.2014 7/32

30.07.14 Re-installing levelling relocation point right bank, levelling right bank,
STARNET adjustment training for DHP

31.07.14 Preparation Survey mission report, re-levelling, STAR*NET exercises.

01.08.14 Levelling calculation, travel to Naypyitaw

4 Completeness Check of the Delivered Survey Equipment

4.1 Survey Equipment

The following Instruments and survey material was delivered:

Name Description Amount Remarks

Total Station with reflector-less

EDM (R1000), long range
automatic target recognition,
communication side cover,
TM30 1 Total Station
internal memory, laser
plummet, 1 keyboard, standard
applications, user manual, incl.
container

GTS23 2nd keyboard 1 For Total Station

Tribrach, without optical For Total Station and

GDF321 1
plummet Reflector

Lithium Ion battery,

GEB242 2 For Total Station
14.8V/5.8Ah, chargeable.

Charger Professional 5000.

GKL221 Charger cable and net adapter 1 For Total Station
included.

Adapter for GKL221 for

GDI221 charging 2 Li-Ion batteries 1 For Total Station
GEB242

Industrial grade Compact Flash

MCF256 1 For Total Station
card 256MB.

TS-RDF8W Compress flash card reader 1 For MCF256

UPL HYDROPOWER PROJECT
GEODETIC SURVEY REPORT M0
RUP – 10.08.2014 8/32

Name Description Amount Remarks

SmartWorx application “set of

CD 1 Software
angles”

CD SmartWorx “Monitoring” 1 Software

Micro Survey, STAR*NET V7

USB Key 1 Security Key
Plus

360 deg, with accessories and

NAK2 1 Level Instrument
user manual, in container.

Parallel-plate micrometre
GPM3 GPM3, in container, measuring 1 For level instrument
range 10mm

Aluminium Telescopic Staff, 5

Section Extendable to 5m, with
cm graduation on front and
OEM 4 For level instrument
mm graduation for internal
dimensions on rear, with
circular bubble, in canvas bag

GPH1 Leica Reflector 45 For Total Station

Precision Spectra Reflector 5 For Total Station
? Tribrach 5 For Spectra Refl.
? Reflector holder 5 For Spectra Refl.

[Table 1: delivered survey equipment]

4.2 Laptop

To run the STARNET adjustment program a Lenovo Laptop with the following
performance was ordered and delivered on UPL side:
UPL HYDROPOWER PROJECT
GEODETIC SURVEY REPORT M0
RUP – 10.08.2014 9/32

5 Inspection of the Survey Net

The inspection of the survey net is important to check visual connections, to get an
option of the quality of the survey net and to assess the stability of the pillars.

It’s difficult to find stable relocation points on UPL Dam side, which have many visual
connections that are accessible in a short time. From today’s view on, 5 points seems
to be stable (603,701 – 703,705). The stability of these points can be examined after a
few follow-up measurements. If future measurements indicate that there aren’t enough
stable REP’s, additional pillars must be installed.

In general, REP’s should be established outside around the unstable observation pillars
601 and 602, because error ellipse can be improved. The survey pillars which are
equipped with ground plate had to be improved by installing a screw to measure the
Instrument or target height at a clearly defined point. All survey points where first
temporary labelled with point numbers to prevent point mix-up during the zero
measurement M0.

Levelling relocation points had to be installed on stable areas left and right bank (801 –
810). These points must be labelled and protected permanently.
UPL HYDROPOWER PROJECT
GEODETIC SURVEY REPORT M0
RUP – 10.08.2014 10/32

Stability from
Point No. Type Shaping Remarks
today’s view

Rusty/little visual
503 Pillar Ground plate Not stable
connection

504 Pillar Ground plate ? Rusty

600 - 602 Pillar Ground plate Not stable
603 Ground plate Stable On rock
700, 704 Pillar Reflector stick Not stable
701, 705 Pillar Reflector stick Stable
702 House roof Reflector stick Stable Switchyard
703 Separation wall Reflector stick Stable
801 - 810 Levelling REP Iron Stable

Dam
10 - 271 observation Reflector stick
point

1010 - 1271 Elevation point Levelling bar

[Table 2: Overall view of all survey points]

6 Instrument Training
No body of the participating surveyors had knowledge neither using the delivered Total
station Leica TM30 nor the levelling instrument Leica NAK2. Before starting the
measurements, the handling with these instruments was exercised first in the office and
then applied directly while executing measurement M0.
UPL HYDROPOWER PROJECT
GEODETIC SURVEY REPORT M0
RUP – 10.08.2014 11/32

6.1 Person Participating the Instrument and Software Training

Instrument Software Person Company

TM30, NAK2 Kyaw Ko Ko Gyi DHP

Aung Phyo Wai DHP

Thura Tin Ohn AE, DHP
Kyaw Win Hlaing
Aung Phyo Wai SAE
Myint Naing Suntac Ltd.
STAR*NET Ye Zarni Soe DHP
Thura Tin Ohn DHP

[Table 3: Name list training program]

6.2 Total Station TM30

6.2.1 General Setting

The following general settings of the instrument where checked, tuned and saved in the
config set file named UPL:
 Unit & Formats
 Hot keys
 Start up

The system Ram file was stored on computer flash card (CF-Card) and on Lenovo
Laptop on path C:\Users\user\Documents\Leica\system.ram.

If this file is damaged, it can be restored as follows:

 Copy the file system ram from Laptop to CF-Card under system
 Transfer the file from CF-card to the Total station
- Tools
- Transfer object
- System ram contents
- Cont from CF-card to system ram
UPL HYDROPOWER PROJECT
GEODETIC SURVEY REPORT M0
RUP – 10.08.2014 12/32

6.2.2 Job Maintenance

Before starting measurements open a new job as follows:

 3 Manage
 1 Jobs
 CFCRD
 F2 New
- Name 140725 (25. July 2014)
- Device CF Card
- Store

6.2.3 Station Set Up

Before starting measurement, you have to orientate the Total station:

2 Programs

2 Setup
 Job 140725
 Config Set UPL
 F1 Cont
 Method Known BS Point
 Station coordinate Frm Fixpoint job
 Fixpoint job UPLFIXADJ
 Station ID 601
 Instrument Ht. 0.237
 F5 PPM
 Temperature 30.0 C
 Atm pressure 962 hpa
 Cont

Aim the target point

 Back sight ID 602
 Reflector Ht. 0.234
UPL HYDROPOWER PROJECT
GEODETIC SURVEY REPORT M0
RUP – 10.08.2014 13/32

Check if ATR is on

 DIST
 SET ok

6.2.4 Set Measurement

2 Programs

3 Set of angles
 Fix point job: UPLFIXPADJ (CF-Card)
 Job 140728
 Cont

2 Measure new points

 Point ID 602
 Reflector Ht 0.235
 Auto survey on
 Cont
 All or dist and rec I face
 Instrument will measure II face automatically
 Done when all points are measured
 Do you wish to save the current defined points? Yes
 Type in a tab list name
 Store

3 Measure sets
 No. Of sets 2
 Cont

If the delta is bigger than 50 seconds, tray again 2-3 times

4 Calculating angles cont

UPL HYDROPOWER PROJECT
GEODETIC SURVEY REPORT M0
RUP – 10.08.2014 14/32

Check the quality of the horizontal and vertical angles cont

5 Calculate distances cont

6 Compute points cont

7 End sets of angles

On pillar 600, 601 and 602 three sets of set measurements where executed. Station
protocol was filed out on each Pillar.

6.2.5 Export Data from Total Station to CF-Card

Main Menu

4 Convert

1 Export data from job

 Export to CF-Card
 Directory Data
 Job 140728
 Format file DKSH_SOAng16_Apr12.FRT
 File name 140728.txt
 Cont

Move CF-Card from Total station to Laptop

6.2.6 Import Data to Laptop

 Insert USB plug from flash card reader to

laptop

 Copy from File (Data) 140728.TXT to Laptop

 Copy DBX Data Files with the same date to

Laptop from File DBX
UPL HYDROPOWER PROJECT
GEODETIC SURVEY REPORT M0
RUP – 10.08.2014 15/32

6.3 Level Instrument NAK2

The NAK2 is an automatic levelled

instrument. You have to set up the
instrument approximately by centring the
bubble (11) inside the bubble circle.

Then you have to push bottom (8) to

check if the compensator is working.

6.3.1 Exercise Staff Reading with Parallel-

Plate Micrometer

The parallel-plate micrometre GPM3 improves the accuracy of the

levelling procedure and there for it is to use for precision
levelling.

Some exercise where made to use the micrometre.

6.3.2 Checking and Adjusting the Line-of-sight

After a longer period of storage or transport, always check the instrument before
starting the measurements!

 Chose a flat terrain between 45 and 60 m. Divide the distance in three equal
sections.

 Mark the instrument location and use two levelling staff shoes ore install two nails
that stick clearly out of the surrounding subsoil.

 Proceed as shown below

 Determine the theoretical reading a2’

UPL HYDROPOWER PROJECT
GEODETIC SURVEY REPORT M0
RUP – 10.08.2014 16/32

The new delivered level instrument NAK2 had an error in line of sight of 3 mm before
adjusting. This error could be adjusted to an error of 0.8 mm.

6.3.3 Levelling Staff

The delivered aluminium telescopic Staff, in 5 sections

extendable, doesn’t fit to the precision levelling instrument. A
circular bubble and a staff shoe were missing. After a certain
time, the extension will grow weary and the staff readings are
changing and thus the elevations.

6.3.4 Barometer

A comparison between the barometer reading of DHP

and Peter Rumpf showed a difference of 8 hpa. The air
pressure has an influence on the measured distance. For
that reason the barometer must be checked frequently
by comparing two barometers. Barometers can be
checked only if two new barometers are compared. By
two barometer.

6.3.5 Implementation of Precision Levelling

Once some elevation relocation points where installed (501 – 505 right bank, 506 – 510
left bank) the following level lops has been executed:
 Pillar 601 – REP 810 – Dam crest points 1010 – 1270 – REP 805 – 602
UPL HYDROPOWER PROJECT
GEODETIC SURVEY REPORT M0
RUP – 10.08.2014 17/32

 REP 805 – 801

 REP 810 – 806

A level loop difference of 0.3 mm between pillars 601 – 602 was achieved after some
re-measurements.

Accuracy m √ ∑ = 0.8mm double levelling.

n = amount of elevation differences

d = difference between backward and forward levelling

The achieved average error of the levelling is ± 0.8 mm in elevation.

6.3.6 Levelling Calculation and Result M0

The outgoing elevation for M0, received from Kyaw Ko Ko, is Pillar 601 = 387.846
MASL. All levelling REP (801 – 810) and DOP (1010 – 1270) are connected to this
elevation. The elevations of M0 are listed in appendix 3.

For future levelling calculations use EXCEL. (Appendix 2)

7 Adjustment with Star*Net

7.1 Data Transfer

Leica DBX-File has to be transfer using the delivered ”Leica DBX to Star*Net Converter
v7.2.2.7” which was unfortunately Key protected.

Use the follow icon to start the converter:

Once the license is accepted, you have to Input the DBX project path to select the used
Jobs in the field.
UPL HYDROPOWER PROJECT
GEODETIC SURVEY REPORT M0
RUP – 10.08.2014 18/32

 Mark data source option = set of angle

 Import
 Close

The transferred data appears like:

Detailed explanations you’ll find in

STARNET help.

7.2 Adjustment

Open a new project: UPLM01 (for measurement M1)

 Go to Options
 Project
 Go to Adjustment folder, fill in the General and the Instrument options as
follows:
UPL HYDROPOWER PROJECT
GEODETIC SURVEY REPORT M0
RUP – 10.08.2014 19/32

 Add the existing coordinate file coordM0.dat from:

C:\Users\user\Documents\MicroSurvey\StarNet\UPL\M0
adjusted
 Add the measurement file
 Change all code C to # in the measurement files

 Run plunder detect

 Run data check only
 Run adjust network

7.3 Investigation of Output File

After running the adjustment, the result must be investigated very careful.

Go to View

Output and searching for error messages or marked lines with * (STAR) in the folder
Listings in the following chapter:
 Adjusted angle observations
 Adjusted distance observations
 Adjusted zenith observations
UPL HYDROPOWER PROJECT
GEODETIC SURVEY REPORT M0
RUP – 10.08.2014 20/32

7.4 Adapt the Accuracy

Reduce the accuracy of the horizontal and vertical angle ore the distance, in the
measurement files (see below) until no * will appear.

7.4.1 Examples Adaption of the Accuracy

In the below example the accuracy of the slope distance was set on 2 mm.
M 600-602-601 48.16169 388.487 105.06885 1 .002 1 0.237/0.167

In the below example the accuracy of the horizontal angle was set on 2Gon.
M 600-602-201 11.32187 611.372 110.35106 2 .001 1 0.237/0.000

In the below example the accuracy of the vertical angle was set on 3Gon.
M 601-602-600 291.1386 388.47 94.9553 1 .001 3 0.241/0.178

If you find a (*) in the measurement file, it’s possible that this point, who presumed to
be fix, was moving. Remove the (!!!) behind the coordinates and run the adjustment
again and compare the new adjusted coordinates with the coordinates of MO. If the
movement is in a logical direction, this indicates the point is moving. If not it might be
an error in the measurement.

C 603 186239.0178 248343.4780 385.2663 !!!

7.5 Example 3D Adjustment including 2D Data Line

The following example includes a section of a 2D formatted data line for a 3D

adjustment.

If a pillar is moving only in elevation, you can let the elevation be floated. The elevation
will be new calculated.
UPL HYDROPOWER PROJECT
GEODETIC SURVEY REPORT M0
RUP – 10.08.2014 21/32

8 Result

8.1 Consideration regarding the Theory of Errors

The average accuracy of the coordinates can be calculated out of the adjusted
coordinate and the rectification of the observation. On the base of a mean error and
the network disposition, the mean error of ellipse can be determined and plotted in:
Large semi-axis = MFA
Small semi-axis = MFB

The mean error of an ellipse is the assumption of normally distributed measurement

error for a confidence level of 68 % (m1). This means that the probability that the point
coordinates are actually within the ellipse error is 68 %. The double ellipse error (m2) is
corresponding to the value of 95.4 %. To determine the significance of a deformation,
typically a triple ellipse error (m3) is used, which corresponds to a probability of 99.7 %.

8.2 Coordinates and Ellipse Errors

The coordinates and the ellipse error of the measurement M0 are listed in chapt.8.3 and
8.4. The achieved ellipse errors m3 are listed in column:
MFA = semi-major-axis and azimuth (AZI)
MFB = semi-minor-axis
MFE = error bar in elevation

The averaged standard error (confidence level 99.7 %) of achieved ellipse error are
listed below:

MFA [mm] MFB [mm] MFE [mm] Air temperature [ºC]

M0 3 2 5 27 – 31º

To get a good overview of the achieved accuracy of the adjustment, regard the yellow
marked errors in the list “UPLM0Adjusted.lst”.

Adjustment Statistical Summary

==============================
Iterations = 2
Number of Stations = 47
Number of Observations = 1110
Number of Unknowns = 126
UPL HYDROPOWER PROJECT
GEODETIC SURVEY REPORT M0
RUP – 10.08.2014 22/32

Number of Redundant Obs = 984

Observation Count Sum Squares Error of StdRes Factor

Angles 364 131.076 0.637 Gon
Distances 373 147.804 0.669 mm
Zeniths 373 78.582 0.487 Gon
Total 1110 357.462 0.603

8.3 Base Coordinate and Orientation

The whole free constrained network is based on the coordinate of pillar 601
N=185886.5329 E=248000.2091 E=387.8460 and the bearing to pillar 602 =
47.5065 Gon.

The coordinate and the elevation received from DHP chief surveyor Kyaw Ko Ko. The
scale factor is 1.000000.

8.4 Adjusted Coordinate List M0

Point No.
N E Elevation
Total station

11 185776.1709 248128.7498 379.0359

20 185786.6186 248140.1275 379.0381
30 185800.7480 248152.3794 379.0356
40 185817.0330 248163.5503 379.0352
50 185833.5415 248174.8598 379.0426
60 185850.0371 248186.1691 379.0368
70 185866.5349 248197.4812 379.0431
80 185883.0345 248208.7879 379.0406
90 185899.5275 248220.1018 379.0413
91 185919.9298 248189.6604 319.9820
100 185915.5555 248231.0717 379.0430
101 185936.2223 248200.8255 319.9806
110 185931.6463 248240.9013 379.0485
111 185949.0686 248208.7029 320.0126
UPL HYDROPOWER PROJECT
GEODETIC SURVEY REPORT M0
RUP – 10.08.2014 23/32

Point No.
N E Elevation
Total station

120 185948.7084 248250.1423 379.0523

121 185963.2271 248216.3730 320.0135
130 185966.2978 248259.6740 379.0529
131 185986.0904 248228.7672 319.9573
140 185979.2294 248266.6590 379.0610
141 185988.1347 248271.4914 379.0520
142 185996.6095 248234.4437 319.9723
143 186005.5073 248239.2749 319.9600
150 185999.3144 248277.3781 379.0647
151 186016.7034 248245.3372 320.0228
200 186072.9161 248317.4545 378.9840
201 186090.3704 248285.1942 319.9646
210 186090.3041 248324.2468 378.9879
211 186099.2713 248288.6714 320.0272
220 186109.3508 248329.0563 378.9885
221 186118.3226 248292.4912 319.9465
230 186128.7470 248333.9544 378.9790
240 186148.1423 248338.8401 378.9778
250 186166.5582 248343.4881 378.9768
260 186184.8814 248345.3994 378.9739
270 186206.2645 248343.1353 378.9671
503 186025.2860 247576.4182 455.7927
504 186413.4321 248070.8567 383.6024
600 186107.4200 247682.1218 418.6677
601 185886.5329 248000.2091 387.8460 Base coordinate
602 186198.8376 248288.9341 371.8249
603 186239.0178 248343.4780 385.2663
700 186147.8293 247761.9720 387.5611
701 186245.0753 247887.5920 296.7901
702 186041.7876 247929.3747 330.0608
UPL HYDROPOWER PROJECT
GEODETIC SURVEY REPORT M0
RUP – 10.08.2014 24/32

Point No.
N E Elevation
Total station

703 186072.0764 248126.0722 296.9967

704 185803.0271 247999.6282 426.2580
705 186321.9228 248089.3768 340.3950

8.5 Coordinate Ellipses Error

Confidence level = 99.7 %

Point MFA Semi- MFB Semi- MFE Azimuth of

Elev. Bar [m]
No. Major Axis [m] Minor Axis [m] Major Axis [Gon]

11 0.002766 0.001747 074.71 0.004601

20 0.002596 0.001652 065.00 0.004458
30 0.002512 0.001673 060.30 0.004484
40 0.002422 0.001696 055.09 0.004505
50 0.002344 0.001718 049.51 0.004554
60 0.002280 0.001738 043.65 0.004623
70 0.002227 0.001755 037.57 0.004704
80 0.002186 0.001768 031.40 0.004785
90 0.002155 0.001777 025.37 0.004856
91 0.002388 0.001943 159.69 0.004050
100 0.002132 0.001781 019.91 0.004906
101 0.002430 0.001897 159.50 0.004109
110 0.002112 0.001783 014.57 0.004919
111 0.004247 0.002387 003.90 0.005685
120 0.002093 0.001782 009.04 0.004893
121 0.004232 0.002401 000.99 0.005933
130 0.004727 0.001832 194.42 0.006845
131 0.005982 0.002366 116.97 0.005483
140 0.002069 0.001774 001.52 0.004754
141 0.002063 0.001770 000.06 0.004690
142 0.002530 0.001759 159.11 0.004018
UPL HYDROPOWER PROJECT
GEODETIC SURVEY REPORT M0
RUP – 10.08.2014 25/32

Point MFA Semi- MFB Semi- MFE Azimuth of

Elev. Bar [m]
No. Major Axis [m] Minor Axis [m] Major Axis [Gon]

143 0.002535 0.001745 159.24 0.003967

150 0.002056 0.001765 198.62 0.004593
151 0.002534 0.001729 159.51 0.003891
200 0.002052 0.001671 003.67 0.003650
201 0.004466 0.002476 182.38 0.008319
210 0.002066 0.001626 004.19 0.003388
211 0.004612 0.002520 178.93 0.008464
220 0.002081 0.001567 003.05 0.003095
221 0.004647 0.002532 176.36 0.008720
230 0.002111 0.001490 000.92 0.002826
240 0.002158 0.001405 197.33 0.002610
250 0.002219 0.001333 192.77 0.002478
260 0.002267 0.001284 187.31 0.002394
270 0.002295 0.001259 180.42 0.002340
503 0.022801 0.003767 184.83 0.019826
504 0.002438 0.001782 097.38 0.006474
600 0.002242 0.000862 198.86 0.002292
601 0.001348 0.000890 120.13 0.001792
602 0.001495 0.000782 181.73 0.001852
603 0.000000 0.000000 000.00 0.000000
700 0.002396 0.001453 005.63 0.003124
701 0.000000 0.000000 000.00 0.000000
702 0.000000 0.000000 000.00 0.000000
703 0.000000 0.000000 000.00 0.000000
704 0.002903 0.002425 094.68 0.008959
705 0.000000 0.000000 000.00 0.000000
Average 0.003 m 0.002 m 0.005 m
UPL HYDROPOWER PROJECT
GEODETIC SURVEY REPORT M0
RUP – 10.08.2014 26/32

8.6 Network Plot

9 List of Reservoir Water Level

Measurement Reservoir Reservoir Water level

Water level Date Remarks
No. Water level (Average)

24.07.2014 328.7
M0 174.3
25.07.2014 330.0
UPL HYDROPOWER PROJECT
GEODETIC SURVEY REPORT M0
RUP – 10.08.2014 27/32

10 Conclusion and Recommendations

10.1 Conclusion

The 10 days survey mission program could be performed successfully. The delivered
survey equipment is in good condition. The delivered Laptop including the adjustment
program STAR*NET worked properly. The key for the STAR*NET converter has do be
delivered or purchased. Most of the survey net was installed satisfactory. Only a few
improvements had to be realised, in installing some levelling REP’s. The achieved
accuracy during measurement M0 was:
 MFA = ± 3 mm
 MFB = ± 2 mm Set measurement
 MFE = ± 5 mm
 MFE = ± 0.8 mm Precision levelling

It’s obvious the levelling accuracy in elevation is much better. If this persists in the
future depends on the condition of the levelling staff.

If the chosen REP’s are stable will be shown after the next few measurements. If the
instructed adjustment program was understood completely, will be shown in the future.
Any way, after the training, no more questions emerged.

10.2 Recommendation

1. Levelling Rep’s and DOP’s must be labelled and protected permanently (see
appendix 1)

2. Survey pillars must be protected with caps.

3. Repeat the deformation measurements every month with the experienced survey
group.

4. Check and adjust the levelling instrument before starting the measurements

5. Fill out accurate levelling- and station protocol

6. After running the adjustment, send the STAR*NET listing to [email protected]

for investigation

7. Wright a survey report (Use M0 for example)

8. If future measurements indicates that there aren’t enough stable REP’s, additional
pillars must be installed
UPL HYDROPOWER PROJECT
GEODETIC SURVEY REPORT M0
RUP – 10.08.2014 28/32

9. Make photos of REP and DOP inclusive caps and labels and implement it in the
survey report.

10. Buy a new digital barometer

11. Compare and use two barometers

Thank you very much for the cooperation during instrument and software training and
the executed measurements. I’m looking forward to achieve highest accurate results
and implementation of the recommendations.

Switzerland, 12. August 2014

Peter Rumpf, Senior Surveyor, Topo Expert

UPL HYDROPOWER PROJECT
GEODETIC SURVEY REPORT M0
RUP – 10.08.2014 29/32

Appendix 1 - Map: Survey Deformation Network

UPL HYDROPOWER PROJECT
GEODETIC SURVEY REPORT M0
RUP – 10.08.2014 30/32

Appendix 2 - XLSX: Calculation Example for the Future

UPL HYDROPOWER PROJECT
GEODETIC SURVEY REPORT M0
RUP – 10.08.2014 31/32

Appendix 3 - PDF: Levelling Calculation Report M0

UPL HYDROPOWER PROJECT
GEODETIC SURVEY REPORT M0
RUP – 10.08.2014 32/32
 Customer The Republic of the Union of Myanmar
Ministry of Electric Power
Department of Hydropower Implementation

Project name Upper Paunglaung Hydropower

Project
Document title Completion Report
Project chapter 2.3 Hydrology

February 2015

www.afconsult.com/switzerland
Table of Contents

2 Project Design Data........................................................................................................................... 1

2.3 Hydrology ........................................................................................................................................... 1

2.3.1 Water level measurements ........................................................................................................................................... 1
2.3.2 Discharge measurements and Tailwater curve ..................................................................................................... 1
2.3.3 Reservoir impounding .................................................................................................................................................... 3

© The Copyright remains with AF-Colenco Ltd.

The Republic of the Union of Myanmar - Ministry of Electric Power I

Upper Paunglaung Hydropower Project – Completion Report – 2.3 Hydrology
February 2015
2 Project Design Data

2.3 Hydrology

2.3.1 Water level measurements

The water level was measured during the Construction period, as shown in the following Figure 2-1.

Figure 2-1: Water level measurement from 2007 to 2013

2.3.2 Discharge measurements and Tailwater curve

The discharge measurements are shown in the Figure 2-2.

The Republic of the Union of Myanmar - Ministry of Electric Power Page 1 of 4

Upper Paunglaung Hydropower Project – Completion Report – 2.3 Hydrology
February 2015
Figure 2-2: Discharge of Upper Paunglaung from 2007 to 2013

The tailwater curve is presented in Figure 2-3

Figure 2-3: Tailwater curve

The Republic of the Union of Myanmar - Ministry of Electric Power Page 2 of 4

Upper Paunglaung Hydropower Project – Completion Report – 2.3 Hydrology
February 2015
2.3.3 Reservoir impounding

The reservoir level had been recorded during impounding period and is presented in Figure 2-4.

Figure 2-4: Reservoir water level during impounding

The reservoir water level rising rate in meter is presented in the following Figure 2-5.

The Republic of the Union of Myanmar - Ministry of Electric Power Page 3 of 4

Upper Paunglaung Hydropower Project – Completion Report – 2.3 Hydrology
February 2015
Figure 2-5: Reservoir water level impounding rate

The Republic of the Union of Myanmar - Ministry of Electric Power Page 4 of 4

Upper Paunglaung Hydropower Project – Completion Report – 2.3 Hydrology
February 2015
 Customer The Republic of the Union of Myanmar
Ministry of Electric Power
Department of Hydropower Implementation

Project name Upper Paunglaung Hydropower

Project
Document title Completion Report
Project chapter 2.4 Geology

February 2015
 UNION OF MYANMAR
MINISTRY OF ELECTRIC POWER
DEPARTMENT OF HYDROELECTRIC POWER

UPPER PAUNGLAUNG
HYDROPOWER PROJECT
BASIC FEASIBILITY STUDY

SITE VISIT REPORT

Mission No. 3, 21.02.- 02.03. 2004

ONDREJ VOBORNY
SENIOR GEOLOGIST
Upper Paunglaung HPP 1
Site Visit No. 3, Feb-March 2005

List of Contents

1 INTRODUCTION .................................................................................................2
1.1 GENERAL ........................................................................................................... 2
1.2 PROGRAM OF THE VISIT ................................................................................. 2
1.3 LIST OF PARTICIPANTS ................................................................................... 3

2 STATUS OF INVESTIGATIONS, DATA RECEIVED..........................................3

2.1 CORE DRILLINGS.............................................................................................. 3
2.2 SEISMIC REFRACTION SURVEY ..................................................................... 3
2.3 LABORATORY TESTING ................................................................................... 4
2.4 TOPOGRAPHY................................................................................................... 4
2.5 HYDROLOGY ..................................................................................................... 4

3 FINDINGS............................................................................................................4
3.1 TOPOGRAPHY................................................................................................... 4
3.2 GEOLOGY, DAM FOUNDATION ....................................................................... 5
3.3 CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS .......................................................................... 6

4 RECOMMENDATIONS, ACTION LIST...............................................................7

ANNEX 1: Photos showing the Right and Left Abutment of Dam Axis C1.5

D:\Reports\UPL\UPL Doc\Reports\VOB UPL_Site visit3_rep.doc March 2005

Upper Paunglaung HPP 2
Site Visit No. 3, Feb-March 2005

1 INTRODUCTION

1.1 GENERAL
Following the Mission No. 2 in November 2004, launching the preparation of the Basic
Feasibility Study, Colenco’s UPL project geologist has conducted a 3rd visit to the UPL
dam site with the primary objective to review and collect the actual geological and to-
pographical information available from the ongoing investigations and survey. The lo-
gistics of the site trip were very well organized by the DHP team. The UPL dam site is
now accessible in less than 3 hours from PL along the new access road, presently un-
der construction by DHP and Olympic. However, under the present condition the road
is only viable in the dry season due to very steep gradients negotiating the difficult to-
pography. Since last November, a very substantial progress of works has been
achieved at the UPL dam site in terms of clearing, benching, local access roads and
camp facilities. Vehicle access is available at both abutments between the C1 and C2
dam sites, using a temporary bridge made of tree logs at the C2 camp site. Extensive
benching was completed at both abutments of C1.5, providing access to the top abut-
ments, previously concealed by dense vegetation.

1.2 PROGRAM OF THE VISIT

21.02.2005 Arrival of Mr. Voborny in Yangon, meeting at DHP head office

22.02.2005 Travel to Paunglaung HPP (PL), overnight at guesthouse

23.02.2005 Field trip to UPL site along the access road, afternoon inspection
of the left abutment C1.5 and upstream area (C1 axis and quarry
site), overnight at camp site

24.02.2005 Site inspection right abutment C1.5 and C1 axis, inspection of core
boxes, 14:30 departure from site to Paunglaung HPP

25.02.2005 Departure to Mt. Popa, inspection of pozzolan plant

26.02.2005 Inspection of P1-13 pozzolan plant and quarry, travel to Mandalay

27.02.2005 Mandalay, office day

28.02.2005 Yeywa Dam Site inspection, meeting with DHP MDL

01.03.2005 Travel To Yangon, afternoon meeting with DHP

02.03.2005 Departure from Myanmar

D:\Reports\UPL\UPL Doc\Reports\VOB UPL_Site visit3_rep.doc March 2005

Upper Paunglaung HPP 3
Site Visit No. 3, Feb-March 2005

1.3 LIST OF PARTICIPANTS

Start Meeting 21.02.05 at DHP Head Office, Yangon:

U Win Kyaw Director General DHP
U Wan Kyi Director of Design Branch
U Kyaw Nyein Assistant Director of Investigation Branch (Geology)

Site Visit UPL 22. – 24. 02.05:

U Myint Zaw Deputy Director In Charge
U Min Win Myint Aung Deputy Director of Design Branch
U Kyaw Nyein Assistant Director of Investigation Branch (Geology)
Daw Khin Thi Aye Assistant Director Design & Technology
Varia Staff Officers Design & Technology Branch

Pozzolan Site Visit Mt. Popa 25. – 26. 02.05:

U Kyaw Nyein Geologist PL & UPL
U Thein Han Geologist Yeywa, Colenco Mandalay

Closing Meeting 01.03.05 DHP Head Office, Yangon:

U Win Kyaw Director General DHP
U Aung Koe Shwe Deputy Director General DHP
U Min Win Myint Aung Deputy Director of Design Branch (partly)

2 STATUS OF INVESTIGATIONS, DATA RECEIVED

2.1 CORE DRILLINGS

 At C1 axis (second priority) completed according to program defined in Mission 2

report: BH-01, -02, -03, at 40m depth each
 At C1.5 axis (first priority) ongoing as follows:
No. Location and elev. Status
BH-05 Upper LA, ~400 At 35 m of 50
BH-06 Middle LA, ~350 Ongoing (?)
BH-07 Left river bank, 298 Completed 80m
BH-08 RA ~320 Completed 60m
BH-04 RA ~370 Additional, location shifted to dam axis
BH-09 RA ~390, gully Additional to be started

Lugeon Tests: no data received from DHHP

2.2 SEISMIC REFRACTION SURVEY

Field investigation done by SUNTEC, but no data received yet.

D:\Reports\UPL\UPL Doc\Reports\VOB UPL_Site visit3_rep.doc March 2005

Upper Paunglaung HPP 4
Site Visit No. 3, Feb-March 2005

2.3 LABORATORY TESTING

 4 petrographical analyses of outcrop samples received, two from C1 axis, one
from reservoir area, one apparently from a potential quarry (location unspecified)
 No data on rock core testing received (not yet initiated?)

2.4 TOPOGRAPHY
The terrestrial 1:5’000 map of the dam site area as requested in November 04 was still
under preparation by DHP during the site visit.
RECEIVED: A copy of the DHP 1:5’000 map in Yangon in “last minute” before depar-
ture on 1. March 05. The 1-m contour lines of the map are drawn (and interpolated?) by
hand, digital format is not available. A first visual check of this map has revealed some
evident inaccuracies, especially on the right bank, which where notified to the present
DHP engineers from design Branch for verification.

2.5 HYDROLOGY
No additional information received

3 FINDINGS

3.1 TOPOGRAPHY

The enlarged map 1:10’000, produced by SUNTEC from the 1:50’000 photogrammetric
map, provides a general indication of the overall topography, good for preliminary con-
siderations regarding the site selection and basic layout. It was well known that the
photogrammetric map is inaccurate in the river valleys and abutments, and does not
provide detailed information as required for dam alignment studies and layout optimiza-
tions. In a first step, the preparation of a 1:5’000 terrestrial mapping of the larger dam
area was requested. However, this map seems to be inaccurate in several areas (see
above) and does not allow a proper selection of the dam axis that would be consistent
with the field observations.

Besides a revised 1:5’000 map of the general project area, it will be mandatory for the
forthcoming project design to establish a reliable topographical mapping at 1:1’000
scale covering the dam site and appurtenant structures.

After the completed bush clearing at both river abutments it is evident that the topogra-
phy at the C1.5 site is more complex than previously assumed, given that the irregular
erosional relief was concealed by vegetation. In particular the upstream side of the right
abutment (RA) is dissected by a deep and branched erosion gully. The extent of this
feature affecting the upper portion of the abutment was not evident from the river bank
during the earlier visits. The left abutment is sharply limited by a deep valley with a
tributary stream (known before), and also by branched erosion features on the up-
stream side. Hence, the topographic constraints for setting out the dam axis are more
severe than previously expected on the basis of visual impression and the available
photogrammetric map. The suitable location for the dam axis is physically limited by the

D:\Reports\UPL\UPL Doc\Reports\VOB UPL_Site visit3_rep.doc March 2005

Upper Paunglaung HPP 5
Site Visit No. 3, Feb-March 2005

deep tributary downstream valley at LA (critical for dam stability against sliding!) and by
the upstream gully on RA (not critical), see Annex 1.

The dam axis actually set out in the field by DHP does not follow the alignment recom-
mended during the November 04 site visit. For some reason, it has been rotated by
some 15˚ and runs across the upstream gullies of RA and over the shoulder of the
deep downstream gully on LA, resulting in a longer dam crest and larger dam volume
than the optimum alignment (Annex 1, red alignment).

The C1 dam axis, considered as 2nd priority after November 04, has also topographic
constraints on both abutments. The axis alignment as set out in the field has been also
rotated and intersects the right abutment at its downstream slope.

Conclusions Topography:
(1) On site, the dam axis has been moved “back to its place” based on visual judge-
ment. Due to lack of reference points, the selected axis alignment has to be con-
firmed (and eventually adjusted) by topographic survey, in particular with respect
to the orientation of the powerhouse and tailrace axis.
(2) The mandatory criteria for setting out the correct dam axis on site are: i) maxi-
mum possible clearance of the left abutment to the downstream valley; ii) the re-
sulting bearing of the powerhouse axis (perpendicular to the dam axis) shall be
oriented such as not to point into the hill slope, and iii) avoiding the upstream gul-
lies on the right bank, if necessary by introducing a “kink” pointing in downstream
direction into the upper part of the right abutment. Hence, the bearing (azimuth)
of the dam alignment should be approximately N60-55˚E (to be checked by sur-
vey), eventually introducing a kink in the right wing.
(3) The terrestrial topographic map elaborated by DHP at 1:5’000 scale and deliv-
ered to CPE just before departure is of limited accuracy only. The interpolation of
the survey points (obtained by total stations) was obviously performed by hand,
and at least in some areas does not reflect the “real” topographic conditions. This
is in particular the case for the right dam abutment where the existing morphol-
ogic features such as the broad abutment face toward the river and the upstream
gullies are not adequately represented.
(4) Therefore, it is concluded that the actual version of the 1:5’000 map cannot be
used for the ongoing Feasibility Study design studies that will be completed on
the basis of enlarged SUNTEC map. For further design studies, including a
proper definition of the dam axis, diversion tunnel portals and other structures, a
revised digital map at 1:5’000 and a new 1:1’000 map will be required!

3.2 GEOLOGY, DAM FOUNDATION

The geological information from subsoil investigations obtained during the site visit was
rather limited, given that the core drillings were still in execution and the results of geo-
physical survey, Lugeon testing and laboratory tests were not available yet.
C1.5 Dam Axis: So far, the fresh bedrock can be confirmed as sandstone and siltstone
of good quality, the only critical parameter -so far- being the thickness of overburden in
the abutments. The borehole BH-07 at the left river bank shows only 1.5m thick allu-
D:\Reports\UPL\UPL Doc\Reports\VOB UPL_Site visit3_rep.doc March 2005
Upper Paunglaung HPP 6
Site Visit No. 3, Feb-March 2005

vium, weathered sandstone to 6m depth, followed by sound rock to 80 m of depth, lo-

cally weathered along joints. The preliminary results of the ongoing drilling BH-06 in the
middle left abutment are not known. Rather unfavourable conditions were encountered
in BH-05 on the top of LA (downstream of the correct dam axis), indicating completely
weathered reddish siltstone and sandstone to 35m depth (actual depth of drilling during
visit). At the present, it is unclear how far this unfavourable condition is representative
for the upper dam abutment area, given that geophysical data are missing; possibly
more investigations will be required.
On the right abutment, only one borehole BH-08 of 60 m depth has been concluded up
to date, located some 20-30m above river level. It shows overburden (decomposed
rock) of 6.5m, followed by highly weathered sandstone/siltstone to 20m depth and
moderately to slightly weathered foundation rock below. An additional borehole BH-04
is presently in execution at elev. 370 and another one was instructed at elev. 390 in the
gully crossing the dam crest.
In general, the benching on both abutments reveals in-situ weathered bedrock under
only a few meters of residual soil (residual sandy clay, decomposed rock). However,
the tropical weathering of the sandstone/siltstone rocks is significant and generally in-
creases with higher elevation above river.
C1 Dam Axis: The three completed boreholes indicate very good grey sandstone on
the right bank, weathered to only 6m depth, and fresh granite on the left bank, however
with frequent hydrothermal weathering along vertical discontinuities, resulting in clayey
fillings and weathered joint walls. The 40 m deep borehole BH-01 on top of the left
abutment shows residual soil to 15m, followed by highly weathered to decomposed
rock to 40m depth, hence similar condition to C1.5 top abutment. The combination of
sandstone and granite within the dam foundation of C1 axis is considered little favour-
able due to heterogeneous conditions regarding weathering, permeability (hydrother-
mal alteration in granite), rock strength and structure (bedding, jointing, foliation).
Moreover, the location and properties of contact between granite and sediments are
presently unknown (intrusive or tectonic contact?).
Rock properties: No data on rock strength are available yet, however the rock
strength properties of sound sandstone/siltstone are considered not critical for the
foundation of a RCC dam.

3.3 CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS

Quarry location: The status of knowledge regarding the location of prospective quarry
is still very limited. According the present understanding, the suitable location for a
quarry is considered to be on the left bank of the Small Paunglaung River upstream of
the confluence, rather than between the two streams (requiring a bridge). Further field
reconnaissance including mapping of outcrops and sampling/testing is required to con-
firm the availability of granitic rocks. The petrographic analysis of a sample marked as
Q1 (location?) has indicated a quartz-biotite schists which is not deemed a favourable
material for RCC aggregates.
A drilling at the existing outcrop near to the confluence has been recommended (ac-
cess available). No potential quarry candidates have been identified so far along the
new access road in the downstream area of the dam. Virtually all road cuts are located
in weathered sandstone/shales.

D:\Reports\UPL\UPL Doc\Reports\VOB UPL_Site visit3_rep.doc March 2005

Upper Paunglaung HPP 7
Site Visit No. 3, Feb-March 2005

River alluvions: The only significant deposit of river gravel is available in the delta of
the lateral stream downstream of the left abutment of C1.5 site. The gravel, cobbles
and blocks are presently being exploited manually by DHP as source for CVC aggre-
gates and masonry structures. River sand is available in abundance as river flood de-
posits covering the terraces, but most likely not suitable for fine aggregates due to fine-
ness.
Low permeable core material for coffer dams: readily available on both abutments
of the dam site as product of in-situ weathering of rock: reddish residual clay, silt, sand
and gravel.

Conclusions Geology: As the site investigations are still ongoing, the present status
of information is insufficient to allow a conclusive judgement on the foundation condi-
tions.
The main issues to clarify are:
 Depth of excavation (thickness of overburden and weathered rock) in the abutment
slopes (boreholes correlated with geophysical profiling)
 Bedrock permeability (results of Lugeon tests in boreholes)
 Rock strength (testing on rock samples, UCS, density and water absorption)
 Availability of quarried rock for RCC aggregates: location and extent of quarry,
properties and reserves (mapping, core drilling and testing required, see below)

As a general practice for concrete gravity dams of the height such as the UPL project,
exploratory adits in the abutments are usual. Such will be required in the next design
stage.

4 RECOMMENDATIONS, ACTION LIST

General: The findings and conclusions of the site visit to UPL have been presented
and discussed by means of photographs with DHP Representatives in Mandalay and
Yangon before leaving.

The following activities are recommended:

1. Set out dam axis at the site as indicated during site visit. Check by topo survey
required, also regarding the correct alignment of the powerhouse and tailrace
2. Geophysical data: Provide the results of seismic survey from SUNTEC a.s.a.p.
3. Topographic survey:
3.1 Check the validity of the recently completed terrestrial survey in the field, revi-
sion and correction of the 1:5’000 map as required, elaboration in digital form.
3.2 It is emphasized that the availability of an accurate topographic map in digital
form is of prime importance for further design studies. Such requires also the
elaboration of a 1:1’000 scale digital map for the construction design of the dam
and appurtenant structures.
3.3 Therefore, it is recommended to subcontract the preparation/revision of the
above digital maps to an experienced company (Concordia, Suntec?). Possibly,
D:\Reports\UPL\UPL Doc\Reports\VOB UPL_Site visit3_rep.doc March 2005
Upper Paunglaung HPP 8
Site Visit No. 3, Feb-March 2005

the existing total station data can be used, as it appears that the problems with the
recently completed 1:5’000 map may be related rather to data processing than to
data acquisition (lack of topographic software?).
4. Site investigations for Dam:
 Left Bank: One additional borehole BH-04 underway, another instructed
(BH-09 at elev. 390) into sound rock, approx. depth 30m
 Right Bank: One additional drilling in upper part may be eventually required
later, depending on the ongoing investigations
 Results of Lugeon tests in boreholes to be provided to Colenco asap.
 Next design stage: Investigation adit at each abutment to be planned
5. Quarry
 Geological reconnaissance and mapping by DHP Site Geologist required:
along the Small Paunglaung River, to about 500 m upstream of the conflu-
ence along the left bank; contact sandstone-granite along the right bank
(ridge separating the two streams).
 Ample sampling and petrographic analyses to delimit granite from meta-
morphic schists and sandstone/quartzite
 Core drilling at granite outcrop at the confluence, as instructed during site
visit.
6. Laboratory Testing:
 Same as instructed in November 2004:
 Rock foundations: samples of intact (undisturbed) rock cores from all drill-
ings at different depths for UCS testing, to start asap.
 Construction material: first priority has concrete aggregate testing on po-
tential quarried rock, second priority river alluvions for CVC, third priority
soil testing for core material from test pits on abutments

ANNEX 1: Photos Right and Left Abutment, Axis C1.5

Baden, 14.03.05, vob P:\4763_wk\UPPERPAUNGLAUNG\Vob\Site visit3_rep.doc

D:\Reports\UPL\UPL Doc\Reports\VOB UPL_Site visit3_rep.doc March 2005

Upper Paunglaung HPP ANNEX 1
Site Visit No. 3, Feb-March 2005

View of the Left Abutment (TOP) and Right Abutment (BOTTOM) with the actual (RED)
and optimum (BLUE) dam axis alignment (February 2005)

D:\Reports\UPL\UPL Doc\Reports\VOB UPL_Site visit3_rep.doc March 2005

 UNION OF MYANMAR
MINISTRY OF ELECTRIC POWER
DEPARTMENT OF HYDROELECTRIC POWER

UPPER PAUNGLAUNG
HYDROPOWER PROJECT
BASIC FEASIBILITY STUDY

MISSION REPORT
JULY 20 – 21, 2005
Upper Paunglaung Hydropower Project 1
Mission Report July 2005

LIST OF CONTENTS

1 INTRODUCTION .................................................................................................2
1.1 GENERAL ........................................................................................................... 2
1.2 PROGRAM.......................................................................................................... 2
1.3 LIST OF PARTICIPANTS TO CHECK............................................................... 2

2 STATUS OF INVESTIGATIONS, DATA RECEIVED..........................................3

2.1 CORE DRILLINGS.............................................................................................. 3
2.2 SEISMIC REFRACTION SURVEY ..................................................................... 4
2.3 LABORATORY TESTING ................................................................................... 4
2.4 TOPOGRAPHY................................................................................................... 4
2.5 HYDROLOGY ..................................................................................................... 5

3 FINDINGS TOPOGRAPHY .................................................................................5

3.1 UPDATED BENCHMARK VALUES.................................................................... 5
3.2 TOPOGRAPHICAL MAP OF DHP MARCH 2005............................................... 6
3.3 FURTHER PROCEEDINGS DISCUSSED D. JOB / U SAN MAUNG IN
YANGON ............................................................................................................ 6
3.4 FURTHER PROCEEDINGS ............................................................................... 6

4 FINDINGS GEOLOGY ........................................................................................7

4.1 SEISMIC REFRACTION ..................................................................................... 7
4.2 RESULTS OF CORE DRILLINGS ...................................................................... 7
4.3 CONCLUSIONS.................................................................................................. 8
4.4 ADDITIONAL INVESTIGATIONS ....................................................................... 8

5 WATER MANAGEMENT.....................................................................................9
5.1 PRELIMINARY CORRECTION OF RESULTS ................................................... 9
5.2 ENERGY PRODUCTION AT PL & UPL ............................................................. 9

6 CONCLUSIONS ................................................................................................10

ANNEX 1: GEOLOGICAL SECTION ALONG DAM AXIS C1.5

ANNEX 2: GEOLOGICAL SECTION ALONG DAM AXIS C1
ANNEX 3: PRELIMINARY WATER MANAGEMENT CALCULATIONS

P:\4763_wk\UPPERPAUNGLAUNG\SITE VISIT JULY-05\report Mission July05b.doc August 2005

Upper Paunglaung Hydropower Project 2
Mission Report July 2005

1 INTRODUCTION

1.1 GENERAL

After the last joint mission of Colenco Specialists in November 2004, the opportunity
was taken to visit the UPL site after returning from a reconnaissance trip to the Taman-
thi HPP on the upper Chindwin River. The principal objective of this visit was to review
the latest investigation results, in particular the new boreholes concluded after the last
mission of Colenco’s Geologist in April 05, and – on the basis of these data – to con-
firm the definite location of the dam axis.
Thanks to thorough preparation works by DHP, the access road to UPL was in good
conditions despite the ongoing rainy season. The dam site could be reached without
any obstructions in 2 ½ hours from PL, including a stop at the Namcho Crossing. The
party could return to Paunglaung in the afternoon prior to any rainfall.

1.2 PROGRAM

19. July Arrival of Colenco Engineers at PL proceeding from Yeywa/Mandalay:

Messr. Dredge, Frei and Voborny
Mr. Job, U San Maung and others flying from MDL directly to Yangon
20. July Field trip to UPL, arrival at 9.00 a.m. Site inspection of right abutment at
C1.5 and C1 axis, diversion portal areas, left abutment, quarry access
and potential quarrying area. Visit of mini hydro plant in lateral valley d/s
of C1.5 left abutment. Inspection of core boxes of additional boreholes.
Lunch at the new guesthouse.
Leaving UPL site at 13.30 p.m., 15.30 p.m. arrival at PL HPP, visit of
powerhouse and spillway
Party leaving PL at 17.00 p.m., Mr. Dredge with U Aung Than Oo bound
for Popa, Mr. Frei and Voborny for Mandalay
21. July DHP office at Mandalay, afternoon flight MDL – YGN
Mr. Job collecting and discussing data at DHP Head Office
22. July Meetings at DHP Head office in Yangon, departure of Messr. Frei, Job
and Voborny to BKK with the evening flight

1.3 LIST OF PARTICIPANTS

Site Visit UPL 19. – 20. 07. 2005:

U Myint Zaw Director In Charge
U Aung Than Oo Dep. Director Investigation Branch (Geology)
U Kyaw Nyein Assistant Director Investigation Branch (Geology)
U Myint Naing Assistant Director (Civil )
U Zaw Zaw Tun Assistant Director (Mechanical)
P:\4763_wk\UPPERPAUNGLAUNG\SITE VISIT JULY-05\report Mission July05b.doc August 2005
Upper Paunglaung Hydropower Project 3
Mission Report July 2005

U Aye Min Swe Staff Officer (Civil)

Daw Moe Thida Hlaing Staff Officer (Civil)

Meeting 22.07.2005 DHP Head Office, Yangon:

U Myo Mint Honourable Deputy Minister
U Aung Koe Shwe Deputy Director General DHP
U Wan Kyi Director of Design Branch
U San Maung Director Investigation Branch
U Aung Than Oo Dep. Director Investigation Branch (Geology)

2 STATUS OF INVESTIGATIONS, DATA RECEIVED

2.1 CORE DRILLINGS

All core drillings according to established investigation program have been completed.
This extended drilling program included additional boreholes on top right abutment of
C1.5 and in possible portal areas of diversion tunnel, boreholes along the C1 axis as
set out during the April Mission of Colenco’s Geologist, and a borehole at the potential
quarry location.
The complete list of core drillings available up to date is presented as follows:

BH No. Depth and pertinent data Location Elev.

Explanations:
Boreholes at C1.5 axis; LA / RA = Left / Right Abutment
WPT, In-situ tests, Water pressure (Lugeon),
SPT Standard penetration in soil
SW Slightly Weathered rock: top of potential foundation grade
BH-01 40 m +SPT +Perm; MW rock at 39m C1 LA 348.268
BH-02 40 m +WPT C1 LA granite 288.25
BH-03 40 m +WPT C1 RA 309
BH-04 45 m SW sandstone (sst) at 37m C1.5 RA mid level 354.543
BH-05 42 m +SPT, SW sst starting at 38m C1.5 old LA 381.735
BH-06 60 m +WPT, fresh rock at 30m C1.5 mid LA 340.912
BH-07 80 m +WPT, SW sst at 4m C1.5 LA river bank 289.051
BH-08 60 m +WPT, SW sst at 23m C1.5 RA first bench 308.384
BH-09 13.5 m u/s gully, fresh sst at 8.5m C1.5 Diversion inlet 315.056
BH-10 45 m sound rock not reached C1.5 top RA 377.871
BH-11 30 m, sound granite at 2m QUARRY 310

P:\4763_wk\UPPERPAUNGLAUNG\SITE VISIT JULY-05\report Mission July05b.doc August 2005

Upper Paunglaung Hydropower Project 4
Mission Report July 2005

BH-12 30 m, good rock at 16m C1, mid RA 354.23

BH-13 40 m, SW rock at 35m C1, top RA 396.7
BH-14 45 m, 40m no core recovery, SW rock at 41m C1 top LA 395.74
BH-15 13 m, sound rock below 7.5m of river deposits C1, PH terrace 289.8
BH-16 25 m, very good rock at 6m depth, meta-sst C1.5 diversion outl 293.0
BH-17 25 m, good rock at 16m depth, greenish sst C1.5 diversion inlet 318.0
BH-18 55 m, good rock at 51m C1.5 top RA
BH-19 ? ongoing, slope above diversion outlet C1.5 diversion d/s 332.3

Explanations:
Boreholes at C1.5 axis; LA / RA = Left / Right Abutment
WPT, SPT In-situ tests, Water pressure (Lugeon), Standard penetration in soil
SW Slightly Weathered rock: top of potential foundation grade

2.2 SEISMIC REFRACTION SURVEY

The second investigation campaign was conducted by SUNTAC in April during Mission
No. 4 of Colenco’s Geologist. The data cover the revised alignment of C1 axis up to
elev. 400 on both abutments, and the extension on the left abutment of C1.5 from elev.
380 to 460 (briefing hall). Seismic profiling along the right abutment of the adjusted
C1.5 axis could not be repeated due to presence of benches. The report on additional
seismic investigations was received in Baden on May 17, 2005.

2.3 LABORATORY TESTING

• No additional data on rock core testing received since April 05

• Aggregate testing from quarry site (crushed rock) from April and 27. May received
end of June 2005

2.4 TOPOGRAPHY

• The Terrestrial Map 1:5’000 of the dam site area, prepared by DHP was received at
the end of Colenco’s Mission No. 3 on March 1st, 2005. As pointed out in the mission
report, the hand interpolation of the 1-m contour lines was not deemed reliable.
• In May 2005, surveyed cross-sections along the new dam alignments at C1.5 and
C1 dam site were obtained from DHP. These new cross sections are adjusted to the
new absolute elevations provided by a second levelling traverse connecting the ex-
isting grid at PL to the UPL site.

P:\4763_wk\UPPERPAUNGLAUNG\SITE VISIT JULY-05\report Mission July05b.doc August 2005

Upper Paunglaung Hydropower Project 5
Mission Report July 2005

2.5 HYDROLOGY

No additional information received

3 FINDINGS TOPOGRAPHY

3.1 UPDATED BENCHMARK VALUES

The following revised measurement values of the Bench Marks BM1 and BM2 have
been confirmed by DHP, the chronology of the establishment and revision of the bench
mark elevations being summarised below to assist understanding of reports provided to
date:
BM1: x = 247894.38 m, y = 2186137 m, z = 289.313 (New Value)
BM2: x = 247997.00 m, y = 2186077 m, z = 287.189 (New Value)
According to the letter from DHP, dated December 23, 2004 the Z- coordinates of the
two benchmarks BM1 and BM2 were the following:
BM1 z =298.722 m, i.e. a difference of 9.409 m too high
BM2 z =296.5975 m, i.e. a difference of 9.4085 too high
The coordinates of these benchmarks represent an important basis for the layout of the
dam structures and the water management calculations. The Feasibility Report UPL-
00-BFR—PREL/0405 was based on the initial information provided.
From January to March 2005 a new topography was established by DHP indicating that
the correct heights of the two benchmarks are 289.313 m (BM1) and 287.189 m (BM2).
This result indicates that the river bed level is about 10 m (9.41 m) lower than that pro-
vided for use in the FS up to then. According to DHP, this systematic error arises from
the bad weather conditions prevailing in November 2004, when the first topographic
levelling was established.
The new coordinates of the benchmarks were also checked independently by
SUNTAC. Combined with differential GPS, SUNTAC has performed a levelling from
Pyinmana to the dam site in March 2005 (Report available, reviewed by Colenco on
July 20). The height of BM5 resulted in 290.092 m. The new levelling of DHP, per-
formed by DHP in February 2005 from PL to the dam site of UPL resulted in 290.115 m
for BM5. Thus, independently the almost exactly the same result (difference: 2 cm) was
achieved by DHP and SUNTAC.
The maps of the dam site area made available for the carrying out of the Preliminary
Basic Feasibility Study thus include an error of some 10m. For finalising the Basic Fea-
sibility Study, the contours of the existing map will be adjusted by 10m and the more
accurate river sections used for structure elevations, the maps thus only being indica-
tive. For further design works 1:1000 scale maps of the C1 Dam area and 1: 500 scale
maps of the Diversion Intake and Outlet portals are required.

P:\4763_wk\UPPERPAUNGLAUNG\SITE VISIT JULY-05\report Mission July05b.doc August 2005

Upper Paunglaung Hydropower Project 6
Mission Report July 2005

3.2 TOPOGRAPHICAL MAP OF DHP MARCH 2005

From January to March 2005 a terrestrial survey of the UPL dam area has been carried
out by DHP. Based on the surveyed points (total station), a topographical map was
drawn by hand with contour intervals of 1m. However, the plotted contour lines are at
0.6 m offsets from normal mapping techniques (i.e., 300.6, 301.6 etc.). Moreover, it
was noted during Colenco’s field visit March 2005 (O. Voborny) that the contours did
not appear to match the actual morphological features in the field. During the field visit
of July 19-20 (A. Dredge, HR. Frei and O. Voborny) it was concluded together with
DHP site staff that the map could not be used for design purposes and that it would be
replaced. Where previous survey results are used, the map needs checking in the field
and complimentary surveys needs to be carried out prior to finalising the map.

3.3 DISCUSSIONS D. JOB / U SAN MAUNG IN YANGON

On July 21, the further discussions were held between D. Job / COLENCO and U San
Maung / DHP as follows:
• With the new interpolation software recently acquired by DHP, a 1:10’000 map with
10m contour interval lines shall be produced by DHP to allow for a direct compari-
son with the map established by SUNTAC in November 2004, used so far in the FS
(Drawing Nr. 71.4763.56.002). Date of delivery to Colenco: August 15, 2005. The
importance of considering abrupt changes in elevations for the establishing of the
contour maps was pointed out by Colenco.
• The new 1: 10’000 map by DHP will be reviewed by SUNTAC before it is sent to
Colenco
• A 1:1’000 map with contour intervals of 2 m will also be produced by DHP by August
15. (This map shall be checked in the field by DHP to confirm general compatibility
with actual conditions prior to submittal to CPE and other parties).

3.4 FURTHER PROCEEDINGS

The coordinates of the Boreholes and actual C1 dam axis as marked in the field require
inclusion on the layout drawings of the geological investigations. It is good practice also
to provide such for the lines of geophysical profiles.
DHP site want to check the coordinate values received prior to submitting these to CPE
(this checking is very much appreciated)
Requests to DHP site for 1:500 / 1:1000 Maps required to be made to DHP Yangon
and are hence were repeated in the meeting held in DHP Yangon.
The correlation between BM’s on the upper valley plains and the dam area require
checking and confirming, preferably by a levelling survey between BM’s in each area.

P:\4763_wk\UPPERPAUNGLAUNG\SITE VISIT JULY-05\report Mission July05b.doc August 2005

Upper Paunglaung Hydropower Project 7
Mission Report July 2005

4 FINDINGS GEOLOGY

4.1 SEISMIC REFRACTION

The additional seismic refraction survey, performed with better equipment than the first
campaign, has provided a first clear indication for better rock conditions on the right
abutment of C1 dam axis as compared to those at C1.5. On the seismic sections, a
relatively steeply rising surface of “blue” rock was evident below the right abutment of
C1 axis. “Blue” is indicative for seismic velocities exceeding 4 km/sec and suggests
very good rock conditions. According to seismic data, the surface of this rock layer
reaches the elev. of 350 approximately beneath the top of right abutment. In compari-
son, no “blue rock” conditions were detected below the abutments of dam axis C1.5.
The left-abutment conditions seem to be similar for both dam axis alternatives accord-
ing to seismic data, suggesting depth of “fair” rock (circa 2.5 km/sec) at 50m approxi-
mately at dam crest elevation.

4.2 RESULTS OF CORE DRILLINGS

Additional core drillings, performed since the last site visit in April 05, have definitively
proved better rock conditions of the right abutment at dam axis C1. The seismic data
were fully confirmed. The new corresponding boreholes at the top of each right abut-
ment have indicated the following elevations of sound rock:

Top right Abutment, C1.5 and C1

Dam Axis Borehole Collar elev. Rock surface Depth
C1.5 BH-18 384.0 333.0 51 m
C1 BH-13 393.6 360.6 33 m

If the comparison is made for the mid level of both abutments, which corresponds ap-
proximately to the intersection of dam axis with the diversion tunnel, the following ele-
vations of sound rock are detected:

Middle Right Abutment, C1.5 and C1

Dam Axis Borehole Collar elev. Rock surface Depth
C1.5 BH-04 354.5 316.5 38 m
C1 BH-12 354.3 338.3 13 m

The borehole results are presented along the main sections of C1.5 and C1 axis in An-
nex 1 and Annex 2 respectively.
The results leave no doubts about better rock conditions of the C1 dam axis. This is of
particular importance for the excavation of the 10m-diameter diversion tunnel. Beneath
the respective dam axis, the surface of good rock is at C1 25m higher than at C1.5.

P:\4763_wk\UPPERPAUNGLAUNG\SITE VISIT JULY-05\report Mission July05b.doc August 2005

Upper Paunglaung Hydropower Project 8
Mission Report July 2005

Needless to say, that this fact results in a substantially lesser volume of dam excava-
tion and of dam concrete for the C1 alternative.
The additional boreholes at C1 axis have further confirmed that the geological condi-
tions of the river section and left abutment are more or less the same for both alterna-
tives C1.5 and C1. The borehole BH-15 in the river terrace of C1 (powerhouse site) has
shown only 7.5m of river deposits, underlain by sound rock.

4.3 CONCLUSIONS

Based on the unequivocal geological evidence provided by additional investigations at

both alternative dam sites, the upstream Dam Axis C1 is judged more favourable for
the construction of an RCC dam than the C1.5 axis due to significantly better founda-
tion conditions and topography of the right abutment. Therefore, it is recommended to
finalise the Basic Feasibility Study for the UPL Project selecting the C1 Site.
During the visual site inspection it was assessed that - despite the proximity of the dam
axis to the upstream river confluence – the inlet for diversion tunnel and the u/s coffer-
dam can be accommodated in the space available. As stressed above, a new 1:1000
and 1:500 map of the dam excavation and portal areas is required for further layout
studies. A suitable location for the u/s portal of the diversion tunnel showing exposed
rock has been identified during the site visit.

4.4 ADDITIONAL INVESTIGATIONS

To firm up the results of the present Basic Feasibility Study, the minimum program for
next-to-do subsoil investigations focus on the diversion tunnel at the C1 axis and on
confirmation of granitic rocks at the foreseen quarry location along the left bank of the
Small PL River.
One borehole is proposed at each likely portal location of the diversion tunnel on the
right bank of C1 axis. These locations have been approximately identified during the
site inspection. A third additional drillhole with a permanent piezometer is proposed on
the top platform of the left abutment, behind (i.e. SW of) the briefing hall and shall be
aligned with BH-14 farther below. The purpose is to investigate the surface of sound
rock and groundwater table in the lateral extension of the left dam abutment.
Another two drillholes shall investigate the granite extension at the foreseen quarry lo-
cation on the left bank of the Small PL River, following the preparation of an access
into the valley. Bush clearing and dozer/backhoe benching is required to access the
proposed quarry area along the left bank of SPL River. The possible approach to the
target area has been discussed on site.
A next stage of required foundation investigations would include the excavation of ex-
ploration drifts in both abutments of C1 axis, with first priority to be given to the right
abutment. This would also enable experience at a smaller scale to be gained for the
excavation of the diversion tunnel.

P:\4763_wk\UPPERPAUNGLAUNG\SITE VISIT JULY-05\report Mission July05b.doc August 2005

Upper Paunglaung Hydropower Project 9
Mission Report July 2005

5 WATER MANAGEMENT

5.1 PRELIMINARY CORRECTION OF RESULTS

Since the river bed level is around 10m (9.41 m) lower than was assumed in the pre-
liminary FS (April 2005), the layout of the structures as well as the water management
results will be affected by this fact. Assuming the same NSL and dam crest elevation
as before (370 and 378 m a.s.l.), the new dam height will be now 100 m instead of the
90m considered so far in the FS.
Accordingly, the rated head will increase from 71 m to around 81 m. Hence, the energy
and power production at UPL will be increased by 81:71 = 14%. During the field visit,
preliminary calculations were performed. The results are shown in Annex 3, corre-
sponding to updated Annex 4-17 in the preliminary FS from April 2005.

5.2 ENERGY PRODUCTION AT PL & UPL

From Annex 3 it can be seen that the average energy production of PL and UPL is 500
GWh more than that of PL as a stand-alone plant. Therefore, an increase of almost
60% is achieved, even though no additional catchment area is introduced into the sys-
tem. At PL itself, the actual energy was calculated as 901 GWh/y as a stand-alone
plant, after the construction of UPL the average energy production of PL is 932 GWh/y.
Therefore, the energy production of the existing PL Plant alone will increase by 31
GWh due to the presence of UPL. The reason for this increase lies almost entirely in
the fact that the amount of spill water can be largely reduced at PL due to the regulat-
ing effect of UPL after commissioning.
On the other hand the Firm Energy (Primary Energy) even at PL alone is increased by
a remarkable 60% and for both PL and UPL combined, the increase in Firm Energy is
130%. This is a main point of the water management, i.e., the maximisation of firm en-
ergy at PL. As a stand-alone HPP, the firm energy of PL is 399 GWh, which is
399:901=44% of the total energy production. In conjunction with UPL, 640 GWh of firm
energy are achieved, corresponding to 640:932=69% of the total energy production.
These figures well illustrate the considerable benefits induced by UPL on the operation
of existing PL.

P:\4763_wk\UPPERPAUNGLAUNG\SITE VISIT JULY-05\report Mission July05b.doc August 2005

Upper Paunglaung Hydropower Project 10
Mission Report July 2005

6 CONCLUSIONS

The short site visit by Colenco’s Project Team jointly with DHP Site Representatives
proved very efficient in terms of reviewing the recent investigation results and allowing
decisions upon the definite location of the dam axis.
The results of the recently completed additional subsoil investigations speak clearly in
favour of the alternative dam axis C1, the decisive factor being the better foundation
conditions of the right abutment. These have a significant impact on the excavation and
stability of the diversion tunnel (10m in diameter!) and on the excavation depth and
RCC volume of the dam. Although the left-abutment foundation conditions are the
same (poor) for both alignments due to deep weathering, the overall stability of dam
against sliding is also considered better for the left abutment of C1 than for that of
C1.5. The reason is the presence of deep gully with lateral stream immediately down-
stream of C1.5.
Based on the conclusive findings of site investigation, the dam alignment C1 has been
recommended for further design studies at the concluding meeting at DHP Headquar-
ters in Yangon on July 22, 2005.
As a next immediate action, the following additional surveys and investigations have
been requested:
1. Revised Topo Map 1:10’000 of the project site based on existing data (SUNTAC
photogrammetry), and recently confirmed absolute elevations, and new DHP soft-
ware. Contour intervals 10m
2. New Topo Map 1: 1’000 with 2-m contours covering the dam and powerhouse ex-
cavation area C1; additionally Topo Map 1 :500 with 1-m contour intervals of the
C1 diversion tunnel inlet and outlet area.
Both maps shall be based on new ground survey, eventually using existing total-
station points, prepared by using new DHP software and duly considering the lines
of abrupt changes in elevations
3. Boreholes at diversion tunnel portals of C1, inlet and outlet location respectively,
depth 30m each. One borehole at the top platform of left abutment behind the
briefing hall, minimum depth 50m
4. Clearing, access track and 2 boreholes along the approach to the quarry hill: thick-
ness of overburden and contact of granite to overlying sandstone (intrusion from
below)
5. Logistic preparations for excavating an investigation adit at the middle elevation of
the right bank (above planned diversion tunnel), dam axis C1

H.R. Frei, O. Voborny, D. Job, A. Dredge

August 2005

P:\4763_wk\UPPERPAUNGLAUNG\SITE VISIT JULY-05\report Mission July05b.doc August 2005

UPPER PAUNGLAUNG HPP Feasibility Study Mission Report July 2005 ANNEX 3

Comparison of Energy and Power Values

(New Calculation according to Topography Changes from March 2005 - Lowering the River Bed by around 10 m)

Norconsult Kansai CPE Remarks

Paunglaung Studies Pre-FS UPL Basic FS UPL

PL PL UPL PL+UPL PL PL UPL PL+UPL PL PL UPL PL+UPL

(Stand-alone) (with UPL) (Stand-alone) (with UPL) (Stand-alone) (with UPL)

Annual Energy 911 N/A N/A N/A 994 1029 329 1358 901 932 469 1401 Overestimation by Kansai due to simplified
(GWh) Additional 55% procedure. Overall efficiency Norconsult 89%, CPE 87%

Firm Energy 329 N/A N/A N/A 505 675 142 817 399 640 280 920 CPE includes 95% availability criterion, Norconsult 100%
(GWh) Additional 131% Kansai's over-simplification gives incorrect values
(Kansai study is based on an average hydrological year.
Critical period of drought was not considered)
Continuous Firm 37.5 N/A N/A N/A (57.7) (77) (16) (93) 45.5 73 32 105
Power (MW) Additional 131% ditto

Firm Peaking (113) N/A N/A N/A 173 231 (48) 279 137 219 96 315 8 hours for peaking production selected by Kansai
Capacity (MW) Additional 130% (also adopted by CPE)
(8 hours)

Installed Capacity 280 N/A N/A N/A 280 280 85 365 280 280 140 420
Additional 50%

Additional Values Annual Energy (GWh) 364 Annual Energy (GWh) 500
(Comparison PL+UPL Firm Energy (GWh) 312 Firm Energy (GWh) 521
to PL Stand-alone) Cont. Firm Power (MW) 35 Cont. Firm Power (MW) 60
Firm Peaking Cap. (MW) 106 Firm Peaking Cap. (MW) 178

Additional Values Annual Energy (GWh) 35 Annual Energy (GWh) 31

(Comparison PL with Firm Energy (GWh) 170 Firm Energy (GWh) 241
UPL in operation Cont. Firm Power (MW) 19 Cont. Firm Power (MW) 28
to PL Stand-alone) Firm Peaking Cap. (MW) 58 Firm Peaking Cap. (MW) 82
 UNION OF MYANMAR
MINISTRY OF ELECTRIC POWER
DEPARTMENT OF HYDROELECTRIC POWER

UPL HYDROPOWER PROJECT

YEYWA HYDROPOWER PROJECT

Report No. UPL-74-VOB-02.06

Site Visit
O. Voborny, Senior Geologist
22.01. 2006 – 04.02.2006

February 2006

Colenco Power Engineering Ltd., CH

YWA & UPL HPP, Site Visit Report O. Voborny, Jan-Febr 2006 ii

Table of Contents
page

1 Activities......................................................................................... 1

2 List of Participants......................................................................... 1

3 YEYWA HPP ................................................................................... 2

3.1 Mt. Popa Pozzolan Mine................................................................................... 2
3.2 Yeywa Dam Foundation................................................................................... 2

4 UPL HPP ......................................................................................... 3

4.1 Quarry Location................................................................................................ 3
4.2 Natural Aggregates .......................................................................................... 4
4.3 Dam Foundation ............................................................................................... 4
4.4 Further Investigations...................................................................................... 5

Annex 1: Situation Map UPL showing the location of investigation points, access to
the Quarry Ridge and the assumed contact of granite and sedimentary
rocks

Annex 2: Photos of Investigation Trench, UPL Dam Axis Left Abutment, elev. 320

February 2006
YWA & UPL HPP, Site Visit Report O. Voborny, Jan-Febr 2006 1

1 Activities

23.01.2006 Arrival in Yangon of Mr. O. Voborny and P. Rumpf (Chief Surveyor).

Onwards flight to Mandalay and Bagan (Vob only), transfer to Popa
24.01. Inspection of Pozzolan Sites P1-13 and P1-9, discussing the problem
of moisture control in raw pozzolan with DHP and Olympic, sampling
and testing at DHP lab. Evening transfer to MDL by car
25.01. Yeywa Dam Site, inspection of foundations, consolid. grouting
26. – 27.01. CPEM office, office work, reporting
28.01. Yeywa Site, cleaning and grouting of Block 18, stability abutments
29.01. Morning Yeywa office, afternoon transfer to Paunglaung by 2 cars
(Mr. Buchli, Rumpf and Voborny)
30.01.05 Transfer PL-UPL site, afternoon inspection drilling sites quarry
31- 1 -2.02. UPL site: excavations, survey, reconnaissance quarry hill and alluvial
aggregates, investigation program, site instructions
03.02.2006 UPL-Pyinmana, flight at 12:00 to Yangon (Mr. Rumpf and Vob)
Afternoon Yangon: DHP office meeting with DG, briefing on mission
results and conclusions, followed by meeting at SUNTAC office with
technical staff regarding survey issues (procedures and software
applied for producing maps)
04.02.2005 Travel day, Departure of Mr. Rumpf and Voborny to BKK-ZRH

2 List of Participants

1) Popa Pozzolan Mine 24.01.06:

U Aye Win Deputy Director DHP
U Thein Han Geologist Yeywa (NEPS/CPEM)
Operation Representative Olympic

2) Yeywa Dam Site

U Thein Han Geologist NEPS/CPEM
….. Yeywa Chief Geologist DHP

3) UPL Dam Site:

U Kyaw Nyein Assistant Director DHP, Geologist UPL
Mr. Buchli, Site Engineer, UPL Coordinator Colenco
Mr. Rumpf Chief Surveyor, Colenco Baden

4) DHP Head Office 03.02.06

U Win Kyaw Director General DHP
Mr. Rumpf & Vob Colenco Baden

5) SUNTAC Office, 03.02.06:

U Hla Swe and Technical Staff: Digital Photogrammetry and Mapping

February 2006
YWA & UPL HPP, Site Visit Report O. Voborny, Jan-Febr 2006 2

3 YEYWA HPP

3.1 Mt. Popa Pozzolan Mine

Problems related to excessive moisture content of raw pozzolan material have been
reported. Therefore, a high priority was given to the inspection of the mining area fand
stockpiles at the P1-13 site and pozzolan processing plant.
This issue has been dealt with in a separate Site Visit Report dated January 26, 2005
and delivered to DHP Yangon on the departure, February 6, 2006 [Colenco Report No.
YHP-74-VOB-01.06]. This report provides recommendations on how to reduce the
inherent moisture content of the natural material by optimized mining and handling
procedures, in order to reduce (or to eliminate in best case) the need for using the little
efficient diesel fuelled burners for drying. The methods for improved moisture control
during mining and stock piling have been discussed on site and are partly being
already implemented.

3.2 Yeywa Dam Foundation

In view of the approaching key date for first RCC placement, rather intensive activities
of excavating, cleaning and consolidation grouting were under way on the right bank, in
particular at Block 18 adjacent to the existing leveling-concrete platform in the riverbed.
Excavation (blasting) works on the right abutment above Block 18 were stopped on the
27. January, to allow for cleaning and grouting of Block 18. DHP was instructed on Jan.
25 to start the drilling and grouting works with high priority, i.e. prior to cleaning of the
surface. Due to the generally very favorable foundation conditions in the central dam
area, the grouting process is very smooth. Except for a few individual holes, the grout
takes are generally low. As stated earlier, the main purpose of consolidation grouting is
to deal with the blasting damage zone, causing relaxation in the blocky massive
sandstone.

We were pleased to notify that constructive measures are finally being undertaken to
deal with the instable blocks at elev. 139 and above on the left abutment. The
overhanging blocks between elev. 139 and 147 were the subject of serious safety
concerns during the past 1.5 years, in particular after appearance of seepage on the
principal sliding planes in September 2005. At the present, retaining concrete walls are
being raised along the berm 139 to support the overhanging blocks. After completion,
scaling of all loose material and instable block wedges at higher locations will be
required.

February 2006
YWA & UPL HPP, Site Visit Report O. Voborny, Jan-Febr 2006 3

4 UPL HPP

This was the first visit of CPE Geologist to the Site since July 2005 (one day only from
Tamanthi). The planned visit during the September 05 mission was cancelled due to
lack of access. The purpose of this visit (jointly with CPE Chief Surveyor P. Rumpf and
CPE Site Coordinator M. Buchli) was to review new data, to confirm the location of the
quarry, to assess the dam foundation conditions and instruct additional investigations
required. The corresponding hand written Site Instructions were delivered to DHP
before departure.

4.1 Quarry Location

The first priority of this site visit was to confirm the most favorable location of the quarry
site based on former findings, new drilling information and field reconnaissance.

Based on an early field evidence at the dam site (C1 left bank) and in the Gully 2 (later
Borehole BH 25), it had been assumed in mid 2005 that the contact of granite toward
the overlying sedimentary rocks would be at elev. of 350 approximately, rising towards
the steep valley of the Small Paunglaung River (SPL). Hence, access to the
prospective quarry area was foreseen from elev. 290 approximately. Borehole BH23,
drilled in the Gully 2 in early December 05, seemed to confirm this assumption. At 12 m
depth, the drilling has penetrated the contact between the overlying sandstone
(exposed in the gully) and fresh intrusive granite. During the reconnaissance for a
triangulation point along the old access road by Colenco team in December, outcrops
of fresh granite were identified in the slope at elev. of 500 – 600 approximately,
followed by quartzite on top of the ridge. Investigation boreholes No. 25-27 along the
access road and No. 28 at the top were instructed during the December CPE visit
(Report UPL-56-001-BUM, Dec.05).

The findings of the latest reconnaissance are summarized as follows (Annex 1):

(1) The prospective Quarry Ridge extends from the top at elev. 693 (ridge with
mammoth tree) down to SPL River at elev. 300. The slope towards the dam site
is very steep and dissected by active erosion gullies. The ridge itself towards the
SPL valley (“nose”) is less inclined in the upper part. Access to the ridge is
provided by the old access road to the briefing hall; however, it must be further
extended by dozer tracks further towards NE

(2) Field reconnaissance of the slope from top (el. 690) to bottom (el. 300) by slide-
over rather than walk-over confirms earlier observations: flat laying quartzite at
top, granite appearing at el. 600 approx. Therefore, the roof of the granite
intrusion that occupies the narrow SPL valley is confirmed at elev. 600 m asl.

(3) Boreholes BH-25 at elev. 552 (Annex 1), instructed last December, confirms the
occurrence of fresh granite below 12m of overburden. In the nearby Gully 2,
sound granite daylights at the surface. This situation needs to be confirmed by
additional borehole further towards NE, after extending the dozer track along the
contour line towards the flat ridge overlooking the SPL valley. A corresponding
instruction for Borehole BH-28 has been given. The previously foreseen location
of BH-28 at the top of the quartzite hill was cancelled. The Drillhole BH-27 below
the top at elev. 590 has found 21m of residual soil with many granite boulders
and was terminated at 23m depth in highly weathered granite.

February 2006
YWA & UPL HPP, Site Visit Report O. Voborny, Jan-Febr 2006 4

It can be confirmed at this stage, that the Quarry Ridge building the steep left bank of
the SPL River is constituted by a granitic intrusion up to the elevation of 600 m asl.
approximately. A critical factor for quarry development will be the thickness of
overburden. Given the very restricted accessibility at this time, additional dozer track
and trenching excavations at several elevations are required, together with at least one
additional borehole B28. At the present, it is concluded that the most promising target
area to start quarry development is the flat ridge (nose) at elev. 550, with benching
from top to bottom, also including the eastern face of the 693-hill (see map in Annex 1).

4.2 Natural Aggregates

Coarse and fine aggregates will be required for early concrete works (diversion tunnel,
shotcrete), most likely before the proper quarry can be developed. A possible
alternative to obtain these would be from alluvial deposits. The Paunglaung River itself
has probably no suitable sand deposits (only small gravel terraces and shoals of fine
sand as flood deposits). On the other hand, delta deposits of small lateral creeks have
been identified as prospective borrow areas for fine and coarse aggregates. The delta
of the “Minihydro-Creek” (name unknown) at the riverside camp has been already
partly exploited by DHP for manufacturing pre-cast culverts. A yet larger creek, the
Yemon-chaung, builds a relatively large delta about 1 km further downstream
(destroyed bridge of the access road). According to a visual inspection, gravel and well
graded sand of 2m thickness or more could be obtained from the delta terrace.
Sampling and testing is required (gradation, fineness, Los Angeles as a minimum
requirement).

After completing the clearing works, also the island at the confluence of the PL and
SPL River should be investigated by test pitting and sampling.

4.3 Dam Foundation

4.3.1 Diversion Tunnel

The two boreholes made at the approximate location of the inlet and outlet portals
respectively show very different rock conditions. BH-20 at the inlet (elev. 311) shows
fractured and weathered silty sandstone down to 30m of depth. The intensive
weathering along joints with black manganese staining suggests hydrothermal
alteration by hot fluids, attributed to the vicinity of granite intrusion. In turn, the outlet
borehole BH-21 (elev. 302) shows fresh and intact sandstone from 10 to 30m depth
(RQD 100!). The ongoing bench excavation above the outlet portal was still in
overburden material consisting of decomposed and highly weathered rock.

4.3.2 Left Abutment

There is a reason to believe that the conditions of in-situ rock mass are better than
those indicated by exploration drillings due to the small diameter and poor quality of
drillings. A first hint gives the road cut just behind the guesthouse at the C1 dam axis.
The slope consists of highly to moderately weathered bedrock with intact rock-mass
structure. Weathering occurs along joints with abundant manganese stains. In contrast
to this observation, the boreholes suggest an overburden of 40m depth due to a
complete lack of core recovery (e.g. BH-14 at 395 m, BH-22 at 440m).

February 2006
YWA & UPL HPP, Site Visit Report O. Voborny, Jan-Febr 2006 5

To investigate the in-situ conditions, in particular the weathering profile above sound
rock, a trench was excavated by a backhoe at the berm elev. 320 along the dam axis of
the left abutment. Two sample bags of “overburden” (highly weathered rock) were
obtained from the trench.

The trench excavation has reached the surface of non rippable firm rock (light
excavator) at a depth of 2-3 m beneath the bench or some 5 m below the original
surface respectively. This observation indicates that highly to moderately weathered
rock with intact framework occurs at a depth of 5 m approximately below the natural
slope, this in contrast to the drilling information. Even though the rock material at this
depth is probably of low mechanical strength, it has an intact rock mass structure and
is groutable. Therefore, if this condition is confirmed by additional investigations and
testing, the theoretical dam excavation line at the left abutment can be shifted upwards
and the excavation volume significantly reduced. Based on the present assessment, an
excavation depth of 15m in parallel to the natural slope may be considered as realistic.
The foundation grade for the RCC dam is assumed to be in the lower part of the
moderately weathered and fractured rock (CM-class) in the abutments and in the fresh
rock (CH class) in the central river section with the maximum dam height.

The firm, moderately weathered rock observed in the trench is fractured and weathered
along two perpendicular joint systems J1 115/85 or 310/85 and J2 030-050/70
respectively. The bedding appears to be dipping gently into the slope at B 200/12.
These are the first structural observations of the in-situ rock mass at the dam axis! The
trenching has also been extended downslope to reach the contact to the granite.

Instructions were given for an additional trench at elev. 370 to confirm the rock
conditions at a higher elevation of the abutment slope. An additional borehole BH 30
should be also drilled from the bottom of the trench (i.e., eliminating the overburden)
into sound rock, if possible by dry drilling method through the weathered part. A third
similar trench is foreseen also in the middle of the right abutment.

4.4 Further Investigations

Instructions for forthcoming investigations were issued on the Site on February 2, 2006
(copy to DHP Yangon). For completeness, they are summarized in the following table:
A. Site Investigations:

1. Quarry 1.1 Extend dozer track to the flat ridge by keeping the elev. of approx. 550
1.2 New Borehole BH-28 at extended dozer track (previous location of BH-28
cancelled). Depth 50m into granite to check material homogeneity!
1.3 Blasting tests at natural granite outcrop at existing dozer track
2. Dam 2.1 Additional boreholes:
BH-24 in river bed left bank started
BH-26 Top Left Abutm behind guesthouse, 50m deep, drilling without
water flushing as far as possible (tungsten bit required)
BH-30 Left Abutment on dam axis, from bottom of trench No. DA-LA2
2.2 Trenching by excavator, sampling
DA-LA1: dam axis left abutment at el. 320 Done 1.02.
DA-LA2: ditto, elev. 370 toward 380
DA-RA1: dam axis Right Abutment, location to be decided by site superv.
Extraction of large disturbed samples of overburden

February 2006
YWA & UPL HPP, Site Visit Report O. Voborny, Jan-Febr 2006 6

B. Laboratory Testing:
B1. On Rock:

- All rock samples obtained from core drillings and eventually from excavations shall
be subjected to standard testing consisting of Specific Gravity, Water Absorption
and Unconfined Compressive Strength (UCS). Five samples were taken from the
core boxes during the site visit (BH-20, -21, 25). Petrographic analysis shall be
performed on a few representative rock samples (granite, sandstone, siltstone).

B2. On Overburden (completely weathered rock):

- Disturbed samples: 2 bags per sample (from trench excavations)
- If feasible, undisturbed samples by carving out cubes from excavation walls
(extraction, packing and transport to be done by laboratory personnel).
- Basic testing program consisting of (ASTM): Grain Size Distribution D-422 and D-
1140, Atterberg Limits D-4318, USCS classification D-2487, Moisture Content and
Specific Gravity, Organic Content D-2974
- Extended program (according to additional specifications, draft delivered on site):
On disturbed samples: Permeability D-2434, Compaction by Proctor Standard D-
698 and Proctor Modified D-1557
On undisturbed samples if available, otherwise on remoulded disturbed samples:
Consolidation D-2435, Triaxial UU D-2850, Triaxial CU D-4767, Direct Shear D-
3080

Annexes:

Annex 1: Situation map showing investigation points, access to Quarry Ridge and estimated
contact between granite and sandstone/siltstone

Annex 2: Photos of investigation trench at dam axis, left abutment, elev. 320

Baden, 21/02/2006

CPEB, Vob P:\3853_wk\GEOLOGY\Reports\UPLSV-VOB-0206.doc

February 2006
YWA & UPL HPP, Site Visit Report O. Voborny, Jan-Febr 2006 Annex 1

New BH-28

New Dozer track

Quarry Ridge

Annex 1: Situation map showing the location of boreholes (BH), access to the prospective
Quarry Area and the assumed contact of granite (red) to sedimentary rock

February 2006
YWA & UPL HPP, Site Visit Report O. Voborny, Jan-Febr 2006 Annex 2

Right:
Detail of the highly weathered rock
showing intact mass structure with
black stained joints, 2 systems
plus bedding

V
Left:
View from the 320 berm into the
trench showing the weathering
profile according to ISRM grades:
V Completely weathered /
decomposed rock
IV
IV Highly weathered
III Moderately weathered rock
forming the bottom of excavation,
non-rippable

III

Annex 2: Trench excavation DA-LA1 from the berm at elev. 320, left abutment,
looking upstream.

February 2006
 UNION OF MYANMAR
MINISTRY OF ELECTRIC POWER
DEPARTMENT OF HYDROELECTRIC POWER

UPPER PAUNGLAUNG
HYDROPOWER PROJECT

MISSION REPORT OF O.VOBORNY

SENIOR GEOLOGIST AND H.R.FREI
SENIOR GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEER (CPE)

REPORT NO. UPL-00-VOB/FRH-JAN09

27/01/09 – 28/01/09

JANUARY 2009
 Upper Paunglaung Hydropower Project Page 1
Mission Report of O.Voborny and H.R.Frei 27.01.-28.01.2009

TABLE OF CONTENTS

1 PROGRAM............................................................................................................... 2
2 ANNEXES ................................................................................................................ 2
3 GENERAL ................................................................................................................ 2
4 COFFERDAM EMBANKMENT ................................................................................ 2
5 RIGHT ABUTMENT ................................................................................................. 3
6 SEPARATION WALL............................................................................................... 3
7 DIVERSION TUNNEL OUTLET CHANNEL ............................................................. 3
8 ALTERNATIVE QUARRIES..................................................................................... 3

P:\3853_wk\REPORTSCPEB(745)\SV_Frh-Vob_Jan 09_UPL.doc January 2009

 Upper Paunglaung Hydropower Project Page 2
Mission Report of O.Voborny and H.R.Frei 27.01.-28.01.2009

1 PROGRAM
27/01/09 Transfer from Nancho to UPL, site visit dam
28/01/09 Site visit quarry and right abutment, transfer to NPT

2 ANNEXES
1 Right Abutment, modified dam axis
2 Proposed alternative quarry locations
3 Photos 1 and 2
4 Photos 3 and 4

3 GENERAL
The main purpose of the visit was the inspection of the ongoing dam excavation and cof-
ferdam embankment works as well as the inspection of new potential quarry sites.

4 COFFERDAM EMBANKMENT
The U/S cofferdam is actually on elevation 292. The compacted red core is looking good
(Photo 1). The contact to the rock on the right abutment is made manually, including in-
crease of water content (Photo 2). The overhanging rock nose on the left abutment shall
be shaped to an inclination of 5V:1H in order to allow proper compaction of the core con-
tact.

At the upstream side of the central part of the core, “yellow clay” is placed, which is actu-
ally a rather silty material without cohesion. This should not be used as shell material be-
cause of the lower shear strength properties. It could be used as transition material on
the D/S side of the core with actually 4 m width, decreasing to 2 m at elevation 300 (but
not necessarily required).

Actually enough shell material is available from separation wall and riverbed excavation.
Generally the more permeable material shall be used for the downstream shell. The red
clay core may be reduced to the following minimum dimensions: 3 m at the top and an
inclination of 2V:1H on both sides of the core.

The clay cut-off below the D/S cofferdam has not yet been constructed. It is planned to
excavate some test pits in order to decide if it is necessary or not.

P:\3853_wk\REPORTSCPEB(745)\SV_Frh-Vob_Jan 09_UPL.doc January 2009

 Upper Paunglaung Hydropower Project Page 3
Mission Report of O.Voborny and H.R.Frei 27.01.-28.01.2009

5 RIGHT ABUTMENT
The dam excavation on the right abutment has proceeded from top hill down to the dam
crest elevation. The rock at the foreseen dam location is still highly weathered and frac-
tured and can be easily excavated by backhoe (Photo 3). However, a ridge of strong me-
tasandstone occurs further downstream (Photo 4).

An inspection of the cut slope along the berm 235 revealed that the rock quality is gener-
ally better on the D/S side of the dam and decreases in the U/S part of the dam footprint,
probably due to the presence of a shallow gully in the center of the dam footprint area. It
bears noting, that some 10-15 m of excavation still has to be made before reaching the
foundation level.

Based on these field observations, it has been jointly decided to relocate the right end of
the dam axis by 15 m in D/S direction (Annex 1). However, this decision shall be con-
firmed by the CPE Dam Designer, considering also the shape of the block at the kink.
Modified excavation drawings will be prepared by CPEM and forwarded to the site in due
time.

6 SEPARATION WALL
The excavation of the separation wall reached about elevation 280, at the D/S end nearly
foundation level 278. The foundation has not yet been cleaned but the lowest part had to
be blasted into sound rock and the foundation quality is hence certainly sufficient. The
rock surface in the area is generally at elevation 278-280. Some seepage water was
flowing into the excavation trench at the D/S end from the slope side, at the contact
rock/alluvium. It is at the moment not clear, if it comes from the slope or from the river.

Some internal discussions were held regarding the required excavation depth for the re-
taining wall. It shall be mentioned, that the excavation depth on the slope side of the wall
is given by the shape of the tailrace channel and not by assumed geological conditions. It
can therefore not be changed, no matter how good the rock conditions are. The riverside
excavation depth of the higher sections has been defined by stability calculations and
should also not be changed without confirmation from CPEM.

7 DIVERSION TUNNEL OUTLET CHANNEL

It seems that the diversion tunnel outlet channel excavation is not yet complete. And par-
ticularly the rip rap protection of the left slope of the river at the opposite side of the con-
fluence shall be placed as soon as possible.

8 ALTERNATIVE QUARRIES
On the first day of site visit, HiTech has presented his evaluation study of the riverside
granite occurrence on the right bank at the mouth of Small PL River. The estimated re-
serve is indicated as 300,000 cum net. The quarry site can start production immediately

P:\3853_wk\REPORTSCPEB(745)\SV_Frh-Vob_Jan 09_UPL.doc January 2009

 Upper Paunglaung Hydropower Project Page 4
Mission Report of O.Voborny and H.R.Frei 27.01.-28.01.2009

as no significant overburden is present. The remaining volume of some 200,000 is fore-

seen to be extracted from the opposite side of the valley (“island quarry”). This site, how-
ever, is handicapped by difficult access across the river and occurrence of metasand-
stone building cliffs at the nose (to be removed?).

On the following day, a potential alternative location for the MSP quarry has been in-
spected by Representatives of DHPI, MSP and CPE. The location has been previously
prospected by CPEM Geologist and MSP. It is located in a deep gully on the reverse side
of the Army Camp Hill. Fresh massive granite can be observed in two adjacent gully and
apparently on a flat deforested hill in between (Farm Hill). A situation map showing tenta-
tive locations is given in Annex 2. Besides the Quarry Area 2 in the gully, confirmed dur-
ing the site visit, another candidate Area 1 is also proposed for exploration along the
steep cliff of the Small PL River. This area has never been visited and an access path
from Area 2 shall be prepared for inspection.

In order to confirm the presence of fresh granite in the identified area 2, exploration either
by seismic refraction (profiles indicated in Annex 2) or by crawler drill have been recom-
mended. The second method is considered faster, provided that the crawler drill can be
brought in on a dozed track from top of the hill (old access road to UPL site). For con-
struction access, a road from the existing MSP camp following the contour line is pro-
posed.

The next geological inspection by CPEM shall be carried out when foot access to Area 2
and 1 is arranged, approximately in 2-3 weeks from now. The next exploration steps can
be decided accordingly.

Yangon, 31.01.09 / Frh, Vob

P:\3853_wk\REPORTSCPEB(745)\SV_Frh-Vob_Jan 09_UPL.doc January 2009

 Upper Paunglaung Hydropower Project Annex 1
Mission Report of O.Voborny and H.R.Frei 27.01.-28.01.2009

Right Abutment – Modified Dam Axis

P:\3853_wk\REPORTSCPEB(745)\SV_Frh-Vob_Jan 09_UPL.doc
January 2009
 Upper Paunglaung Hydropower Project Annex 2
Mission Report of O.Voborny and H.R.Frei 27.01.-28.01.2009

Potential Quarry Area 1 and 2 for alternative MSP Quarry, subject to confirmation

P:\3853_wk\REPORTSCPEB(745)\SV_Frh-Vob_Jan 09_UPL.doc
January 2009
 Upper Paunglaung Hydropower Project Annex 3
Mission Report of O.Voborny and H.R.Frei 27.01.-28.01.2009

Photo 1: Placing of red clay in the core of the cofferdam

Photo 2: Contact of the clay core to the right abutment

P:\3853_wk\REPORTSCPEB(745)\SV_Frh-Vob_Jan 09_UPL.doc
January 2009
 Upper Paunglaung Hydropower Project Annex 4
Mission Report of O.Voborny and H.R.Frei 27.01.-28.01.2009

Photo 3: Excavation at the Dam Crest of Right Abutment, highly weathered sandstone

Photo 4: Hard rock D/S of dam footprint on crest elevation

P:\3853_wk\REPORTSCPEB(745)\SV_Frh-Vob_Jan 09_UPL.doc
January 2009
 UNION OF MYANMAR
MINISTRY OF ELECTRIC POWER
DEPARTMENT OF HYDROELECTRIC POWER

UPPER PAUNGLAUNG
HYDROPOWER PROJECT

LIMESTONE QUARRY PROSPECTION

MISSION REPORT OF O.VOBORNY

SENIOR GEOLOGIST CPE

REPORT NO. UPL-00-VOB-MAR09

18/03/2009

MARCH 2009
 Upper Paunglaung Hydropower Project Page 1
Mission Report of O.Voborny 18.03.2009

TABLE OF CONTENTS

1 INTRODUCTION ...................................................................................................... 2
2 PROGRAM............................................................................................................... 2
3 CONCLUSIONS QUARRY (ANNEX 1 & 2).............................................................. 2
4 SEPARATION WALL (ANNEX 3) ............................................................................ 3

D:\Daten\Eigene Dateien\Projekte INTL\Myanmar\UPL\2009\March 09\SV_ Vob_0309_UPL.doc

 Upper Paunglaung Hydropower Project Page 2
Mission Report of O.Voborny 18.03.2009

1 INTRODUCTION
The mission of Mr. Voborny was set up on a short notice in response to the urgent situa-
tion regarding the UPL quarry issue. First, the alternative granite quarry location identified
during the January 09 mission [1] has turned out to be not suitable due to 1) unexpected
overburden of 10m and more, and 2) results of petrographic analysis showing 70%
quartz content and hence excessive abrasivity. Based on the negative outcome, a joint
agreement was reached among DHPI, Colenco and Contractors to look for alternative
quarry sources other than granite, namely for limestone, identified in a desk study by
Thein Han, CPEM/NEPS geologist. A first field reconnaissance of the proposed area was
carried out on 26-27.February 2009 by Thein Han and party (representatives of DHPI,
MSP and HTCT). The promising outcome of the field inspection was documented in
CPEM Quarry Report from 28.02.2009 [2], indicating the presence of massive limestone
outcrops forming a ridge, with virtually no overburden present.

In order to definitively confirm the availability of adequate limestone resources for quarry-
ing and to proceed with quarry development, Colenco’s Project Geologist has visited the
potential quarry area on 18.03.2009, together with Representatives of DHPI, MSP and
HTCT. A second purpose of the UPL site visit was to inspect and approve the excavation
of the separation wall for concreting.

2 PROGRAM
After inspecting the separation wall excavation, the party has departed by several vehi-
cles and motorcycles along the newly excavated access road from top of the right abut-
ment across the hill ridge to the Paunlaung River valley at the location of the KYWE YOE
village (see Annex 1 for location map). The bulldozed track across difficult topography
has been just completed thanks to exceptional efforts of DHPI personnel. After crossing
the river by small boats at 9.00 AM, the party started the ascent to the New Sinkwin Vil-
lage by means of two cargo elephants and two motorcycles. The elephant ride took about
2 hours to reach the village, which can be used as adequate headquarters for quarry de-
velopment. From the village, the toe of the limestone can be reached by walking along a
narrow gully in 45 minutes. After inspecting the slopes of the ridge, constituted of in-situ
limestone, the party returned to the village and departed at 2 p.m. toward the river cross-
ing (1.5 hours by walking or 20 min by motorcycles)

3 CONCLUSIONS QUARRY (ANNEX 1 & 2)

1) The site visit has confirmed the findings of the preliminary field prospection by Thein
Han and party. The location can be definitively judged as suitable in terms of quantity,
quality and favourable quarrying conditions requiring only a minimum of stripping. All
“stake holders” participating in the site visit share this opinion and are highly motivated to
act towards a prompt development of the quarry.

D:\Daten\Eigene Dateien\Projekte INTL\Myanmar\UPL\2009\March 09\SV_ Vob_0309_UPL.doc

 Upper Paunglaung Hydropower Project Page 3
Mission Report of O.Voborny 18.03.2009

2) In view that practically no stripping is required, the start of quarry operation depends
only on the construction of the access road

3) Quarry Features
Based on the preliminary information available, the quarry can be qualified as follows:
• Zero Overburden (Zero-O Quarry), only minimum stripping required
• Material quality eventually only affected by local karstification (requires selective
quarrying if present)
• unlimited quantity along a prominent ridge, 2-3 km long, 150m high above valley
• Ample space for the development of two separate quarries (Site North and Site
South)
• Space for crushing plant available on flat ridge areas

4) Access conditions

All party members reach agreement on the best approach to the quarry, following princi-
pally the route taken during the site visit. An alternative approach across the Small
Paunglaung River has been discarded. The access road is estimated to about 10km
length, consisting of:
• Access road from UPL Dam Site (Top of Right abutment) to Kywe Yoe Village on
the right bank of PL River, NE of the dam site. Difficult topography, following the
steep right bank of the PL River
• River Crossing at Kywe Yoe, favourable conditions with an island, narrow river
channels. Kywe Yoe village as base camp for road construction (men and material)
• Access from the river to the New Sinkwin Village and onwards to the quarry hill

5) Investigations

• Besides a general geological mapping (spatial extent, quaternary deposits if any),

no site investigations foreseen due to favourable outcrop conditions. Action: DHPI
• Standard laboratory testing (samples acquired during site visit) to include petrogra-
phy (thin section), UCS, specific gravity and water absorption, Los Angeles, Sound-
ness, crushing tests when large samples available. Samples from several locations
shall be tested at least for petrography to check the homogeneity of the rock!
Action: DHPI, Contractors
• Geodetic survey along the road alignment where required, survey of the bridge lo-
cation, flood elevation! Action: Contractors

4 SEPARATION WALL (ANNEX 3)

The excavation for the separation has reached the design elevation. The cleaning of the
rock surface is almost completed. The bedrock consists of very hard massive and jointed
metasandstone and can be confirmed as suitable and competent foundation grade for
the separation wall structure (and the adjacent powerhouse).

The brittle metasandstone is jointed along several discontinuity systems, the most fre-
quent one being oriented perpendicular to the river (parallel to dam axis). Geological
mapping of important features is required prior to start of concrete works. A wedge failure

D:\Daten\Eigene Dateien\Projekte INTL\Myanmar\UPL\2009\March 09\SV_ Vob_0309_UPL.doc

 Upper Paunglaung Hydropower Project Page 4
Mission Report of O.Voborny 18.03.2009

of significant volume has occurred the left hand excavation slope, following inclined slabs
developing parallel to the river valley. These slabs reach a major lateral extent in massive
brittle sandstone layers (similar to Yeywa left abutment) and will also affect the excava-
tion of the powerhouse.

References

[1] Site Visit Report No. UPL-00-VOB/FRH-Jan09, Colenco Baden Febr. 2009

[2] UPL Reconnaissance Geological Prospecting of RCC Aggregate Quarry, CPEM

28.02.2009

Annexes

Annex 1: General location map of proposed quarry area

Annex 2: Photographs Quarry Site Visit

Annex 3: Photographs Excavation Separation Wall for UPL Dam

Yangon, 20. March 2009 / Vob

D:\Daten\Eigene Dateien\Projekte INTL\Myanmar\UPL\2009\March 09\SV_ Vob_0309_UPL.doc

 Upper Paunglaung Hydropower Project Annex 1
Mission Report of O.Voborny 18.03.2009

Potential Quarry Area 1 and 2 for alternative MSP Quarry, subject to confirmation

Annex 1: General location of proposed limestone quarry (after CPEM 28.02.09)

D:\Daten\Eigene Dateien\Projekte INTL\Myanmar\UPL\2009\March 09\SV_ Vob_0309_UPL.doc March 2009

 Upper Paunglaung Hydropower Project Annex 2
Mission Report of O.Voborny 18.03.2009

Annex 2 Photographs Site Visit Limestone Quarry

Fig. 1 Access Road between Dam Site and PL River

Fig 2: River crossing, view towards island and potential bridge location

D:\Daten\Eigene Dateien\Projekte INTL\Myanmar\UPL\2009\March 09\SV_ Vob_0309_UPL.doc March 2009

 Upper Paunglaung Hydropower Project Annex 2
Mission Report of O.Voborny 18.03.2009

Fig 3: Access track from river to New Sinkwin village

Fig 4: Headquarters in New Sinkwin village

D:\Daten\Eigene Dateien\Projekte INTL\Myanmar\UPL\2009\March 09\SV_ Vob_0309_UPL.doc March 2009

 Upper Paunglaung Hydropower Project Annex 2
Mission Report of O.Voborny 18.03.2009

Fig 5+6: Typical limestone outcrops on quarry hill

D:\Daten\Eigene Dateien\Projekte INTL\Myanmar\UPL\2009\March 09\SV_ Vob_0309_UPL.doc March 2009

 Upper Paunglaung Hydropower Project Annex 3
Mission Report of O.Voborny 18.03.2009

Annex 3 Separation Wall Excavation on 18.03.2009

D:\Daten\Eigene Dateien\Projekte INTL\Myanmar\UPL\2009\March 09\SV_ Vob_0309_UPL.doc March 2009

 UNION OF MYANMAR
MINISTRY OF ELECTRIC POWER
DEPARTMENT OF HYDROELECTRIC POWER

UPPER PAUNGLAUNG
HYDROPOWER PROJECT

MISSION REPORT OF O.VOBORNY

SENIOR GEOLOGIST AND H.R.FREI
SENIOR GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEER (CPE)

REPORT NO. UPL-00-VOB/FRH-JUN09

JUNE 2009
Upper Paunglaung Hydropower Project Page 1
Mission Report of H.R. Frei & O.Voborny 15.06.2009

TABLE OF CONTENTS

1 INTRODUCTION ...................................................................................................... 2
2 PROGRAM............................................................................................................... 2
3 RIGHT ABUTMENT ................................................................................................. 2
4 LEFT ABUTMENT.................................................................................................... 3
5 SEPARATION WALL............................................................................................... 3
6 POWERHOUSE EXCAVATION ............................................................................... 4
7 ROCK MASS PARAMETERS .................................................................................. 4
8 ANNEXES ................................................................................................................ 4

June 2009
 Upper Paunglaung Hydropower Project Page 2
Mission Report of H.R. Frei & O.Voborny 15.06.2009

1 INTRODUCTION
Colenco’s Senior Geotechnical Engineer and Geologist have visited the UPL Project Site
on 15.06.2009 for general inspection of ongoing works in the dam foundation area. The
new limestone quarry could not be visited due to lack of access.

The participants of the site inspection are shown in Fig. 1 below

Fig. 1: Participant of the joint DHPI/CPE site visit on 15.June 09, view from right bank

2 PROGRAM
15/06/09 Visit to UPL Site, overnight at CPE Guesthouse PL
16/06/09 Site Visit Nancho, meeting with DHPI in NPT

3 RIGHT ABUTMENT
The dam excavation on the right abutment is proceeding from the top. The actual working
platform at elev. 385 has been inspected, progressing in hard metasandstone, 7m above
the dam crest elevation. The introduced kink of the dam axis towards downstream can be
confirmed as fully justified (January 2009).

The metasandstone nose on elevation 385 D/S is being removed in order to get space
for the quarry access road. The width of the berm on el. 395 will be reduced from 5m to
3m in order to gain 2 m for the road. No adverse effect on stability is expected by this
shifting of the slope.

June 2009
 Upper Paunglaung Hydropower Project Page 3
Mission Report of H.R. Frei & O.Voborny 15.06.2009

4 LEFT ABUTMENT
The general foundation conditions are roughly described in our site visit report UPL-00-
FRH/MAY 08. This is generally still valid after the shifting of the axis in U/S direction.

Since then, no activities except for the bottom part around the granite outcrop. The exca-
vation platform at elev. 320 in the roof of the granite intrusion has been expected. D/S of
the granite contact, a rather week moderately weathered sandstone/siltstone occurs
within (and below) the final excavation line. The extensive black staining of the joint sur-
faces by Mn-Oxide is a sign of substantial hydrothermal weathering in a “contact dome”
surrounding the intruded granite body. Therefore, at least in this area, the theoretical ex-
cavation line of the foot print area needs to be shifted to greater depth by steepening the
cut slopes above.

An inspection on a higher berm (elevation 335) has revealed somewhat better foundation
conditions and lowering of the foundation design line does not seem to be necessary (ac-
tual excavation level is still 2-3 m above the design level).

5 SEPARATION WALL
The excavation has been completed and placing of RCC is well under way, reaching the
elevation of 281. All excavation was done in hard blocky metasandstone. Several wedge
failures have occurred from the left excavation wall, reported in the March 09 site visit re-
port. The most prominent discontinuities are slabs parallel to the river, inclined at 55-to
70º into (and undercut by) the excavation pit (Fig. 3). These slabs (mean orientation
045/60) will have a similar adverse impact on the stability of the permanent left-hand side
powerhouse excavation slope. The upstream corner of the separation wall excavation
shows top of sound rock in the river channel at elev. 282. The unknown granite contact
beneath the river channel could be also observed, dipping at 330/50 into the river and
towards the DT inlet.

Fig. 2 Curing of the RCC of separation wall Fig. 3: Wedge failure along inclined
slabs in the separation wall pit, view
downstream

June 2009
 Upper Paunglaung Hydropower Project Page 4
Mission Report of H.R. Frei & O.Voborny 15.06.2009

6 POWERHOUSE EXCAVATION
Based on the experience from the separation wall excavation (see above, Fig. 3) it is pro-
posed to modify the excavation design of the powerhouse in order to avoid undercutting
the critical slabs.

Therefore, it is recommended to flatten all slope inclinations in the blocky metasandstone

(generally below el. 280-285 m a.s.l.) of the slopes orientated towards the river to an in-
clination of 1V:0.6H in order to avoid future undercutting. Furthermore, systematic rock
support with rock bolts and shotcrete with welded steel fabric shall be provided. The re-
spective excavation drawings should be modified accordingly.

7 ROCK MASS PARAMETERS

The geological mapping for the left bank dam footprint given in the report UPL-00-
FRH/MAY 08 shall be updated and checked, including also the relocation of the dam axis
and the powerhouse. The following rock mass classes are differentiated in the founda-
tion:

- Slightly weathered granite

- Slightly weathered metasandstone and sandstone/siltstone
- Moderately weathered metasandstone and sandstone/siltstone

The rock mass properties have been estimated according to Hoek-Brown, based on the
UCS results (wet tests) presented in Annex 1. The estimated values for the different geo-
logical formations are given in Annex 2. The values are average values, locally higher
and lower values are possible. For the dam design, generally the peak values shall be
used except for the post earthquake stability analysis.

A check/confirmation of the values is required after the excavation to the final depth, par-
ticularly for the right abutment and the riverbed area.

8 ANNEXES
1 Results of Laboratory Tests on Rock Core Samples
2 Rock Mass Properties for Dam Design

Nay Pyi Taw, 23.06.09 / Frh, Vob

June 2009
Upper Paunglaung Hydropower Project Annex 1
Mission Report of H.R. Frei & O.Voborny 15.06.2009

Results of Laboratory Tests on Rock Core Samples

June 2009
Upper Paunglaung Hydropower Project Annex 2
Mission Report of H.R. Frei & O.Voborny 15.06.2009

Rock Mass Properties for Dam Design (acc. to Hoek/Brown)

Values determined in June 2009 in Nay Pyi Taw

Slightly Weathered Granite, Including Contact Zone to Metasandstone

Peak Values Residual Values
UCS, intact rock, σci MPa 50 50
Hoek-Brown constant mi 30 30
Geological strength index, GSI 70 50
Disturbance factor D 0.2 0.2
Max.minor principal stress σ3 max MPa 10 10
Friction angle, rock mass, phi ° 46 40
Cohesion, rock mass, MPa 3.7 2.8
UCS, rock mass (Mohr-Coulomb) MPa 18.3 12.0
Deformation mod. rock mass, GPa 12.9 4.9
Poisson’s ratio rock mass 0.20 0.25

Slightly Weathered Metasandstone and Sandstone/Siltstone

Peak Values Residual Values
UCS, intact rock, σci MPa 60 60
Hoek-Brown constant mi 20 20
Geological strength index, GSI 55 35
Disturbance factor D 0 0
Max.minor principal stress σ3 max MPa 10 10
Friction angle, rock mass, phi ° 41 35
Cohesion, rock mass, MPa 3.0 2.2
UCS, rock mass (Mohr-Coulomb) MPa 13.2 8.5
Deformation mod. rock mass, GPa 6.1 1.7
Poisson’s ratio rock mass 0.23 0.27

Moderately Weathered Metasandstone and Sandstone/Siltstone

Peak Values Residual Values
UCS, intact rock, σci MPa 40 40
Hoek-Brown constant mi 20 20
Geological strength index, GSI 40 25
Disturbance factor D 0 0
Max.minor principal stress σ3 max MPa 10 10
Friction angle, rock mass, phi ° 33 29
Cohesion, rock mass, MPa 2.1 1.6
UCS, rock mass (Mohr-Coulomb) MPa 7.7 5.4
Deformation mod. rock mass, GPa 1.9 0.7
Poisson’s ratio rock mass 0.30 0.32

June 2009
 Customer The Republic of the Union of Myanmar
Ministry of Electric Power
Department of Hydropower Implementation

Project name Upper Paunglaung Hydropower

Project
Document title Completion Report
Project chapter 2.5 Seismicity

February 2015
 UNION OF MYANMAR
MINISTRY OF ELECTRIC POWER
DEPARTMENT OF HYDROELECTRIC POWER

UPPER PAUNGLAUNG
HYDROPOWER PROJECT

PRELIMINARY
BASIC FEASIBILITY REPORT

Report No.
UPL-00-BFR-PREL/0405

ATTACHMENT NO.1
SEISMIC HAZARD STUDY

April 2005

Hydropower Plants
DHP – Upper Paunglaung Hydropower Project
Preliminary Basic Feasibility Report – Attachment No.1: Seismic Hazard Study 2

Table of Contents
page

1 General ........................................................................................................................... 3

2 Seismotectonic framework.............................................................................................. 3
2.1 Global setting.................................................................................................................. 3
2.2 Structural provinces and their seismicity ........................................................................ 4
2.2.1 The Indoburman Ranges or Folded Belt......................................................................... 4
2.2.2 Central Lowlands ............................................................................................................ 4
2.2.3 Eastern Highlands .......................................................................................................... 5

3 Seismic sources and their potential ................................................................................ 5

3.1 The Indoburman Subduction Zone ................................................................................. 7
3.2 The Sagaing Fault .......................................................................................................... 9
3.3 The Paung Laung Fault ................................................................................................ 14
3.4 Other possible seismic sources .................................................................................... 15
3.4.1 The Panga-Bawhan Fault ............................................................................................. 15
3.4.2 The Kintha – Kyaukse Fault.......................................................................................... 16

4 Maximum Credible Earthquake .................................................................................... 16

5 Operating Basis Earthquake......................................................................................... 18

6 Hazard for Reservoir Induced Seismicity...................................................................... 21

7 Guidelines for the selection of the Seismic Design Parameters ................................... 23

7.1 Selection of the Maximum Credible Earthquake........................................................... 23
7.2 Selection of the Operating Basis Earthquake ............................................................... 24
7.3 Seismic coefficient for Pseudo-Static Stability Analysis................................................ 24
7.4 Recommendations for Dynamic Response Analysis .................................................... 26

8 FIGURES...................................................................................................................... 29

9 List of References......................................................................................................... 36

10 APPENDIX.................................................................................................................... 39
10.1 Appendix 1a - Relationship Magnitude - Fault Rupture Length .................................... 39
10.2 Appendix 1b - Relationship Magnitude - Maximum Fault Displacement....................... 39
10.3 Appendix 1c - Seismic Moment relationships ............................................................... 39
10.4 Appendix 1d - Attenuation relationships ....................................................................... 40
10.5 RELATIONSHIP : Campbell, 1997 ............................................................................... 41
10.6 RELATIONSHIP : Boore et al, 1997, for Western North America................................. 42

April 2005
DHP – Upper Paunglaung Hydropower Project
Preliminary Basic Feasibility Report – Attachment No.1: Seismic Hazard Study 3

1 General
During the last 200 years, Myanmar has suffered from more than 20 large earthquakes.
This high level of seismicity is related to the active tectonic processes that affect this
region, seated across a zone of complex interaction between the Indian and the South-
east Asia lithospheric plates.

This situation calls for a careful evaluation of the seismic environment of the Upper
Paung Laung dam project.

In order to provide basis for such evaluation, the earthquake exposure of the dam site
must be characterized in terms of likely seismic ground motions, through an analysis of
the regional seismic history, its level and its relationship with the regional tectonic pat-
tern and evolution. The delineation of the geological structures (e.g. large active faults)
causing or likely to cause the seismic activity, i.e. the earthquake sources, as well as
the characterization of these sources in term of seismic potential and earthquake sizes,
are the main purpose of such analysis.

In this scope, an extensive documentation including earthquake catalogs, geologic

maps, satellite imageries, monographs and research papers on geology, tectonics,
seismicity, geodynamics, etc. of the region has been collected and analyzed for this
study.

2 Seismotectonic framework

2.1 Global setting

The tectonics of the region has been, from early Mesozoic times up to present, largely
governed by the interaction of the northward to north-eastward moving Indian plate with
the Eurasian/Southeast Asia plate to the N and NE. The Indian plate comprises most of
the Indian ocean floor, carrying on its back an “island” of continental lithosphere, result-
ing from the fragmentation of former Gondwanaland in late Paleozoic times, later to be
India. Up to early Cenozoic, most of the convergence between the N-NE moving Indian
plate and Asia was probably accommodated by underthrusting of ocean floor (subduc-
tion) at the southern continental margin of Asia. With the arrival of India, a continental
fragment, at this margin, interaction changed from subduction to collision, which origi-
nated the building up of the Himalayan chain during Cenozoic times. Meanwhile, un-
derthrusting of the north-eastern/eastern part of the Indian plate, made of oceanic
crust, beneath southeast Asia, continued at the Sunda, Andaman-Nicobar and bur-
mese arcs.

Yet, the northward drift of the Indian plate did not stop with the collision. Acting as a
huge indenter, deeply driven into south Eurasia, the continental crust of India has con-
tinued to move by underthrusting beneath the Himalayas and the southern Tibet Pla-
teau. Such a process of continental subduction, which involves considerable friction,
has originated a regime of high compressional stresses, which affect the Eurasian plate
over considerable distances inland to the N, NE and E of the collision zone.

April 2005
DHP – Upper Paunglaung Hydropower Project
Preliminary Basic Feasibility Report – Attachment No.1: Seismic Hazard Study 4

Located at the north-eastern edge of the “Indian indenter”, Myanmar and its surround-
ing regions represent a transition zone between the main Himalayan collision belt and
the Indonesian Arc (where the Indian plate is at present subducting under Southeast
Asia), which must accommodate the large strike-slip movement of India with respect to
southeast Asia.

This complex history of changing tectonic styles, involving subduction, collision and
strike-slip deformation, is well reflected in the regional physiography and structural
provinces of Myanmar.

2.2 Structural provinces and their seismicity

The description of the structural provinces is partly borrowed from Le Dain et al. (1984),
from which the structural map figure 1 (in section 8 of this report) is extracted.

2.2.1 The Indoburman Ranges or Folded Belt

The ranges display a curved shape in plan, with structural trends swinging from a NE-
SW direction in the north to NW-SE direction in the south. They are mostly formed of
thick turbiditic Cretaceous to upper Eocene shales and mudstones (flysh), which were
tightly folded and sliced into thrust sheets during cenozoic times as a result of the sub-
duction of the Indian plate under the Asian plate. The flysh is overlain by Miocene del-
taic or freshwater molasse along the western edge of the ranges.

The roughly parallel, overall NS trending folds imply EW shortening, becoming NW-SE
farther north. This deformation has probably continued until recent times, as suggested
by the presence of affected Pleistocene beds in the eastern part of the Ganges plain.

Following the alignment of the ranges is a well developed and elongated zone of inter-
mediate and large depth earthquakes, dipping eastward at about 45° (Benioff zone).
This distribution of foci suggests the existence of a subducted slab of oceanic litho-
sphere under the eastern part of the ranges. In the recent (past half century) seismic
history of the ranges, the largest earthquakes (M ≥ 7) in the ranges have originated
from intermediate and deep foci. Scattered shallow seismicity is also present, though in
the form of small events.

2.2.2 Central Lowlands

East of the Indoburman ranges, the Central Lowlands extend NS as a broad fluvial
plain, approximately 200 km wide. A NS line of volcanic rocks divides the Lowlands into
a western and an eastern trough. Both troughs are filled with molasse, deposited under
deltaic and fluvial conditions. Sedimentation started in Eocene times in the western
trough and in late Oligocene-early Miocene in the eastern trough. Total thickness of
Tertiary and Quaternary in the SE part of the Lowlands could be in excess of 10 km,
and might reach 17 km. Curray et al. (1979) suggest that the sediments are underlain
by oceanic crust continuous with the Andaman Basin.

The Pegu Yoma volcanic line is marked by discontinuous outcrops of essentially ande-
sitic but locally basaltic and rhyolitic volcanic rocks, interbedded with fluvial sediments.
Volcanic activity began in intermittent bursts in the late Oligocene to early Miocene,
apparently peaked in the Pliocene, and ceased in the Quaternary.

April 2005
DHP – Upper Paunglaung Hydropower Project
Preliminary Basic Feasibility Report – Attachment No.1: Seismic Hazard Study 5

At places along the western side of the lowlands, the Tertiary molasse is thrust over the
Upper Cretaceous and Eocene flysch series of the Indoburman ranges. Gentle folding
also affects the lowlands in many places.

Except for its eastern boundary, which is marked by the large seismically active Sa-
gaing Fault, the seismicity of the whole area is scarce and characterized by small
earthquakes only.

The NS trending right-lateral strike-slip Sagaing Fault, which can be traced for about
1000 km, is probably the most significant tectonically active feature of Myanmar, with a
history of numerous large earthquakes (see below).

2.2.3 Eastern Highlands

East of the Shan scarp, and of the Sagaing Fault, the Shan Plateau rises above the
central lowlands. Structurally it belongs to the Indochina Platform, the south-western
part of the continental Eurasian plate. Its basement is composed of Precambrian gran-
ites, gneisses and schists and its western part has been affected by folding and meta-
morphism.

The most tectonically active area of the Plateau develops essentially east of meridian
98°, and is affected by several systems of conjugate strike-slip faults with an history of
significant earthquakes.

The western part, which comprises the project area, is of low seismic activity. North of
latitude 19°, only a few faults of significant length are present, oriented NNW-SSE to N-
S. Some are suspected to be active, but definite evidence is still lacking. Le Dain et al.
(1994) indicate that, in most of the Eastern Highlands, it is difficult to separate active
from older tectonic structures with Landsat imagery.

On the seismotectonic map of figure 2 (section 8), whose background is the structural
map figure 1, two of the faults indicated as “less important” on figure 1 of Le Dain et al.,
have been added (note : thick bold lines are well recognized major active faults).

One, south of 20.40°, appear to be a portion of the large Paung Laung Fault, which, to-
gether with the Nwalabo Fault to the north (not represented on the map), is part of the
Shan scarp (Bender, 1983). This is a structure possibly dating back to the Paleozoic,
with clear evidences of displacement during the Jurassic and mostly during the Ceno-
zoic. The small lineament, branching from the Paung Laung Fault in NW-SE direction
at about latitude 20° (see figure 6 and 9 in section 8), is displayed in Le Dain et al. as
“major active fault” (named in this report the Panga-Bawhan Fault, dealt with under
3.4.1). To the south, the Paung Laung Fault merges with the large NW-SE trending ac-
tive Papun Fault system, responsible for a magnitude 6 earthquake on February 17,
1975.

3 Seismic sources and their potential

The earthquake epicenters shown on the seismotectonic maps of figure 1 and 2 and on
the regional earthquake map of figure 7 (all figures in section 8) have been obtained
from the CNSS 1 composite catalog maintained at the Berkeley University and from the

1
CNSS = Council of the National Seismic System (US organism)
April 2005
DHP – Upper Paunglaung Hydropower Project
Preliminary Basic Feasibility Report – Attachment No.1: Seismic Hazard Study 6

NEIC 2 catalog, which is also a compilation of several catalogs. In order to maintain to

the extent possible the homogeneity of the information, especially for small earth-
quakes, only those events in the CNSS catalog occurred after 1962 and up to Decem-
ber 2004) have been plotted 3 . Prior to 1962, and the development of the World Wide
Standardized Seismograph Network, teleseismic data are, in this area incomplete (es-
pecially as regards magnitude and focal depths) and inaccurate even for moderate size
earthquakes. However, all earthquakes with magnitudes ≥ 7 occurred during the 20th
century prior to 1962 are plotted using a special symbol (large crossed open circles on
fig. 2) with indication of the year of occurrence. For most of these events, the focal
depth is not reported. Large events prior to the 20th century are mentioned in the text
but not plotted on the map, as their location is too uncertain or unknown.

From an examination of this map, it appears that the distribution of seismicity well re-
flects the general structural subdivisions of the region and the pattern of large faults :

- The zone of intermediate and deep earthquakes is well confined to the Indoburman
Ranges, with some eastward extension for the deeper earthquakes. The Ranges
are also a region of scattered shallow seismicity, with predominantly small earth-
quakes and rare moderate events.

- East of the Indoburman Ranges, all earthquakes with magnitude ≥ 6 occurred dur-
ing the last 40 years show a good spatial relationship with known large faults. This
is the case also for most earthquakes of the period prior to 1962. Among these
large faults, the Sagaing Fault emerges as the most seismically active.

- The Central Lowlands and the western part of the Eastern Highlands exhibit a low
seismicity, in line with their relatively passive tectonic character.

This quite consistent seismotectonic picture allows a relatively simple and unambigu-
ous definition of the seismic sources likely to influence the ground motion hazard at the
dam site, although with some uncertainty concerning the seismotectonic status of faults
like the Paung Laung Fault and the Kintha-Kyaukse Fault (Kyaukse in a small locality at
about 20.06 N/96.22 E, not to be confused with the largest town of the same name
south of Mandalay).

2
NEIC = National Earthquake Information Center of the US Geological Survey
3
The different symbols refer to different focal depth ranges : open circles = “shallow” earthquakes from 0 to 33 km, open
squares = “intermediate” earthquakes from 34 to 79 km, open triangles = “deep” earthquakes ≥ 80 km. The different
symbol sizes refer to the following magnitude ranges, from small to large : 4.0 - 4.9, 5.0 - 5.9, 6.0 - 6.9 and ≥ 7.0.
April 2005
DHP – Upper Paunglaung Hydropower Project
Preliminary Basic Feasibility Report – Attachment No.1: Seismic Hazard Study 7

3.1 The Indoburman Subduction Zone

Subduction zones are well known worldwide as sources of very large and even giant
earthquakes. Subduction occurs at convergent (active, consuming) plate boundaries
when one of the two plates (most often of oceanic character) plunges underneath the
other and continues its descent as an inclined slab into the asthenosphere up to depths
which, in some subduction system, can exceed 600 km. The contact zone between the
lithospheric, rigid parts of the two plates, which can extend up to depths generally not
exceeding 40-50 km, can generate, by shallow thrust mechanism, giant earthquakes
(largest world recorded magnitude approachs Mw = 9). Such events are referred to as
“interplate” earthquakes.

Figure N°3 - Vertical EW section at latitude 22.15°N illustrating surface geology and the underlying
seismic zones. Geological index : 1 = crystalline basement, 2 = metamorphics, 3 = flysch, 4 = molasse,
5 = volcanics, 6 = ophiolites. From Mukhopadhyay and Dasgupta (1988)

At larger depths, the descending slab is mostly subjected to gravitational forces and
breakage occurs predominantly by “intraplate” normal faulting, which very seldom origi-
nate earthquakes exceeding Mw =7.5-7.8 (Mw = 8.3 as recorded during the 1994 boliv-
ian deep earthquake, at 640 km depth, is unique so far).

As pictured on figure 3 above, the subducted slab beneath the Indoburman Ranges
reaches about 160 km only. However it is quite active : the seismic record indicates no
less than 7 earthquakes of Mw = 7.6 in the time span from 1964 at depths in excess of
60 km, within the area of latitudes between 21.5° and 26° and longitudes between
94.5° and 95.5°.

However the presence of a subducted slab is not proof that the subduction process is
still continuing, and actually there are contradictory evidences regarding this issue.

On one side, a number of fault plane solutions from some intermediate depth earth-
quakes as reported by Le Dain et al. show P-axes (maximum compression axes) al-
April 2005
DHP – Upper Paunglaung Hydropower Project
Preliminary Basic Feasibility Report – Attachment No.1: Seismic Hazard Study 8

most parallel to the strike of the zone instead of perpendicular to it, an unusual situa-
tion. Also the fault plane solution of 3 shallow events shows largely strike-slip faulting
with P-axes that trend nearly NS. These orientations are confirmed by Kumar and Rao
(1995). Of course, this is in contradiction with the assumption of EW or even NE-SW
convergence between the Indian and Southeast Asia plates, as implied by the orienta-
tion of the Indoburman Ranges. As additional possible indicators of inactive, or very
slow, subduction, are the absence of a well developed inland quaternary volcanism and
of a developed trench, although even the most active trench would not accommodate
the rate of sediment deposition in the Ganges-Brahmaputra Delta region.

On the other side, for Hamilton (1979), the trench is presently active, although buried,
for even the youngest turbidites of the Bengal abyssal fan are deformed near the base
of the continental slope.
Mukhopadhyay and Dasgupta (1988), in an extensive study of the available fault plane
solutions, where they partly reinterpret the solutions from Le Dain et al., report a num-
ber of low angle thrust events at the upper edge of the Benioff zone, which they regard
as evidence of continued eastward underthrusting of the Indian plate beneath Myan-
mar.
Finally, as further possible evidence of continued subduction, is the great and very de-
structive earthquake of 1762, which was felt all over Bengal, Arakan, etc., chiefly and
most severely in the north part of the east coast of the Bay of Bengal, and produced ex-
tensive changes of coast level. Richter (1958) : “In 1878 a maximum uplift of 20 feet on
the west coast of Ramree Island at 19° 10’ N was described [..] Farther north the verti-
cal displacement reversed, and there was submergence in the Chittagong district”.
Owing to such effects and location, it is very tempting to regard the 1762 earthquake as
a possible great shallow thrust, “interplate” event.
During the 19th century, other earthquakes have affected the coast :

Date Location Magnitude or brief description

near 19.5° N / 95.5° Caused eruptions of mud volcanoes on Ramree
6 February 1843
E Island
30 October 1843 near 19° N / 95° E More violent than preceding event
near 19.5° N / 95.5° Another damaging earthquake
3 January 1848
E
Strongest shaking at location given, but follow-
ing earthquake False Island (at 18°38’N 95°55
24 August 1858 near 19° N / 96.25° E
½ ’E) apparently disappeared, “no traces of it
being seen after the 24th August”.

Table 1 - Major earthquakes in the coastal area during the 19th century.
Descriptions and qualified locations from Chhibber (1934) as reported in
Le Dain et al. (1984).

Longitude figures for earthquakes in the table above point to locations close to the Sa-
gaing Fault, and one can be surprised by the position of this False Island about 210 km
due north from Rangoon ! Note that location of Ramree Island is centered about 19° N
93.8° E. Two possibilities arise : either this series of earthquakes had a location near
the coast, in which case they could be of shallow-thrust type and the longitude values
could be in error by 2 degrees (transcription error ?) or the longitude values are correct
and the earthquakes might have originated from intermediate depth in the subducted
slab. In either possibilities, the earthquakes would be related to the subduction zone,
not to the Sagaing Fault (shallow strike-slip earthquakes attenuate too strongly to pro-
duce effects of the type described at more than 200 km from their source).

April 2005
DHP – Upper Paunglaung Hydropower Project
Preliminary Basic Feasibility Report – Attachment No.1: Seismic Hazard Study 9

On December 26, 2004 a giant earthquake of magnitude 9.0 was generated by rupture
of a segment of the Indian-Eurasian plate interface off the coast of Sumatra, at the ori-
gin of the catastrophic tsunami still in everybody memory.
Although, structural environment of the subduction zone in Burma differs from the one
in Sumatra, the fact that we are dealing in both regions with the same plate interfaced
cannot obviously be eluded.

Finally, for the purpose of the present study, we will assume that :

• subduction of the Indian plate beneath the Eurasian plate is still active, even at
a slow rate, off the Myanmar coast, and can produce, in the future, large shal-
low thrust earthquakes of up to magnitude Mw = 9.0 (similar to the magni-
tude of the December 2004 event off Sumatra) with rupture area extending to
50 km depth as a maximum along the plate interface in east direction, and ap-
proaching the Upper Paung Laung dam site by a minimum distance of 260
km (as calculated from the geometry of the Benioff zone as pictured on figure 3
above),

• the subducted slab of oceanic Indian plate lithosphere below the Indoburman
Ranges, of very high seismic activity, can produce, in the future, large interme-
diate to deep focus earthquakes of up to magnitude Mw = 8.0 at a minimum
distance of 200 km from the Upper Paung Laung dam site (as calculated
from the geometry of the Benioff zone as pictured on figure 3). This corre-
sponds to a focal depth of 100 km.

3.2 The Sagaing Fault

The Sagaing Fault is visible on Landsat imagery as a very clear-cut lineament, a nearly
straight and narrow furrow, characteristic of very active strike-slip faults, which can be
traced for about 1000 km. It is known to extend southward in the Andaman Sea floor,
where it merges with a system of north-northwest striking transform faults, these being
in turn connected in the south with the Great Sumatra Fault. The strike-slip movement
of India with respect to southeast Asia is accommodated, in large part, by displacement
along this extended system of dextral faults, the other part being accounted for by
oblique subduction of the Indian plate beneath the Asian plate along the Sunda arc
(Sumatra), the Andaman-Nicobar arc and, possibly also (as seen above), along the
burmese arc.

Actually, the possibility that the latter subduction zone might be no longer active would
increase in proportion the importance of the Sagaing Fault in the kinematics of the In-
dian plate, to the point that this fault could be viewed as the modern Indian/Asian plate
boundary in the Myanmar region.

Curray et al. (1979) suggest some 460 km of cumulative movement (450 km of post-
early Miocene dextral displacement according to Mitchell, 1993) along the fault, assum-
ing that slip on it absorbs the full opening of the Andaman Sea. With an inception time
for such opening dating back to middle Miocene (about 13 millions years ago), this
would amount to an average displacement of 3.5 cm/year along the fault during this pe-
riod, a very high figure.

April 2005
DHP – Upper Paunglaung Hydropower Project
Preliminary Basic Feasibility Report – Attachment No.1: Seismic Hazard Study 10

In a recent study, Chamot-Rooke et al. (submitted), using GPS data from the Geo-
dyssea project results, propose a velocity of India relative to Sundaland (southwestern
part of southeast Asia) of 3.6 cm/year along a south-north direction.

However, there is geological evidence from the faulted regions that the Sagaing Fault
probably accomodates only a fraction of the relative displacement between the Indian
plate and southeast Asia : radiometric ages for the recent Singu basaltic flows (Man-
dalay district), offset by the fault, as reported by Bertrand et al. (1998), suggest relative
displacements of the fault comprised between 10 ± 1 and 23 ± 3 mm/year for the last
0.25 to 0.31 million years. As we will see below, these figures match very well the value
calculated from the total seismic moment of earthquakes occurred along the fault dur-
ing the 20th century.

The recent history of large earthquakes along the Sagaing Fault between latitudes 17°
N and 27° N is summarized in the table 2 below :

April 2005
DHP – Upper Paunglaung Hydropower Project
Preliminary Basic Feasibility Report – Attachment No.1: Seismic Hazard Study 11

Note Date Location Magnitude or brief description

[1] 23 March 1839 near Mandalay “very destructive”
[1] 12 December 1908 26.5°N / 97°E Ms = 7.5
Ms = 8 ([1a]=7.6), Max. Intensity = IX;
numerous foreshocks and aftershocks;
zone of Intensity VII elongated in a NS
[1] 23 May 1912* 21° N / 97°E
direction parallel to Kyaukkyan Fault;
railroad tracks bent near fault but little
deformed elsewhere
bent railroad tracks, bridges and cul-
[1] 8 August 1929 near 19° N / 96.5° E verts collapsed, and loaded trucks over-
turned
[1] 5 May 1930 17° N / 96.5° E M = 7.3, Max. Intensity = IX
[1] 3 December 1930 18° N / 96.5° E M = 7.3, railroad tracks twisted
M = 7.6, Max. Intensity = IX; numerous
[1] 27 January 1931 25.6° N / 96.8° E
fissures and cracks
[1] 12 September 1946 23.5° N / 96° E M = 7.5
[4] 18 August 1950* 25.5° N / 96° E M = 7.0
M = 7.0
[2] 16 July 1956 22.2° N / 95° E focal depth: ISSN=39 km, CNSS=100
km
[3] 23 December 1976 26.68° N / 97.07° E M = 7.6
[3] 5 January 1991 23.61° N / 95.9° E M = 7.1 (NEIC) 6.8 (CNSS)

Table 2 - Large earthquakes occurred along the Sagaing Fault Zone

Notes :
[1] Description, intensities and qualified locations from Chhibber (1934) as reported in Le Dain
et al. (1984)
[1a] same as [1]. Magnitude 7.6 for the 1912 earthquake from Pacheco and Sykes (1992)
[2] NEIC catalog
[3] CNSS and NEIC
[4] Earthquake of August 18th, 1950 only reported in PDE (Preliminary Determination of Epicen-
ters) catalog. Doubtful location.
Italicized* = Earthquakes possibly not associated with the Sagaing Fault.

The case of the 1912 earthquake deserves some comment :

The location at 21° N / 97° E places the epicenter 1° (105 km) east off the fault trace.
However, such location on the coordinate grid reflects the limited resolution accuracy of
the seismic network in the first decades of the 20th. In 1912, location errors by (at least)
one degree were not uncommon in this region of the world, even for large magnitude
earthquakes, and the earthquake may actually be mislocated. As a matter of fact, an
isoseismal map established by Brown in 1914, of the 1912 earthquake, known as the
“Mandalay earthquake”, shows the zone of maximum intensity IX very close to Man-
dalay, strongly suggesting an origin at the Sagaing Fault. The importance of the event,
initially assigned a magnitude of 8 (7.6 according to a recent reevaluation by Pacheco
and Sykes, 1992) provides additional support to this origin, as there are not many faults
in the region able to release such an earthquake.

As the seismotectonic map shows, the fault apparently exhibits more seismicity in its
south and north segments than in the central segment, the one closest to the dam site.

April 2005
DHP – Upper Paunglaung Hydropower Project
Preliminary Basic Feasibility Report – Attachment No.1: Seismic Hazard Study 12

Cumulative number of shallow focus earthquakes by intervals of 0.5 degree of latitude

along the Sagaing Fault Zone

7 M >= 7 (1900 - 1963)

M >= 7 (earthquakes of 1912 and 1956)
6 M >= 5.5 (1964-2001)
5
4
3
2
1912 1956
1
0
16.0 to 16.5

16.5 to 17.0

17.0 to 17.5

17.5 to 18.0

18.0 to 18.5

18.5 to 19.0

19.0 to 19.5

19.5 to 20.0

20.0 to 20.5

20.5 to 21.0

21.0 to 21.5

21.5 to 22.0

22.0 to 22.5

22.5 to 23.0

23.0 to 23.5

23.5 to 24.0

24.0 to 24.5

24.5 to 25.0

25.0 to 25.5

25.5 to 26.0

26.0 to 26.5

26.5 to 27.0

27.0 to 27.5
Figure 4 - Distribution of earthquakes along the Sagaing Fault during the
20th century.

In the bar chart of figure 4, the X-axis represents latitudes by intervals of 0.5 degree.
Bar heights are a representation of the total number of earthquakes recorded in each
latitude interval for different periods and magnitude ranges as indicated in the legend.
The 1912 and 1956 earthquakes are emphasized in consideration of the fact that they
may NOT be related with the Sagaing Fault (alternate location and alternate focal depth
for the 1912 and 1956 events respectively). If these two uncertain Sagaing earthquakes
are removed from the chart, there appears a seismic quiet zone, a “seismic gap” ex-
tending from latitude 19° N to latitude 23° N, an approximately 440 km long segment of
the Fault with no earthquake of magnitude 7 and more during the 20th century and no
earthquake of magnitude 5.5 and more during the past 40 years. The complete record
includes only one event of magnitude 5 and very few events of lesser magnitude lo-
cated in the “gap” during the latter period.

Seismic gaps, i.e. zones of temporary seismic quiescence, known to have hosted large
earthquakes in the past, are common along major seismic zones. They are considered,
and actually turn, to be the sites of future large events. The size of the gap provides an
estimate of the size of the future rupture, i.e. an estimate of the size of the earthquake
itself, as the gap tend to be “filled” in one single large event rather than in successive
smaller events.

Using a recent relationship between magnitude and length of fault rupture in strike-slip
earthquakes (see appendix 1a), we calculated that the size of the earthquake neces-
sary to break the whole 440 km of the possible gap along the Sagaing Fault is Mw = 8.1
(median value). This provides a reasonable measure of the Maximum Credible Earth-
quake along the Sagaing Fault at the shortest distance from the dam site (see below).
This is also a conservative estimate, since the 1912 and 1956 earthquakes are dis-
counted. Re-incorporation of the 1912 earthquake would reduce the “gap” to approxi-
mately 160 km (Mw = 7.6), and to about 100 km (Mw = 7.4) if the 1956 earthquake is
added.
April 2005
DHP – Upper Paunglaung Hydropower Project
Preliminary Basic Feasibility Report – Attachment No.1: Seismic Hazard Study 13

We have now to consider the possible recurrence interval of such large events.

In this purpose, we calculated an estimate of the total seismic moment (see appendix
1c for details) along the Sagaing Fault for the data period 1900 - 2004. There are dis-
tinctive advantages in using seismic moment as a measure of earthquake size, as the
moment is directly related to the geometry of the fault rupture and to the co-seismic
displacement along the fault, and scales linearly with the energy released in the earth-
quake.

Period Total moment 1020 N.m

1900 - 1950
(in parenthesis : without contribu- 14.0 (10.8)
tion from the 1912 and 1950 earth-
quakes)
1951 - 2001
(in parenthesis : without contribu- 4.6 (4.1)
tion from the 1956 earthquake)
Total 18.6 (14.9)

Table 3 - Cumulative moment of earthquakes in 1908, 1912,

1930, 1931, 1946, 1950, 1956, 1976, 1991 along
the Sagaing Fault (in parenthesis : same calcula-
tion after trial removal of earthquakes whose rela
tion with the Sagaing Fault is uncertain)

Entering this value of 18.6×1020 N.m into the equation for the moment (see appendix
1c) yields an average annual rate of displacement along the fault of 14.3 mm/y well in
the range of values (10 to 23 mm/y) calculated by Bertrand et al. (1998) from radiomet-
ric data (see above).

From table 3, it can be seen that the seismic energy released by the fault during the
second half of the last century (1951-2001) only amounts to one third of the corre-
sponding value for the first half of the century (1900-1950). This is not a contingent fea-
ture of this particular fault : Triep and Sykes (1997) have shown that, following the giant
Assam earthquake of August 15, 1950, and the Gobi-Altai earthquake of 1957, the rate
of moment release dropped by a factor of 5.6 in the whole of continental Asia. The As-
sam earthquake is the largest earthquake worldwide in an intracontinental area of the
past 100 years and the largest event in that period outside subduction zones. Its mag-
nitude was Mw = 8.6 and its seismic moment reached 90 to 95×1020 N.m, i.e. more than
5 times as large as the total moment released by earthquakes along the Sagaing Fault
during the past century. The epicenter was located at 28.7° N / 96.6° E, quite in the
alignment of the northernmost branch of the Sagaing Fault. Although this looses sur-
face expression north of 26° N, a deep connection should be regarded as possible. Ac-
cording to Triep and Sykes, the location of aftershocks (Chen and Molnar, 1977) sug-
gest a complex pattern of rupture on more than a single plane that appears to have in-
volved both thrust faulting at the eastern end of the Himalayan plate boundary and de-
formation, perhaps strike-slip motion, along the adjacent NNW striking plate boundary
in Myanmar.

The regional influence of the Assam earthquake on the rate of moment release in Asia,
and along the Sagaing Fault, is of relevance for assessing the recurrence interval of
large earthquakes along the Sagaing Fault. The pre-1950 annual rate has been 23.5
mm/y and the current, post-1950, rate is 7.2 mm/y only, whereas the overall 20th cen-
April 2005
DHP – Upper Paunglaung Hydropower Project
Preliminary Basic Feasibility Report – Attachment No.1: Seismic Hazard Study 14

tury rate amounted 14.3 mm/y, similar to the long-term (several thousands years) rate
calculated from geological data by Bertrand et al. (1998).

This similarity between rates calculated from geological and earthquake data is impor-
tant in another respect. It means that, along the Sagaing Fault, the total long-term dis-
placement can be accounted for by summation of individual displacements produced
during successive large earthquakes. Since the size of an earthquake is directly related
to the relative displacement achieved by rupture along the fault (see appendix 1b for a
relationship), this provides a means of assessing the recurrence interval of earthquakes
of different sizes, given the knowledge of the long-term displacement. For example : if
along a given segment of a fault having a long-term displacement rate of 0.5 cm/y, a
100-cm relative displacement is achieved during a single earthquake of a certain size
(M = 6.8 with the relationship used in this report), a crude estimate of the average re-
currence interval of events of the same size along this segment can be obtained sim-
ply : 100/0.5 = 200 years.

The following table 4 presents estimates of recurrence intervals calculated in this way
for earthquakes of different sizes along the Sagaing Fault and for the three displace-
ment rates mentioned above.

pre-1950 rate overall rate post-1950 rate

Magnitude
23.5 mm/y 14.3 mm/y 7.2 mm/y
6.5 20 years 32 years 64 years
7.0 64 years 106 years 210 years
7.5 211 years 346 years 688 years
8.1 875 years 1 438 years 2 855 years
8.5 2 259 years 3 712 years 7 373 years

Table 4 - Estimates of recurrence intervals of earthquakes of differ-

ent magnitudes along a given segment of the Sagaing Fault for three
assumptions of average annual displacement rates

The post-1950 rate is certainly temporary, in any case not likely to last more than a few
decades, so that it may underestimate the recurrence interval of earthquakes of magni-
tude ≥ 7 in the next future. The overall rate is the most appropriate for the purpose of
assessing the long-term hazard at a particular site. The pre-1950 rate corresponds to
the upper bound of the long-term displacement rate calculated by Bertrand et al.
(1998), thus allowing to place a lower bound on the recurrence interval.

Finally we will consider, for the largest earthquake, a magnitude Mw = 8.1 earthquake
affecting a segment of the Sagaing Fault at the closest distance from the Upper Paung
Laung Dam Site, i.e. 45 km.

3.3 The Paung Laung Fault

The Paung Laung Fault runs NNW-SSE at a shortest distance of 3-4 km east of the
UPL Project Dam Site (see figures 8 and 9 in section 8).
As mentioned under 2.2.3, this large fault, together with the Nwalabo Fault to the north,
is part of the Shan scarp (Bender, 1983). Garson et al (1976, quoted in Bender) were
able to show that the movements along the Paung Laung Fault commenced in the Ju-
rassic but took places for the most part during the Tertiary. However, the region in the
immediate vicinity of the Paung Laung Fault was already tectonically active during the
April 2005
DHP – Upper Paunglaung Hydropower Project
Preliminary Basic Feasibility Report – Attachment No.1: Seismic Hazard Study 15

Paleozoic. It separates the Jurassic-Cretaceous Paung Laung Formation from the Or-
dovician to Jurassic sedimentary series of the Shan Plateau in the area of Neyaungga,
towards the south as far as latitude 20° N. The fault appears clearly still further S on
satellite images, then it changes direction to the SE as a bundle of lineaments E of Py-
inmana and, where the Salween forms the border between Burma and Thailand, it runs
into the territory of Thailand.

On the Geological Map of Burma (Bender, 1983, not reproduced herein) the fault
shows up as a discontinuous feature, especially in the UPL region, where it appears
quite segmented and offset.

On the Structural Map of Burma (not reproduced herein) included in Bender, which is a
Landsat imagery interpretation, the fault appears as a set of disconnected photo-
lineaments, but none can be seen in the close vicinity of the site.

On figure 1 of Le Dain et al (1984, an excerpt of which is reproduced herein as figure 6

in section 8), the fault is displayed as a continuous segment between N 20°30’ and N
18°36’, but with a somewhat different orientation in the south than the one shown in
Bender. The fault is categorized by the authors as “less important faults” distinct from
the active faults.

From these references, and from the historical earthquake record, the fault shows no
evidence of present-day tectonic activity nor of any possibly related seismic activity.
However in view of the closeness of this once important fault to the UPL dam site, we
realized an independent analysis of Landsat 7 satellite images over most of the length
of the fault, especially within 20 km of the dam site area.

Actually, the fault does appear very segmented and offset by minor faults, and it is im-
possible to trace individual fault segments over distances in excess of a few km, with
gaps in between of about the same length. In addition, parallel segments are present,
in such a way that it seems more appropriate to talk of a fault zone than of a single
fault. Geomorphic features associated with the fault segments are erosional, and none
can be interpreted as indicative of present-day tectonic activity.

However, as a conservative step and on a trial basis, we checked the potential effect of
a nearby fault segment (see figure 8 in section 8), under the unlikely assumption that
this fault segment could be presently active. In view of the segment length the associ-
ated magnitude could reach Mw = 5.5 in case of rupture, with a minimum site-
rupture distance of 6 km.

3.4 Other possible seismic sources

3.4.1 The Panga-Bawhan Fault

The Panga-Bawhan Fault (so named by us from two nearby localities), has been iden-
tified by Le Dain et al, 1984, as an active fault based on satellite image examination.
From our independent analysis, we agree with this attribution at least for a segment of
10-12 km, which shows a distinct fault scarp in the eastern part of the trace (see figure
9 in section 8). The fault runs in NW-SE direction to the east of the Paung Laung Fault,
but, according to our observation, it would not intersect the latter. Assuming that the
fault is an active fault, and that a rupture would involve the full length of the fault trace,
April 2005
DHP – Upper Paunglaung Hydropower Project
Preliminary Basic Feasibility Report – Attachment No.1: Seismic Hazard Study 16

an earthquake of maximum magnitude of Mw = 6.75 could result, at a closest dis-

tance to the site of 25 km.

3.4.2 The Kintha – Kyaukse Fault

The Kintha – Kyaukse Fault , NW from the site (see figure 9), shows up as a con-
spicuous fault lineament on satellite image (again the fault has been named from two
nearby localities). Note that the second one should not be confused with the larger
town of Kyaukse, just south from Mandalay. The trace is especially sharp in the west-
ern portion of the fault, close to Kintha. Although there is no indication that the fault
could be tectonically or seismically active, we considered such activity as possible.
Based on the fault length (24 km) a maximum magnitude of 6.7 is assumed at a
closest distance to site of 22 km.

4 Maximum Credible Earthquake

The maximum credible earthquake will produce the maximum level of ground motion
for which an engineering structure should be designed or analyzed. When a determi-
nistic approach is implemented for its calculation, as is commonly the case, the rele-
vant parameters are the maximum credible magnitude in each seismic source and the
minimum source-site distance.

Based on these two parameters, the ground motion at the site (most frequently the
peak horizontal ground acceleration) is calculated by the means of an attenuation rela-
tionship.

For this study, the following attenuation relationships have been used : Youngs et al,
1997, for subduction zone environment and Campbell, 1997, for intraplate environment
(see Appendix 1d for details on the attenuation relationships). It is important to note
that both relationships are considered particularly relevant to the seismotectonics of the
Upper Paung Laung project region. The subduction zone relationship has been devel-
oped from data recorded in regions of plate convergence worldwide, quite similar to the
Indoburman subduction zone, and most records used in the development of the intra-
plate relationship come from California, a region dominated by strike-slip tectonics (San
Andreas Fault) similar to the Sagaing Fault environment. An alternate choice for such
environment would be the relationship of Boore et al (1997), which is even more spe-
cific of strike-slip fault environment than the Campbell’s one. However Campbell pro-
vides prediction models for both the vertical and the horizontal components of the
ground motion, while the alternate model is for peak horizontal acceleration only. In
addition differences are not very significant between the two models, as can be seen
by the results in table 5 below.

In the use of the attenuation relationships, we consider soft to hard rock foundation
conditions.

April 2005
DHP – Upper Paunglaung Hydropower Project
Preliminary Basic Feasibility Report – Attachment No.1: Seismic Hazard Study 17

Maximum credible accelerations in the project area following the occurrence of a

maximum earthquake in each seismic source at the shortest source-site distance are
summarized in table 5 :

Peak acceleration in rock (g)

Seismic sources at Upper Paung Laung Dam Site
(median values)
Source Magnitude Attenuation horizontal vertical [4]
Name Max. (Mw) Relation-
ship
Paung Laung 5.5 [1][5] 0.12 0.07
Fault (PLF) distance = 6 km [3] 0.15
local segment depth = 10 km

Kintha-Kyaukse 6.7 [1] 0.12 0.08

Fault distance = 22 km [3] 0.13

Panga-Bawhan 6.75 [1] 0.12 0.08

Fault distance = 25 km [3] 0.12

8.1 [1] 0.15 0.11

Sagaing Fault
distance = 45 km [3] 0.15
Indoburman Sub- 9.0
duction Zone distance = 260 km [2a] 0.07 0.05
Slab Interface depth = 50 km

Indoburman Sub- 8.0

duction Zone distance = 200 km [2b] 0.09 0.06
Slab Interior depth = 100 km

Table 5 - Maximum Credible Accelerations at dam site location from different

seismic sources.

[1] Campbell (1997), for strike-slip fault mechanism and hard rock foundation condition
[2a] Youngs et al (1997) – Slab Interface, rock foundation
[2b] Youngs et al (1997) – Slab Interior, rock foundation
[3] Boore et al. (1997), for strike-slip fault mechanism and hard rock foundation condition
[4] Vertical accelerations produced by the strike-slip earthquakes are calculated directly from the
Campbell’s relationship. Vertical accelerations for the other earthquakes are estimated from the
ratio between the vertical and horizontal components of the Campbell’s relationship
[5] For the Campbell’s relationship, we use a distance of 12 km for the PLF Fault, in accordance with
the distance definition considered in the derivation of this relationship, i.e “the shortest distance
between the site and the presumed zone of seismogenic rupture” (re. Appendix 1d), assuming a
rupture depth of 10 km, a standard value for the depth of the seismogenic zone. For the Boore et
al relationship, the definition of distance is the “closest distance to the surface projection of the
fault rupture”, (re. Appendix 1d), so the distance entered in the formula is 6 km, the surface dis-
tance. For the Kintha-Kyaukse Fault, at 22 km, the focal depth is no longer a controlling factor.

Only the top four seismic sources of table 5 are of consideration, and it can be seen
that they give quite similar results.

As Maximum Credible Earthquake acceleration, we recommend taking the maximum

value of the table, i.e. 0.15 g.

April 2005
DHP – Upper Paunglaung Hydropower Project
Preliminary Basic Feasibility Report – Attachment No.1: Seismic Hazard Study 18

So, the Sagaing Fault earthquake is considered the controlling event for the MCI, and
the peak ground acceleration of 0.15 g is assumed to result from this event.

MCE = 0.15 g from a magnitude 8.1 earthquake along the Sagaing Fault.

5 Operating Basis Earthquake

The Operating Basis Earthquake (OBE) represents the level of ground motion at a
structure site at which only minor damage is acceptable. Because of its definition, the
OBE is best determined by using probabilistic procedure; for instance, such as specify-
ing a 50 % probability of not being exceeded in 100 years, in any case significantly
higher than for the Maximum Credible Earthquake. Engineering structures and equip-
ment should remain functional and damages easily repairable, from the occurrence of
earthquake shaking not exceeding the OBE.

State-of-the-art probabilistic procedures normally involve the delineation of the seismic

sources and, for each source, the definition of a frequency-magnitude relationship
based on seismic data.

For a given seismic source (extended source) and an observation period of sufficient
duration, there exists, from Gutenberg and Richter (1954), a simple relationship be-
tween the magnitude M and the number N of earthquakes with m ≥ M occurring during
the observation period. The Gutenberg-Richter (GR) is commonly expressed in the
form :

Log N = a – bM (equation 1)

with a and b, empirically determined parameters. For computational purpose, the more
tractable exponential form is frequently adopted :

NM = α.e-βM (equation 2)

where α = 10a and β = bln10

λM = λ0e-βM (equation 3)

where λM = the average annual number of events with m ≥ M and λ0 = the average an-
nual number of events with m ≥ 0.

The annual probability of occurrence of an earthquake with m ≥ M is commonly mod-

eled according to the Poisson’s Law, which can be expressed :

P[m ≥ M] = 1 – e-λM (equation 4)

considering the occurrence of at least one event per year.

The annual probability of occurrence of at least an event during a t years period would
be :

P[m ≥ M] = 1 – e-λM×t (equation 5)

April 2005
DHP – Upper Paunglaung Hydropower Project
Preliminary Basic Feasibility Report – Attachment No.1: Seismic Hazard Study 19

The value TM = 1/λM is the average recurrence period in years.

The Poisson-exponential recurrence model assumes that the times between earth-
quake occurrences are exponentially distributed and that there is some time between
occurrences of particular magnitudes. Therefore, the time of occurrence of the next
earthquake is independent of the elapsed time since the previous one. Also, the Pois-
son process has no “memory” in that the magnitude of the next earthquake will not de-
pend on the magnitude of any past events. Finally, the magnitude, locations and times
of occurrence of earthquakes are independent.

So, for a reliable development of a probabilistic model based on the GR-relationship

and the Poisson model, the seismic catalog of a seismic source should comply with
several requirements. Of particular importance are the following :

- The seismic source must be clearly delineated on the basis of its geological
and seismotectonic features,

- The time period of the catalog must be long enough to satisfy the assumption
of stationarity, i.e. the number of earthquakes must provide a satisfactory ap-
proximation of the long-term earthquake rate and seismotectonic regime of
the source,

- For the period, the catalog must be as complete as possible for all magnitudes
within the range of interest,

- The assumption of independence between events must be satisfied to the ex-

tent possible. For example, the aftershocks of a large earthquake should be
removed from the statistics.

Provided these statistical requirements are met, the GR-model used in combination
with a Poisson-exponential recurrence distribution represents a satisfactory basis for
the probabilistic evaluation of earthquake hazard in seismic environments character-
ized by large area sources encompassing many faults, because the model implies a
relatively stationary process, whereby seismic events of all sizes occur continually.
However, when the hazard is dominated by a single large fault, like the Sagaing Fault,
it has been shown (in particular by Wesnousky, 1994) that the GR/Poisson model is not
representative of the seismic distribution of the largest earthquakes. However the
model is acceptable within magnitude ranges whose upper bound is 1 to 1.5 magni-
tude unit below maximum and will not underestimate the occurrence of events of a
given size where the elapsed time since the last event of this size does not exceed the
average time between such events (Cornell and Winterstein, 1988).

There is only one source in Myanmar for which the model could apply : the subducted
slab of Indian plate lithosphere below the Indoburman Ranges. However this source
appears practically irrelevant to the earthquake hazard at the dam site. At closer dis-
tance, and with the notable exception of the Sagaing Fault, other potential sources of
earthquake exhibit a very low rate of activity, if any.

Owing to the fact that a classical probabilistic hazard assessment appears not applica-
ble to the case of the Upper Paung Laung dam site, we will select the OBE accelera-
tion based on the following procedure and assumptions :

• The Sagaing Fault controls almost exclusively the earthquake hazard, both in
terms of rate and size, at the dam site for acceleration levels of engineering in-
April 2005
DHP – Upper Paunglaung Hydropower Project
Preliminary Basic Feasibility Report – Attachment No.1: Seismic Hazard Study 20

terest (say ≥ 0.1 g), and consequently will be considered the sole source of
earthquakes for this purpose,
• the knowledge of the average displacement rate of the Sagaing Fault provides
a means of estimating the recurrence time of earthquakes of different sizes,
• the recurrence time between earthquake can be described by the Poisson-
exponential recurrence model.

We will consider concurrently two levels of exceedence probability often used in OBE
selection procedures : Level 1 as this event with 50% probability of exceedence during
a 100-year period, and Level 2 as this event with 10% probability of exceedence dur-
ing a 50-year period (the basis for seismic zoning in the United States, see below) both
events resulting from earthquakes occurred along the Sagaing Fault at the closest dis-
tance from the site.

Under the assumption of Poisson-exponential recurrence, the application of equation 5

above to these probability levels yields recurrence periods of TLevel 1 = 144 years and
TLevel 2 = 474 years. Further assuming than the total displacement along the Sagaing
Fault is equal to the sum of discrete displacements achieved during single large earth-
quakes, we calculate MD = T × DR where MD is the maximum displacement during a
single earthquake, T is the recurrence period of this earthquake and DR is 0.0143
m/year, the long term displacement rate along the Sagaing Fault (see above). Using
the relationship between magnitude and maximum displacement (MD) of appendix 1b,
we finally calculate the magnitude of the Level 1 and Level 2 events along the Sagaing
Fault :

MLevel 1 = 7.13

MLevel 2 = 7.63

The resulting peak ground accelerations (PGA) at the site can be finally obtained by
application of an attenuation relationship to these values of magnitude and a distance
of 45 km.

We summarize all these steps in the following table 6 :

Resulting Peak Ground Accel-

Associated Associated Mag-
eration (PGA) at the dam site
OBE – Level Recurrence Pe- nitude (Sagaing
Campbell’s Boore et al
riod Fault)
Relationship Relationship
Level 1 =
50% probability of
144 years 7.13 0.07 g 0.09 g
exceedence in
100 years
Level 2 =
10%
probability of 474 years 7.63 0.10 g 0.12 g
exceedence in 50
years

Table 6 : OBE - levels

The recommendable OBE value lies in the range 0.07 - 0.12 g and selecting the final
level in a matter of engineering judgement, including the evaluation of the degree of
conservatism involved in the procedure implemented for the derivation of the above
values. In this respect, two aspects deserve mention :

April 2005
DHP – Upper Paunglaung Hydropower Project
Preliminary Basic Feasibility Report – Attachment No.1: Seismic Hazard Study 21

- The time elapsed since the occurrence of the 1912 “Mandalay” earthquake (pro-
vided it occurred along the Sagaing Fault) is 89 years, and the time since the previ-
ous “Mandalay” earthquake of 1839 is 162 years. In both cases the rupture is likely
to have reached the closest point to the dam site along the Sagaing Fault. For the
Level 1 earthquake we may be at the limit of applicability of the Poisson-recurrence
model (i.e. the model may underpredict the future occurrence of such event).

- We consider, in the procedure, the sole influence of the Sagaing Fault. Although it
is very doubtful that such simplification might lead to a severe underestimation of
the hazard, not all experts, probably, would agree that the procedure is sufficiently
conservative.

In conclusion, we consider appropriate to recommend selecting, for the OBE, the Level
2 event, with 10% exceedence probability in 50 years, at the highest value of the
range, i.e.

OBE earthquake = 0.12 g

6 Hazard for Reservoir Induced Seismicity

In a number of cases, the impounding of large and deep man-made reservoirs has trig-
gered earthquakes large enough to be of significance to engineering projects and civil
safety.

The world record so far lists 11 cases where the largest triggered earthquake had a
magnitude of 5 or more. In 5 of these cases, the earthquake exceeded magnitude 6.

In only one case (Koyna, India, 1967), damages inflicted to the dam were severe
enough to be of concern. However, these damages were related to a quite unusual de-
sign which turned out very unfavorable upon seismic loading. In addition, provisions for
earthquake resistance were minimal, as the dam region was, prior to the 1967 event,
considered free of seismic activity. Loss of live resulted from the direct effects of the
earthquake, not from the damages to the dam.

These eleven cases represent only a small fraction of the large and deep artificial res-
ervoirs in the world. Of course, many more reservoirs produced RIS in the form of small
to very small quakes, posing no serious threat to the dams nor to public safety.

Depth and size of the reservoirs are major factors controlling the size of the earth-
quake. The smallest height of dams reportedly associated with some form of RIS, al-
though not damaging whatsoever, is 36 m.

April 2005
DHP – Upper Paunglaung Hydropower Project
Preliminary Basic Feasibility Report – Attachment No.1: Seismic Hazard Study 22

Time elapsed before the

Reservoir Magnitude (and occurrence of the maximum Presence of
Dam earthquake (years)
Volume year) of the active fault
Country Dam Height Since the Since maximum
(millions largest earth- beginning reservoir water through the
(m)
m3) quake of reser- level was
reservoir
voir filling reached
China
Hsinfengkiang 105 13 896 6.0 (1962) 1.5 0.4 possible
(P.R.C.)
Zambia /
Kariba 128 175 000 6.2 (1963) 4.2 0 yes
Zimbabwe
0.4
Greece Kremasta 160 4 750 6.3 (1966) 0 possible
India Koyna 103 2 780 6.3 (1967) 5 4.2 yes
Greece Marathon 63 41 5.75 8
U.S.A Oroville 236 4 400 5.7 (1975) 7 5.8 yes
Egypt Aswan 111 164 000 5.5 (1981) 16.3 9 yes
India Tillari 73 462 6.1 (1993) ? ? ?

Table 7 - The largest earthquakes related to accepted RIS cases (data from Gupta,
1985, except for Tillari dam, USGS, 1996, and Marathon Dam, Vladut, 1993)

It is generally accepted that earthquakes are triggered by reservoir impound-

ment in one of two ways. The weight of the water on the crust may have caused
movements on a fault or the change in pore pressure due to water infiltration
may have triggered slip on a fault. Actually, in most cases, the two mechanisms
must occur concurrently, but on different time scales. At depths greater than
several kilometers (typical depths of earthquake generation), both the weight ef-
fects and the pore pressure effects are small. This is why it is believed that the
crust beneath the reservoir must be critically stressed by tectonic forces and
zones of weakness (faults) must be present. The reservoir merely adds a small
perturbation to the state of stress and triggers fault displacement, thus earth-
quake. Such earthquake would have occurred anyhow at a later date under the
natural conditions of stress accumulation. The presence of the reservoir only
hastened its occurrence.

The incidence of even very small increments of stress is well illustrated by the fact that,
in several well documented cases of RIS, earthquakes tend to occur in close time rela-
tionship with sharp changes in reservoir level, even of moderate amplitude, rather than
at maximum reservoir level. This is especially clear for Koyna and Oroville. Rate of
level variation is also important, and Gupta (1985, 1992) recommends that, where con-
trollable, smooth emptying/refilling operation be implemented. It seems that, at Koyna,
rates of less than 12 meters per week are sufficient to prevent RIS of magnitude 5.0
and more from occurring.

In most cases of large events triggered by reservoir, the existence of a pre-existing ac-
tive fault in the close vicinity of or crossing the reservoir has been proved. Several
times however, the definite proof of the fault activity was the occurrence of the earth-
quake itself and its fore- and/or aftershocks.

In some cases, RIS events have occurred, and are still occurring, well outside the pe-
rimeter of the reservoir and up to 20 km. In these cases however, the earthquakes
were generated along a fault crossing the reservoir. Koyna, Aswan and Oroville cases
are good illustrations of remote fault link between reservoir and hypocenters. Interest-
ingly, these reservoirs are those in which several years elapsed between first filling and
April 2005
DHP – Upper Paunglaung Hydropower Project
Preliminary Basic Feasibility Report – Attachment No.1: Seismic Hazard Study 23

RIS occurrence. As a matter of fact, pore pressure propagation in rock is dependent

upon rock permeability, and may be slow to establish to the level required for earth-
quake generation.

As regards the several factors likely to influence the level of RIS hazard, Woodward-
Clyde Consultants (1977), summarizing the results of a worldwide study, mentioned the
following :

The occurrence of RIS would increase :

• with increasing reservoir depth,
• with increasing reservoir volume,
• when active fault is present in the vicinity of or across the reservoir,
• among reservoir on sedimentary strata, rather than granitic, metamorphic or vol-
canic basement,
• among reservoir on carbonate strata, rather than any other sedimentary strata,
• among reservoir in areas of extensional tectonics.

The Upper Paung Laung reservoir is a large and deep reservoir which enters the cate-
gory of impoundment sizes for which the largest induced earthquake magnitudes have
been recorded. However size controls only the level of the RIS, given RIS occurs. Oc-
currence of RIS depends on other factors, as indicated above.

The reservoir is seated on granitic and metamorphic rocks in a stress environ-

ment dominated by strike-slip tectonics. This may be regarded as relatively fa-
vourable in view of the most influencing geological factors. Favourable also is
the fact that, following the 1950 Assam earthquake, regional tectonic stresses
on a very large scale are expected to be significantly lower than before the
earthquake.

On the other side, the Paung Laung Fault will be affected by the reservoir, and we
know that it should be considered as potentially active.

In conclusion, the potential for reservoir induced seismicity can be regarded as small to
medium, although the occurrence of a RIS event of magnitude between 5 and 6 as a
maximum should be considered a worst case. Provision for such an event is already
included through consideration of the possible occurrence of a local Paung Laung Fault
earthquake of magnitude 5.5 at 6 km from the dam site.

7 Guidelines for the selection of the Seismic Design Parameters

7.1 Selection of the Maximum Credible Earthquake

The median value of the Maximum Credible Earthquake (MCE) acceleration is 0.15 g
and the controlling event would be an earthquake of magnitude Mw = 8.1 along the
Sagaing Fault, at 45 km to the south of the Upper Paung Laung dam site. However, in
view of the large uncertainties inherent to attenuation relationships, it is a common
practice for safety purpose to take for the MCE the peak ground acceleration at one
standard deviation above the median (in a lognormal distribution, this corresponds to
the 84th-percentile). The standard deviation σlnPGA is 0.52 for the Boore et al relation-

April 2005
DHP – Upper Paunglaung Hydropower Project
Preliminary Basic Feasibility Report – Attachment No.1: Seismic Hazard Study 24

ship and 0.44 for the Campbell’s relationship (see appendix 1b). The former value will
be selected, and the 84th-percentile peak ground acceleration (PGA84) is calculated in
the following way:

ln PGA84 = ln PGA50+σlnPGA = ln 0.15+0.52 = - 1.38, and PGA84 = e-1.38 = 0.25 g

Following this well established and conservative practice, the acceleration value rec-
ommended for the Maximum Credible Earthquake (MCE) is:

MCE = 0.25 g

The controlling event would be an earthquake of magnitude Mw = 8.1 along the Sa-
gaing Fault, having a recurrence interval comprised between 870 and 1500 years (ta-
ble 4).

7.2 Selection of the Operating Basis Earthquake

The extra-conservatism introduced in the selection of the MCE is not justified for the
selection of the OBE, which is a non-safety related parameter. Since the determination
of the OBE already includes some conservative steps (see section 5), there is no rea-
son to further increase its value. The acceleration value recommended for the Operat-
ing Basis Earthquake (OBE) is:

OBE = 0.12 g

with a probability of exceedence of 10% in 50 years.

7.3 Seismic coefficient for Pseudo-Static Stability Analysis

In spite of the high seismic activity of Myanmar, and of the high level of conservatism
attached to the delineation of the seismic sources and to the assignment of their maxi-
mum magnitude (Mw > 6.5 for all but one source), the MCE can be regarded as quite
low. This is due to the favourable location of the dam site at some distance from the
major seismic sources.

In principle any well designed dam of all types can resist the effects of such a level of
MCE without detrimental effects.

In order to evaluate the stability of the dam subjected to earthquake load, it has been
often considered sufficient to carry out a pseudo-static or “seismic coefficient” analysis.

Such procedure uses ratios of assumed accelerations of the structure to the accelera-
tion of gravity to define the horizontal inertial force acting on the dam (seismic coeffi-
cient). In United States, for example, most regulatory agencies accept this procedure
for the seismic safety evaluation, both at feasibility and design stages, of concrete
gravity structures or well-compacted embankments with dense foundation soils in ar-
eas of low or moderate seismic activity. The selection of the seismic coefficient is made
by consideration of the seismic zone (according to the definitions of the Uniform Build-
ing Code [UBC]) in which the dam site is located.

April 2005
DHP – Upper Paunglaung Hydropower Project
Preliminary Basic Feasibility Report – Attachment No.1: Seismic Hazard Study 25

In the UBC, seismicity has been treated by designating areas with different seismic
zones. The areas with highest seismicity are designated Seismic Zone 4, while the ar-
eas of lowest seismicity are designated Seismic Zone 0. The zones are each assigned
a Seismic Zone Factor (SZF) , with Zone 4 being assigned a SZF factor of 0.4 and
Zone 0 being assigned a SZF of 0. The SZF factor can approximately be taken as the
effective zero period ground acceleration (in g’s) on soft rock that has a 10% probability
of exceedence in 50 years. In turn, the effective acceleration has be shown to be equal
or lower than the peak ground acceleration in the spectral range 0.1 to 0.5 second. In
the UBC, the seismic design ground motions for a given site are a function of the Z fac-
tor, the site soil conditions, and in Seismic Zone 4, the relative location of the site to
known active fault source zones.

Seismic Zone Seismic Zone Factor (SZF)

≈ or < Peak Ground Acceleration
0 0
1 0.1
2a 0.15
2b 0.2
3 0.3
4 0.4

Table 8 - Seismic Zones and Seismic Zone Factor in the Uniform Building
Code.

The values of the seismic coefficient recommended as minimum values by most regu-
latory agencies in the United States are as follows :

Seismic Zone Recommended minimum value of

seismic coefficient (dimensionless)
0 0
1 0.05
2a 0.10
2b 0.10
3 0.15
4 0.15 - 0.20

Table 9 - Seismic Zones and Recommended Seismic Coefficient.

At the Upper Paung Laung dam site, the acceleration with 10% probability of ex-
ceedence in 50 years is 0.12 g, and has been taken as OBE acceleration. This would
place the dam site in Seismic Zone 1.

For Zone 1, the recommended minimum value of the seismic coefficient is equal to
0.05 time the weight of the structure. While this minimum value appears appropriate for
pseudo-static analysis under the OBE load case, a more conservative approach may
be recommendable where the design is governed by safety considerations, as for in-
stance selecting a seismic coefficient in the range between 0.06 and 0.08, or 0.09 as a
conservative maximum.

April 2005
DHP – Upper Paunglaung Hydropower Project
Preliminary Basic Feasibility Report – Attachment No.1: Seismic Hazard Study 26

7.4 Recommendations for Dynamic Response Analysis

At a latter stage of the project, it will be highly advisable to carry out a full dynamic re-
sponse analysis using response spectrum methods.

State-of-the-Art stability evaluation of complex structures subjected to earthquake

ground motion is accomplished through multimodal response analysis in the frequency
or time domain. Such analysis cannot be performed by using single ground motion de-
scriptors, as for instance the peak acceleration. For structures whose transient defor-
mations are expected to remain in the elastic range, as concrete dams, the most fa-
voured method is response analysis in the frequency domain using an acceleration re-
sponse spectrum as ground motion input. While the peak acceleration corresponds to
the maximum response at very short period (“0 period”), the response spectrum pro-
vides acceleration values for a large set of periods.

Until the beginning of the eighties, and based on the observation that the response
spectrum scales approximately with the peak acceleration, the common practice in the
earthquake engineering community was to use normalized spectral shapes. These had
been obtained by averaging the response spectra of several earthquakes recorded un-
der similar conditions after proper normalization at 1 g peak acceleration. Normalized
spectra were available for a set of damping ratios, for horizontal and vertical compo-
nents, for different foundation conditions and for two levels of exceedence probability
(50 % and 16 %). For a given project site, design spectra were then derived by multi-
plying the design peak ground acceleration by the ordinates of the normalized spectra
best matching the foundation conditions of the site.

Then, with the rapid growth of the strong motion record database, it became apparent
than the spectral shape, the “frequency content”, was also dependent on the magni-
tude of the earthquake and on the distance to the recording station.

At present it is a well established practice to express this dependence in the same way
as the peak ground acceleration, i.e. by the mean of empirical attenuation relationships
obtained by regression analysis on magnitude and distance, with the spectral accelera-
tion at a given period as dependent variable. The parameters of the regression vary
from period to period, i.e. there is a distinct attenuation relationship for each separate
period.

In addition to attenuation relationships for peak ground acceleration (PGA), Campbell

(1997) and Boore et al (1997) present also equations for the spectral ordinates at sev-
eral periods, using the same sets of data records as for the PGA. The resulting spectra
(for 50th and 84th percentile) are plotted on figure 5a for the Upper Paung Laung MCE
earthquake, i.e. magnitude = 8.1 and distance = 45 km, and on figure 5b for the OBE
earthquake, i.e. magnitude = 7.6 and distance 45 km.

The curves are for rock foundation conditions, horizontal component, strike-slip faulting
environment, and for 5 % damping ratio.

April 2005
DHP – Upper Paunglaung Hydropower Project
Preliminary Basic Feasibility Report – Attachment No.1: Seismic Hazard Study 27

Figure 5a - Pseudo-absolute horizontal acceleration response spectra for MCE earth-

quake and rock foundation conditions

The spectral curves from Seed et al (1976), are also given for reference and compari-
son purpose. This is an example of fixed-shaped, non-magnitude and non-distance de-
pendent, normalized spectral curve, which has been widely used until recently. For
plotting, the curves have been scaled by using the average PGA-value of the Camp-
bell’s and Boore et al relationships. Although given as non-magnitude dependent, the
curve is mostly derived from data in the 5.5 ≤ M < 7 magnitude range.

Differences between the two 1997 empirical curves appear rather significant and are
likely to arise from differences in regression models rather than from the data, since the
three studies use essentially the same data base.

Which one is the best is not easy to decide. We recommend considering an average of
the Campbell’s and Boore et al curves

April 2005
DHP – Upper Paunglaung Hydropower Project
Preliminary Basic Feasibility Report – Attachment No.1: Seismic Hazard Study 28

Figure 5b - Pseudo-absolute horizontal acceleration response spectra for OBE earth-

quake and rock foundation conditions

Following a well established practice, it is recommended to select the 84th percentile

curve, for the MCE earthquakes (fig. 5a) which corresponds to the median + one stan-
dard deviation of the empirical relationship. The median 50th percentile curves of fig. 5b
can be selected for the OBE.

The complete equations, quite complicated and involving several large tables of pa-
rameters (one set for each spectral period), are not reproduced here. We recommend
obtaining a copy of the original papers.

April 2005
DHP – Upper Paunglaung Hydropower Project
Preliminary Basic Feasibility Report – Attachment No.1: Seismic Hazard Study 29

8 FIGURES

Figure 1 - Structural Map of Myanmar and Surrounding Region (from Le Dain et al., 1984,
modified)

Figure 2 - Seismotectonic Map of Myanmar

Figure 3 – see page 7

Figure 4 – see page 12

Figure 5a – see page 27

Figure 5b – see page 28

Figure 6 – Fault and fold map of part of Myanmar

Figure 7 - Earthquake Epicenters in the UPL Dam site region (1900 – 2004)

Figure 8 – The Paung Fault at its closest approach to the UPL Dam site region

Figure 9 – Contributive faults to the seismic hazard at the UPL Dam site.

April 2005
DHP – Upper Paunglaung Hydropower Project
Preliminary Basic Feasibility Report – Attachment No.1: Seismic Hazard Study 30

Figure 1 - Structural Map of Myanmar and Surrounding Region

(from Le Dain et al., 1984, modified)

April 2005
DHP – Upper Paunglaung Hydropower Project
Preliminary Basic Feasibility Report – Attachment No.1: Seismic Hazard Study 31

Figure 2 - Seismotectonic Map of Myanmar

Background map and geological legend : figure 1.

Earthquake epicenters : The different symbols refer to different focal depth ranges : open circles = “shallow”
earthquakes from 0 to 33 km, open squares = “intermediate” earthquakes from 34 to 79 km, open triangles =
“deep” earthquakes ≥ 80 km. The different symbol sizes refer to the following magnitude ranges, from small to
large : 4.0 - 4.9, 5.0 - 5.9, 6.0 - 6.9 and ≥ 7.0. Large crossed open circles = earthquakes M ≥ 7.0 in the period
1900 - 1962

April 2005
DHP – Upper Paunglaung Hydropower Project
Preliminary Basic Feasibility Report – Attachment No.1: Seismic Hazard Study 32

Figure 6 – Fault and fold map of part of Myanmar

Excerpt from figure 1 of Le Dain et al (1984).

“Bold lines are major active faults; thin lines, less important faults; dashed lines, ancient or inferred faults”

April 2005
DHP – Upper Paunglaung Hydropower Project
Preliminary Basic Feasibility Report – Attachment No.1: Seismic Hazard Study 33

Fig. 7 – Earthquake Epicenters in the UPL Dam Site Region (1900-2004)

April 2005
DHP – Upper Paunglaung Hydropower Project
Preliminary Basic Feasibility Report – Attachment No.1: Seismic Hazard Study 34

Fig. 8 – The Paung Fault at its Closest Approach to the UPL Dam Site Region

April 2005
DHP – Upper Paunglaung Hydropower Project
Preliminary Basic Feasibility Report – Attachment No.1: Seismic Hazard Study 35

Fig.9 - Contributive Faults to the Seismic Hazard at the UPL Dam Site

April 2005
DHP – Upper Paunglaung Hydropower Project
Preliminary Basic Feasibility Report – Attachment No.1: Seismic Hazard Study 36

9 List of References
Abrahamson N.A and Silva W.J. (1997) “Empirical Response Spectral Attenuation Re-
lations for Shallow Crustal Earthquakes”, Seismological Research Letters, vol.68, no.1,
pp.94-127

Aki K. (1966) "Generation and Propagation of G-Waves from the Niigata Earthquake of
June 16, 1964, 2, Estimation of Earthquake Moment, Released Energy, and Stress-
Strain Drop from the G-Wave Spectrum" Bull. Earthq. Res. Inst. Tokyo, 44, pp. 73-88

Allen C.R. (1982) “Reservoir-Induced earthquakes and engineering policy” California

Geology, vol. 35,No. 11.

Baecher G.B. and Keeney R.L. (1982) “Statistical examination of reservoir-induced

seismicity” Bulletin of the Seismological Society of America, vol. 72, No. 2, pp. 553-
559.

Bender F. (1983) "Geology of Burma" in : Bornträger G. (ed.), Beiträge zur regionalen

Geologie der Erde, Berlin, Stuttgart, 293 p.

Bertrand G. et al. (1998) "The Singu basalts (Burma) : new Constraints for the Amount
of Recent Offset on the Sagaing Fault" Earth & Planet. Sci., vol. 327, pp. 479-484

Bertrand G. et al (1999) “Cenozoic metamorphism along the Shan scarp (Myanmar) :

evidences for ductile shear along the Sagaing Fault or the northward migration of the
eastern Himalayan syntaxis ?” Geophysical Research Letters, vol. 26, N° 7, pp. 915-
918

Boore D.M. et al (1997) "Equations for Estimating Horizontal Response Spectra and
Peak Acceleration from Western North American Earthquakes : A Summary of Recent
Work” Seismological Research Letters, vol.68, no.1, pp.128-153

Chamot-Rooke N. et al. (submitted in 1998 to Geophys. J. Int.) "Sundaland Motion in a

Global Reference Frame Detected from Geodyssea GPS measurement. Part 1: Impli-
cations for Subduction Motion along Java, Sumatra and Burma Trenches"

Chen W.-P. and Molnar P. (1977) "Seismic Moments of Major Earthquakes and the
rate of Slip in Central Asia" J. Geoph. Res., vol. 82, pp. 2945-2969

Chen W.-P. and Molnar P. (1990) "Source Parameters of Earthquakes and Intraplate
Deformation Beneath the Shillong Plateau and the Northern Indoburman Ranges" J.
Geoph. Res., vol. 95, N° B8, pp. 12527-12552

Cornell C.A. (1968) “Engineering Seismic Risk Analysis”, Bull. Seism. Soc. of Am., Vol.
58, N° 5, pp. 1583-1606.

Cornell C.A. and Winterstein S.R. (1988) “Temporal and Magnitude Dependence in
Earthquake Recurrence Models”, Bull. Seism. Soc. of Am., vol. 28, N°4, pp. 1522-1537
Curray J.R. et al. (1979) "Tectonics of the Andaman Sea and Burma" Am. Assoc. Pet.
Geol., Mem., vol. 29, pp. 189-198

Esteva L. and Villaverde R. (1973) “Seismic Risk, Design Spectra, and Structural Reli-
ability”, Proceedings 5th World Conf. Earthq. Engin., vol. 2, pp.2586-2597, Rome.

April 2005
DHP – Upper Paunglaung Hydropower Project
Preliminary Basic Feasibility Report – Attachment No.1: Seismic Hazard Study 37

Gupta H.K. (1985) “The present status of reservoir induced seismicity investigations
with special emphasis on Koyna earthquakes” Tectonophysics, vol. 118, pp 257-279.

Gupta H.K. (1990) “Worldwide status of Reservoir Induced Seismicity”, Geol. Beitr.
Geophysik, Leipzig

Gupta H.K. (1992) “Reservoir Induced Earthquakes” Elsevier, Amsterdam

Hamilton W. (1979) "Tectonics of the Indonesian Region", U.S.G.S. Profes. Pap. 1078

Hanks T.C. and Kanamori H. (1979) "A Moment Magnitude Scale" J. Geoph. Res., vol.
84, pp. 2348-2350

Holt W.E. et al. (1991) "The Active Tectonics of the Eastern Himalayan Syntaxis and
Surrounding Regions" J. Geoph. Res., vol. 96, N° B9, pp. 14595-14632

Kumar M.R. and Rao N.P. (1995) "Significant Trends Related to the Slab seismicity
and Tectonics in the Burmese Arc Region from Harvard CMT Solutions" Phys. Earth
Planet. Int., vol. 90, PP. 75-80

Lacassin R. et al (1997) “Tertiary diachronic extrusion and deformation of western In-

dochina : Structural and 40Ar/39Ar evidence from NW Thailand”, J. Geoph. Res., vol.
102, N° B5, pp. 10,013-10,037

Le Dain A.Y. et al. (1984) "Active Faulting and Tectonics of Burma and Surrounding
Regions" J. Geoph. Res., vol. 89, N° B1, pp. 473-479

Meade R.M. (1982) “Reservoir-induced macroearthquakes : a reassessment”

Mitchell A.H.G (1993) “Cretaceous-Cenozoic tectonic events in the western Myanmar

(Burma)- Assam region” Journal of the Geological Society, London, vol. 150, pp. 1089-
1102

Mukhopadhyay M. (1984) "Seismotectonics of Subduction and Back-Arc Rifting under

the Andaman Sea" Tectonophysics, vol. 108, pp. 229-239

Mukhopadhyay M. and Dasgupta S. (1988) "Deep Structure and Tectonics of the Bur-
mese Arc : Constraints from Earthquakes and Gravity Data" Tectonophysics, vol. 149,
pp. 299-322

Ni J.F. et al. (1989) "Accretionary tectonics of Burma and the Three-Dimensional Ge-
ometry of the Burma Subduction Zone" Geology, vol. 17, PP 68-71

Norwegian Geotechnical Institute (NGI) (1981), “Paunglaung Hydropower Project. As-

sessment of Design Basis Ground Motion Characteristics for Paunglaung Dam”

Pacheco J.F. and Sykes L.R. (1992) "Seismic Moment Catalog of Large Shallow Earth-
quakes, 1900 to 1989" Bull. Seism. Soc. of Am., vol. 82, N° 3, pp. 1306-1349

Richter C.F. (1958) "Elementary Seismology" W.H. Freeman, San Francisco, Calif.

April 2005
DHP – Upper Paunglaung Hydropower Project
Preliminary Basic Feasibility Report – Attachment No.1: Seismic Hazard Study 38

Seed H.B. et al (1976) “Site-Dependent Spectra for Earthquake resistant Design”, Bull.
Seism. Soc. of Am., vol. 66, N° 1, pp. 221-243

Seed H.B. (1982) "The Selection of design Earthquakes for Critical Structures" Bull.
Soc. Seism. of Am., vol. 72, N° 6, pp. S7-S12

Triep E.G. and Sykes L.R. (1997) "Frequency of Occurrence of Moderate to Great
Earthquakes in Intracontinental Regions : Implications for Changes in Stress, Earth-
quake Prediction, and Hazards Assessments" J. Geoph. Res., vol. 102, N° B5, pp.
9923-9948

USGS Auburn Project Review Team (1996) “Review of seismic-hazard issues associ-
ated with the Auburn Dam project, Sierra Nevada foothills, California”. Preliminary U.S.
Geological Survey Open File Report 96-0011.

Vladut T. (1993) “Environmental aspects of reservoir induced seismicity” Water Power

& Dam Construction, May, p. 29

Wang E. and Chu J.J. (1988) "Collision Tectonics in the Cenozoic Orogenic Zone Bor-
dering China, India and Burma" Tectonophysics, vol. 147, pp. 71-84

Wells D.L. and Coppersmith K.J. (1994) "New Empirical Relationships among Magni-
tude, Rupture Length, Rupture Width, Rupture Area, and Surface Displacement" Bull.
Seism. Soc. of Am., vol. 84, pp. 974-1002

Wesnousky S.G. (1994) "The Gutenberg-Richter of Characteristic Earthquake Distribu-

tion, Which Is It ?" Bull. Seism. Soc. of Am., vol. 84, N° 6, pp. 1940-1959

Woodward-Clyde Consultants (1977) “Auburn Dam Study”

Yamazumi A. (1996) “Influence of the Hyogoken-Nanbu Earthquake on Japanese

Dams”, Felsbau 14, N° 5.

April 2005
DHP – Upper Paunglaung Hydropower Project
Preliminary Basic Feasibility Report – Attachment No.1: Seismic Hazard Study 39

10 APPENDIX

10.1 Appendix 1a - Relationship Magnitude - Fault Rupture Length

M = 5.16 + 1.12 log (SRL)

with :
M = Moment magnitude Mw
SRL = Surface rupture length in km for strike-slip fault
Standard deviation : 0.28
Correlation coefficient : 0.91
Magnitude range : 5.6 to 8.1
Length/Width range (km) : 1.3 to 432

From Wells D.L. and Coppersmith K.J. (1994) see List of References

10.2 Appendix 1b - Relationship Magnitude - Maximum Fault Displacement

log (MD) = -7.03 + 1.03 M

with :
M = Moment magnitude Mw
MD = Maximum displacement in m for strike-slip fault
Standard deviation : 0.34
Correlation coefficient : 0.90
Magnitude range : 5.6 to 8.1
Displacement range (km) : 0.01 to 14.6

From Wells D.L. and Coppersmith K.J. (1994) see List of References

10.3 Appendix 1c - Seismic Moment relationships

The Seismic Moment of an earthquake has been defined by Aki (1966) as

Mο = μ × L × l × d

with :
Mο = Seismic Moment in Newton.meters (Nm)
μ = Rigidity Modulus in Newton per square meter (N/m2) = 5 × 1010, a value commonly
adopted for shallow earthquake
L = Length of the fault rupture in m
l = Width of the fault rupture in m, taken equal to 20 000 in this study, a common value for
the maximum depth of the seismically active portion of most strike-slip fault
d = Average Fault Displacement in m

April 2005
DHP – Upper Paunglaung Hydropower Project
Preliminary Basic Feasibility Report – Attachment No.1: Seismic Hazard Study 40

The relationship between Moment magnitude Mw and Seismic Moment is, according to
Hank and Kanamori (1979) :

log (Mο) = 1.5 × Mw + 9.1

Heaton et al (1982) presents relationships between Moment Magnitude Mw and differ-

ent magnitude scales.

10.4 Appendix 1d - Attenuation relationships

RELATIONSHIP : Youngs et al, 1997, for subduction zones

EQUATION :

ln(PGA) = A +B×M +C×ln(R+D×eE×M)+F×H+G×Z

where : PGA : Peak ground acceleration in g (g=9.81 m/s²)

M : Moment Magnitude Mw
R : Closest distance to rupture (km)
H : Depth (km)
Z : source type, 0 for interface and 1 for intraslab.

Coefficients A, B, C, D, E, F and G are dependent on foundation conditions (rock or soil) :

Coefficient For Rock For Soil

A 0.2418 -0.6687
B 1.414 1.438
C -2.552 -2.329
D 1.781 1.097
E 0.554 0.617
F 0.00607 0.00648
G 0.3846 0.3643

STANDARD DEVIATION :

σlnPGA = 1.45-0.1×M for M ≤ 8 and 1.45-0.1×8 for M > 8.

STRONG-MOTION COMPONENT : not mentioned

APPLICABILITY : Magnitude ≥ 5, distance 10 to 500 km, subduction zones at shallow

and intermediate depths, rock and soil foundation.

DATA ORIGIN : Earthquake strong-motion records from Alaska, NW United States

(Cascadia), Chile, Japan, Mexico, Peru, Solomon Islands.

REFERENCE : Youngs R.R. et al (1997) «Strong Ground Motion Attenuation Relation-

ships for Subduction Zone Earthquakes” Seismological Research Letters, vol.68, no.1,
pp.58-73

April 2005
DHP – Upper Paunglaung Hydropower Project
Preliminary Basic Feasibility Report – Attachment No.1: Seismic Hazard Study 41

10.5 RELATIONSHIP : Campbell, 1997

EQUATION :

ln(AH) = - 3.512 + 0.904×M

- 1.328×ln(R2 +[0.149×exp(0.647×M)]2)0.5
+ [1.125-0.112×lnR-0.0957×M] ×F
+ [0.440-0.171×lnR] ×SSR
+ [0.405-0.222×lnR] ×SHR

ln(AV) = ln(AH) – 1.58 – 0.10×M

- 1.5×ln[R+0.079×exp(0.661×M)]
+ 1.89×ln[R+0.361×exp(0.576×M)] – 0.11×F

where : AH, AV : Peak horizontal resp. vertical ground acceleration in g (g=981

cm/s²)
M : Moment Magnitude Mw
R : is the shortest distance between the site and the presumed zone of seis-
mogenic rupture (km).
SSR, SHR : index variables defining local site conditions, where SSR = SHR = 0
for alluvium or firm soil; SSR = 1 and SHR = 0 for soft rock; and SSR = 0 and SHR = 1 for
hard rock [soft rock is defined as primarily Tertiary sedimentary deposits and soft volcanic deposits
(e.g., ash deposits). Hard rock is defined as primarily Cretaceous and older sedimentary deposits,
metamorphic rock, crystalline rock, and hard volcanic deposits (e.g., basalt)].
F : style of faulting. F = 0 for strike-slip faulting, F = 0.5 for normal faulting
and F = 1 fort reverse, thrust, reverse-oblique, and thrust-oblique faulting.

STANDARD DEVIATION :

σ : standard error of estimate of ln(AH)

σ = 0.55 when AH < 0.068g
σ = 0.173 – 0.140×ln(AH) when 0.068 g ≤ AH ≤ 0.21g
σ = 0.39 when AH > 0.21g

STRONG-MOTION COMPONENTS : mean of horizontal components; vertical compo-

nent.

APPLICABILITY : Magnitude in the range 4.7-8.0 (horizontal) and 4.7-8.1 (vertical),

distance in the range 3 to 60 km.

DATA ORIGIN : Worldwide active tectonics regions, mostly from California.

REFERENCE : Campbell K.W. (1997) “Empirical Near-Source Attenuation Relationships for Hori-
zontal and Vertical Components of Peak Ground Acceleration, Peak Ground Velocity, and Pseudo-
Absolute Acceleration Response Spectra” Seismological Research Letters, vol.68, no.1, pp.128-
153

April 2005
DHP – Upper Paunglaung Hydropower Project
Preliminary Basic Feasibility Report – Attachment No.1: Seismic Hazard Study 42

10.6 RELATIONSHIP : Boore et al, 1997, for Western North America

EQUATION :

ln(PGA) = A +0.527× (M-6)-0.778×lnR-0.371×ln(Vs/1396)

where : PGA : Peak ground acceleration in g (g=981 m/s²)

M : Moment Magnitude Mw
R : (rjb2 + 5.572)0.5 where rjb is the closest distance to the surface projection
of the fault rupture (km).
Vs : Shear-Wave Velocity in m/s of the subsoil material averaged over the
upper 30 m. If such data is not available, can be taken as 620 m/s for rock
and 310 m/s for soil.

STANDARD DEVIATION :

σlnPGA = 0.520

STRONG-MOTION COMPONENT : random horizontal component

APPLICABILITY : Magnitude in the range 5.5 to 7.5, distance no greater than 80 km,
rock and soil foundation, region of active tectonics dominated by large strike-slip fault
(California, Philippines, etc.)

DATA ORIGIN : Exclusively NW United States

REFERENCE : Boore D.M. et al (1997) ”Equations for Estimating Horizontal Response

Spectra and Peak Acceleration from Western North American Earthquakes : A Sum-
mary of Recent Work ” Seismological Research Letters, vol.68, no.1, pp.128-15

April 2005
 Customer The Republic of the Union of Myanmar
Ministry of Electric Power
Department of Hydropower Implementation

Project name Upper Paunglaung Hydropower

Project
Document title Completion Report
Project chapter 2.6 Geotechnics

February 2015
 UNION OF MYANMAR
MINISTRY OF ELECTRIC POWER
DEPARTMENT OF HYDROELECTRIC POWER

UPPER PAUNGLAUNG
HYDROPOWER PROJECT

MISSION REPORT OF H.R.FREI

GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEER (CPE)

REPORT NO. UPL-00-FRH/MAY 06

20/04/06 – 05/05/06

MAY 2006
 Upper Paunglaung Hydropower Project 1
Mission Report of H.R.Frei 20.04.2006-05.05.2006

TABLE OF CONTENTS

1 PROGRAM............................................................................................................... 2
2 APPENDICES .......................................................................................................... 2
3 GENERAL................................................................................................................ 3
4 SITE VISIT TO UPPER PAUNGLAUNG, 25.-28.04.06 ............................................ 3
4.1 MEETINGS WITH DHP ON 25. AND 26.04.06 AT PL GUEST HOUSE ............ 3
4.2 SITE VISIT UPL ON 26.04.06 ........................................................................... 3
4.3 MEETING WITH DHP ON 27.04.06 AT MINISTRY OF ELECTRIC POWER .... 4
5 INVESTIGATIONS ................................................................................................... 4
5.1 GENERAL......................................................................................................... 4
5.2 DAM …………………………………………………………………………………….5
5.3 QUARRY .......................................................................................................... 5
6 DESIGN ISSUES...................................................................................................... 5
6.1 DIVERSION TUNNEL ....................................................................................... 5
6.1.1 Rock Support of Outlet Portal................................................................... 5
6.1.2 Inlet Portal Area ....................................................................................... 6
6.2 DAM FOUNDATION LEFT ABUTMENT ........................................................... 6
7 RECOMMENDATIONS ............................................................................................ 6

D:\Daten\Projects\Upper Paunglaung\Reports\Site-Visit April-May 06\Site-Visit April-May 06.doc May 2006

 Upper Paunglaung Hydropower Project 2
Mission Report of H.R.Frei 20.04.2006-05.05.2006

1 PROGRAM
20/04/06 Flight Zürich - Bangkok
21/04/06 Flight Bangkok – Yangon, meeting with resident Engineer M.Buchli
22/04/06 Flight Yangon – Mandalay, coordination meeting with Ch.Rohrer
23/04/06 Office work in Mandalay (Sunday, half day)
24/04/06 Site visit Yeywa – Coordination meeting with project manager
25/04/06 Transfer from Mandalay to Paunglaung, meeting
26/04/06 Transfer from Paunglaung to Upper Paunglaung, site visit
27/04/06 Transfer from Upper Paunglaung to Paunglaung, meeting with DHP, office
work (site instruction)
28/04/06 Transfer from Upper Paunglaung to Mandalay
29/04/06 Office work in Mandalay (UPL)
30/04/06 Sunday
01/05/06 Office work in Mandalay (Mission Report UPL)
02/05/06 Site Visit Yeywa
03/05/06 Office work in Mandalay (Site Visit Report Yeywa)
04/05/06 Office work in Mandalay
05/05/06 Departure Mandalay -Yangon - Bangkok

2 APPENDICES
1 Site Instruction dated 27/04/06 including:
Annex 1: Location of Boreholes
Annex 2: Sketch SK.CPEB.02.121/1/27.04.06

2 Sketch SK.CPEB.02.012/1/1.5.06: Diversion Tunnel – Inlet

Excavation – Longitudinal Section 1:200

3 Sketch SK.CPEB.02.012/2/1.5.06: Diversion Tunnel – Inlet

Excavation – U/S Portal Section A-A 1:100

D:\Daten\Projects\Upper Paunglaung\Reports\Site-Visit April-May 06\Site-Visit April-May 06.doc May 2006

 Upper Paunglaung Hydropower Project 3
Mission Report of H.R.Frei 20.04.2006-05.05.2006

3 GENERAL
The main purpose of the Mission was the temporary replacement of the resident engi-
neer M.Buchli during his absence, covering his site activities (Upper Paunglaung) and
planning activities (Mandalay). The base of the Mission was the CPE/DHP office in Man-
dalay, from where one site visits to the Upper Paunglaung construction site has been car-
ried out during the period. A second planned visit was cancelled due to heavy rainfalls
and potential access problems.

Additionally, two site visits to Yeywa construction site have been carried out. The present
report summarises the overall program as well as the activities for the Upper Paunglaung
project. A separate report has been made about some issues regarding the Yeywa pro-
ject.

4 SITE VISIT TO UPPER PAUNGLAUNG, 25.-28.04.06

4.1 MEETINGS WITH DHP ON 25. AND 26.04.06 AT PL GUEST HOUSE

Participants: DHP : U Myo Myint (DM) (meeting of 26.04.06)

U Myint Zaw (both meetings)
U Maung Win (both meetings)
U Aung Than Oo (both meetings)
U Kyaw Nyein (meeting of 26.04.06)
U Chit Toe (both meetings)
Colenco: H.R.Frei (both meetings)

During these meeting, Colenco was informed that the heavy equipment now is mainly
used to upgrade the access road to Upper Paunglaung and that also Nancho is a high
priority project. For these reasons, actually only minimum activities are maintained on the
UPL dam site. Nevertheless, a small mobile crusher as well as three small pumps have
been brought to the site in order to be able to start some shotcrete support works at the
diversion tunnel outlet portal below elevation 306.00 m a.s.l.

Furthermore, Colenco was informed by the Deputy Minister U Myo Myint that during the
rainy season only minor activities will be maintained on the UPL dam site and that par-
ticularly the diversion tunnel excavation will not be started during this period. Therefore,
only a very limited presence of the Colenco Resident Engineer is required on site during
that time.

4.2 SITE VISIT UPL ON 26.04.06

Participants: DHP : U Maung Win Dep.Dir.Constr.1 (part time)

U Kyaw Nyein Asst.Director (Geology)
U Chit Toe Asst.Director (Dam, Separation Wall)
Colenco: H.R.Frei Geotechnical Engineer

D:\Daten\Projects\Upper Paunglaung\Reports\Site-Visit April-May 06\Site-Visit April-May 06.doc May 2006

 Upper Paunglaung Hydropower Project 4
Mission Report of H.R.Frei 20.04.2006-05.05.2006

For the reasons mentioned above, virtually no progress was achieved since the last site
visit of M.Buchli.

The slope cut of the downstream DT tunnel outlet is now excavated down to elevation
298 m a.s.l., but the drainage trenches on the berms are not yet all excavated. Some
drilling works with jack-hammer on platform at elevation 306 m a.s.l. were being carried
out in order to install short anchors for the fixation of wiremesh.

On the left bank, investigation drilling BH32 on elevation 320 (dam axis) has been com-
pleted (metasandstone from 3-9 m depth and granite from 9-15 m) and the drilling rig will
be moved down to the toe of the dam on approximate elevation 330 m a.s.l.

In the quarry area, the drilling rig was still installed at BH31 (corner of the ridge), but no
drilling activities were going on. The granite was reportedly reached in 29 m depth and
the drilling rig will be moved to borehole BH 34 (see below). A further investigation walk-
ing tour starting from the upper bulldozer track branch revealed a granite outcrop and
granite blocks below drilling BH31 at approximate elevation 515 m a.s.l. However, the
tour could not be continued as intended in downhill direction because of heavy rain
showers in the afternoon (steep and slippery).

After the site visit, a “Site Instruction” regarding further investigation works and required
rock support measures in the outlet area has been handed over to U Kyaw Nyein in
Paunglaung (App.1 including Annexes 1 and 2).

4.3 MEETING WITH DHP ON 27.04.06 AT MINISTRY OF ELECTRIC POWER

Participants: DHP: U Myo Myint (DM)

U Win Kyaw (DG)
U Tin Aung
U Maung Win
U Kyaw Nyein
Colenco: A.Dredge
H.R.Frei

DHP was shortly informed about the findings of the site visit, the main purposes of the
meeting were, however, other issues related to Yeywa and Tamanthi projects.

5 INVESTIGATIONS

5.1 GENERAL

The following documents were received from DHP during the site visit in UPL:
• Updated list of borehole coordinates and elevations
• List of compressive strength results (10 dry condition plus 5 in wet condition)
• Results of geotechnical tests of three samples of residual soil taken in the test
trenches of the left abutment (identification, compaction, permeability, direct shear
tests)

D:\Daten\Projects\Upper Paunglaung\Reports\Site-Visit April-May 06\Site-Visit April-May 06.doc May 2006

 Upper Paunglaung Hydropower Project 5
Mission Report of H.R.Frei 20.04.2006-05.05.2006

• Borehole logs No. 29, 30 and 32

• Result of 1 Lugeon test carried out in borehole BH 32

The rock samples selected in January and March 2006 have not yet been tested. The
Lugeon test carried out in BH32, 10-15 m depth (granite) gave a value of 5 LU. The avail-
able rock compressive strength values are scattering from about 7-200 MPa, the absorp-
tion is below 2% (with one exception).

The residual soil (overburden) consists of clayey-silty gravel with a plasticity of 10-15%,
the permeability varies from 5 x 10-6 to 3 x 10-7 cm/s. Friction angles from 28-33° were
measured and cohesion values between 15 and 60 kPa.

5.2 DAM

The next investigation drilling in the dam foundation will be BH33, on elevation 330 m
a.s.l., at the downstream toe of the dam. The following hole shall be BH26, behind the
guest house, which shall be drilled without water.

In all boreholes of the dam foundation, waterpressure tests shall be carried out. If ground
water is encountered, piezometers shall be placed in order to monitor the ground water
table.

5.3 QUARRY

The three quarry boreholes BH 28, 29 and 31 along the bulldozer track around the ridge
(Annex 1) showed important overburden heights. The next borehole to be drilled in the
quarry area has been instructed at the end of the lower branch of the track at approxi-
mate elevation of 507 m a.s.l. This borehole lies between observed granite outcrops on
similar elevations.

6 DESIGN ISSUES

6.1 DIVERSION TUNNEL

6.1.1 Rock Support of Outlet Portal

The slope between the access road elevation 306 m a.s.l. and elevation 298 m a.s.l. is
now exposed. The main part of the portal face and the upstream part of the slope parallel
to the tunnel axis consists of heavily fractured rock. The rock quality is deemed to im-
prove by depth (as already visible at some locations) and the location of the tunnel portal
can hence be confirmed.

At least one unfavourable joint system regarding the tunnel slope could be identified. The
rock slopes shall therefore be systematically supported by shotcrete, welded steel fabric
and rock bolts as indicated in Annex 2 (7-10 cm shotcrete with wiremesh and 4-6 m long
grouted rock bolts). The uppermost bolt row shall have a smaller bolt spacing (1.50 m)

D:\Daten\Projects\Upper Paunglaung\Reports\Site-Visit April-May 06\Site-Visit April-May 06.doc May 2006

 Upper Paunglaung Hydropower Project 6
Mission Report of H.R.Frei 20.04.2006-05.05.2006

and longer rock bolts (6 m) in order to account for the heavy truck loads to be carried by
the access road on elevation 306 m a.s.l.

6.1.2 Inlet Portal Area

The inlet portal shall be kept as simple as possible, a transition is not considered required
downstream of the stoplogs. This reduces considerably the portal tunnel section, space
requirement for the inlet construction and reinforcement requirement in the first tunnel
stretch (the round shape is optimal to withstand possible high external water pressures
after placing of the stoplogs).

Drawing No. 65.3853.02.012, Rev.0, shall hence be revised according to the indications
given in the following sketches:

• SK.CPEB.02.012/1/01.05.06 (attached)
• SK.CPEB.02.012/2/01.05.06 (attached)
• SK.CPEB.56.000/9/01.11.05 (old sketch)
• SK.CPEB.56.000/10/01.11.05 (old sketch)
• SK.CPEB.56.000/11/01.11.05 (old sketch)
• SK.CPEB.56.000/12/01.11.05 (old sketch)

It shall be noted, that the old sketches still show the access road on elevation 308 m
a.s.l. instead of the new elevation 306 m a.s.l. according to drawing No. 65.3853.02.110,
Rev.0.

6.2 DAM FOUNDATION LEFT ABUTMENT

On the left abutment, possible bedding planes dipping 030/45 are prone to daylight in the
gully downstream of the dam. The orientation of the bedding planes and their mechanical
properties shall therefore carefully be investigated.

7 RECOMMENDATIONS
• Bush clearing shall be carried out at the location of the planned crushing plant
• All drainage trenches shall be completed on the berms of the downstream portal
area of the diversion tunnel
• Systematic rock slope support with shotcrete, wiremesh and grouted rockbolts
shall be carried out below elevation 306 m a.s.l. on the downstream portal face of
the diversion tunnel and on the upstream part of the rock slope parallel to the dam
axis (Jumbo and more powerful crushing and shotcrete equipment will be re-
quired).
• The requested survey works (sections) shall be carried out as soon as possible.
• Check measurement of all survey points shall be performed
• Test results of the core samples taken in January and March 2006 to be provided

Mandalay, 4.5.06 / Frh

D:\Daten\Projects\Upper Paunglaung\Reports\Site-Visit April-May 06\Site-Visit April-May 06.doc May 2006

 UNION OF MYANMAR
MINISTRY OF ELECTRIC POWER
DEPARTMENT OF HYDROELECTRIC POWER

UPPER PAUNGLAUNG
HYDROPOWER PROJECT

MISSION REPORT OF H.R.FREI

GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEER (CPE)

REPORT NO. UPL-00-FRH/SEPT 07

24/09/07 – 25/09/07

SEPTEMBER 2007

D:\Reports\UPL\UPL Doc\Reports\Site-Visit Sept 07_UPL.doc September 2007

 Upper Paunglaung Hydropower Project 1
Mission Report of H.R.Frei 24.09.-25.09.2007

1 PROGRAM
24/09/07 Transfer from Mandalay to Upper Paunglaung, site visit
25/09/07 Site meeting, transfer back to Mandalay
27/09/07 Report writing in Mandalay office
28/09/07 Flight Mandalay-Yangon-Bangkok

2 ANNEXES
1 SK.CPEB.02.032/1/26.09.07
Diversion Outlet – Additional Training Walls – Longitudinal Section

2 SK.CPEB.02.032/2/26.09.07
Diversion Outlet – Additional Training Walls – Cross Section

3 GENERAL
The main purpose of the short visit to the UPL site was the inspection of the diversion
tunnel works. The second main item which has been discussed concerned the revision of
the work schedule.

4 DIVERSION TUNNEL

GENERAL

Break through of the crown section has been celebrated in July 2007. Presently benching
of the lower part is ongoing and is scheduled to be terminated by beginning of November
2007.

INLET

The inlet excavation (Photo 1) is not yet terminated; the right side rock face of the up-
stream part has to be set back by about another 10 m. The berms have not been carried
out according to the drawings, e.g. the berm at elevation 296 m a.s.l. is completely miss-
ing. Rock bolts have been installed and a very thin layer of shotcrete applied partly. The
general stability conditions seem acceptable for a temporary structure, however, in the
lower part (below elevation 296 m a.s.l.) of both slopes, additional rock bolts and shot-
crete with welded steel fabric shall be applied upstream of the future inlet structure.

D:\Reports\UPL\UPL Doc\Reports\Site-Visit Sept 07_UPL.doc September 2007

 Upper Paunglaung Hydropower Project 2
Mission Report of H.R.Frei 24.09.-25.09.2007

Photo 1: Right Bank of Diversion Inlet Slope, looking upstream (24.09.07)

TUNNEL

The rock conditions in the tunnel are generally good and so far, only a minimum of rock
support has been applied (mainly some rock bolts in the crown), except in both portal ar-
eas, where steel ribs have been placed. However, the rock is mostly blocky and at some
locations, subvertical joints in unfavourable direction affect the stability of the rock wall
(Photo 2) and additional rock bolts have to be placed for safety reasons.

Photo 2: Diversion Tunnel - Subvertical Joints in downstream part (24.09.07)

Generally, and particularly in the downstream part, considerable overbreak occurred and
the lining concrete quantity is estimated to be about twice as large as the nominal one.

D:\Reports\UPL\UPL Doc\Reports\Site-Visit Sept 07_UPL.doc September 2007

 Upper Paunglaung Hydropower Project 3
Mission Report of H.R.Frei 24.09.-25.09.2007

OUTLET

So far, virtually no rock support has been applied in the slopes of the outlet channel.
About 10 m downstream of the portal, the rock of the right channel slope is heavily frac-
tured and unstable (Photo 3). It is therefore proposed to protect both channel slopes for a
length of 15 m by reinforced concrete walls connected to the already foreseen invert slab
(U-shape channel as shown in Annexes 1 and 2).

Photo 3: Right Bank of Diversion Outlet Slope, highly fractured zone (24.09.07)

Downstream of the concrete structure, the slopes below elevation 292 m a.s.l shall be
protected by rock bolts and shotcrete with welded steel fabric.

5 GENERAL WORK SCHEDULE FOR NEXT DRY SEASON

DIVERSION TUNNEL

The completion of the diversion tunnel including inlet and outlet structures by the end of
the coming dry season shall have first priority. The following main steps are foreseen
(see detailed program established by the CPE Site):

 Completion of excavation by begin of November 2007

 Inlet structure (first stage): Mid of November 2007 until end of January 2008
 Start of tunnel invert concrete placing beginning of November 2007
 Tunnel lining (Cifa formwork): Mid of December 2007 until mid of April 2008
 Outlet structure: End of January until mid of April 2008

D:\Reports\UPL\UPL Doc\Reports\Site-Visit Sept 07_UPL.doc September 2007

 Upper Paunglaung Hydropower Project 4
Mission Report of H.R.Frei 24.09.-25.09.2007

OTHER WORKS

As the general work schedule has been further squeezed (start of operation in 2010), the
following works shall also be carried out (see special CPE report):

 Excavation in riverbed area for Separation Wall, placing of levelling concrete (or
CVC) at least to protect the foundation (bottom outlet now moved to the adjacent
block on the right side)
 Excavation for dam and intake tower foundation near the riverbed area (benching
down from existing berm approx. 320 m a.s.l.)
 Left bank excavation of overburden material, starting from the top
 Closure of the river by placing of the upstream and downstream cofferdams

The works in the riverbed area shall be protected against dry season floods by small lon-
gitudinal embankments.

6 MISCELLANEOUS

 Crown filling grouting for the diversion tunnel shall be carried out systematically
on the whole tunnel length
 Any rock suitable for the cofferdam shall be stockpiled (particularly granite rock
from the intake tower and dam excavation)
 Design for the separation wall and intake towers (especially foundation) has to be
carried out as soon as possible

Mandalay, 27.09.07 / Frh

D:\Reports\UPL\UPL Doc\Reports\Site-Visit Sept 07_UPL.doc September 2007

 Upper Paunglaung Hydropower Project Annex 1
Mission Report of H.R.Frei 24.09.-25.09.2007

D:\Reports\UPL\UPL Doc\Reports\Site-Visit Sept 07_UPL.doc September 2007

 Upper Paunglaung Hydropower Project Annex 2
Mission Report of H.R.Frei 24.09.-25.09.2007

D:\Reports\UPL\UPL Doc\Reports\Site-Visit Sept 07_UPL.doc September 2007

 UNION OF MYANMAR
MINISTRY OF ELECTRIC POWER
DEPARTMENT OF HYDROELECTRIC POWER

UPPER PAUNGLAUNG
HYDROPOWER PROJECT

MISSION REPORT OF H.R.FREI

SENIOR GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEER (CPE)

REPORT NO. UPL-00-FRH/MAY 08

23/05/08 – 25/05/08

MAY 2008

D:\Report by FRH\Site-Visit_Frh_May 08_UPL.doc May 2008

 Upper Paunglaung Hydropower Project 1
Mission Report of H.R.Frei 23.05.-25.05.2008

1 PROGRAM
20/05/08 Flight Zurich-Bangkok
21/05/08 Flight Bangkok-Yangon-Mandalay
22/05/08 Site Visit Yeywa (see separate report)
23/05/08 Office work Mandalay, transfer to Naypyitaw, meeting DHP
24/09/07 Site Visit Upper Paunglaung
25/09/07 Office work at Paunglaung (data collection and reporting)

2 ANNEXES
1 Excavation Left Bank – Geological Formations on the Dam Footprint area as per
24.05.08
2 Preliminary Rock Mass Parameters

3 GENERAL
The main purpose of the short visit to the UPL site was the inspection of the left bank ex-
cavation and the preliminary definition of the rock mass parameters for the dam founda-
tion. Other items discussed concerned the Powerhouse relocation and tunnel lining
works.

Participants:

U Thaung Han Project Director, Con. 1, DHPI

U Kyaw Nyein Deputy Director, Geol. Branch, DHPI
U Nyein Chan AD 3, Con. 1 DHPI
U Nay Myo Aung AD, Mechenical, DHPI
U Maung Maung PD, HTCT

Stuart Cowie CPE Chief Resident Engineer

Christof Rohrer CPE Dam Design Engineer
Hans Rudolf Frei CPE Rock Mechanics Engineer
U Thein Han NEPS Chief Geologist

4 LEFT BANK EXCAVATION

The overburden material, including the highly and completely weathered rock, of the left
abutment (dam footprint area) has been excavated to a major content. Generally, the de-
sign excavation line (supposed to be located in slightly weathered material) has not yet

D:\Report by FRH\Site-Visit_Frh_May 08_UPL.doc May 2008

 Upper Paunglaung Hydropower Project 2
Mission Report of H.R.Frei 23.05.-25.05.2008

been reached, with exception of the area at elevation 315-320 (see sections prepared by
Ch. Rohrer). Above this elevation, the actual excavation line is still 5-10 m higher than
the design excavation line. So far, virtually no drill and blast excavation procedure has
been applied, with exception of the access berm at el. 315 and above el. 378 (= crest
elevation).

It appears that the excavation surface is not yet as even as required but shows rather a
stair-stepped shape. At the time of inspection, a substantial part of the excavation sur-
face area was covered by loose material or material washed in from the adjacent excava-
tion slopes (heavy rains reportedly have occurred some days before our site visit). Thus,
the rock mass was exposed mainly along the steep slopes and the subhorizontal parts
were rather covered (Photo 1).

Photo 1: Dam excavation left abutment, looking from top (24.05.08)

The best metasandstone rock quality was encountered along the ridge following the origi-
nal topography, i.e. coming from downstream above the crest level and joining the dam
axis somewhat further below, as shown in Annex 1. In this area, mostly slightly to moder-
ately weathered rock was encountered. However, U/S and D/S of this area, the rock
quality is rather moderately to highly weathered. This rock mass quality is less suitable,
as far as the dam footprint area is affected; in the U/S part because of the grouting and
drainage curtains, in the D/S part (which applies for the major stretch) because of the
highly stressed dam toe area. Therefore, the excavation shall be continued until the de-
sign level in the area between el. 320-378 (design excavation levels). After completion of
the excavation down to the design level, it will be possible to decide if a slight kink of the
dam axis in the uppermost area or a D/S enlargement of the abutment is required.

D:\Report by FRH\Site-Visit_Frh_May 08_UPL.doc May 2008

 Upper Paunglaung Hydropower Project 3
Mission Report of H.R.Frei 23.05.-25.05.2008

The granite-metasandstone contact was encountered at el. 315-320, where the excava-
tion has already reached the design level. The upstream part of the dam footprint is lo-
cated in slightly weathered granite, but the downstream part consists of moderately to
highly weathered metasandstone. It is assumed, that this relatively bad metasandstone
rock quality is related to the granite contact (roof shaped contact). The extent of the af-
fected area can not yet be estimated in detail, but probably an additional excavation
down to or near the contact will be required.

Below this area (design excavation level < 315), the dam footprint will mainly consist of
fresh to slightly weathered granite. In the U/S part, good granite rock is encountered 10-
24 m above the design excavation level. In the D/S part, the rock is not yet exposed, but
it is considerably lower and possibly partly in metasandstone. In this area, the former
contact granite-metasandstone is exposed as 10 m high subvertical granite cliff, about
parallel to the dam axis, located in the downstream part of the dam footprint (Photo 2).
This will hardly provide an adequate dam foundation shape and further more detailed
considerations are required to decide to which extent the granite block has to be re-
moved in order to achieve an acceptable dam footprint shape.

Photo 2: Granite cliff parallel to dam axis, former contact to metasandstone (24.05.08)

Conclusions regarding Left Bank Excavation:

• Start with drill and blast excavation at crest level, excavating according to the ex-
isting drawings down to approx. el. 320
• Excavation below el. 320 considering also the points mentioned above (weak me-
tasandstone in D/S area, acceptable dam foundation shape)

D:\Report by FRH\Site-Visit_Frh_May 08_UPL.doc May 2008

 Upper Paunglaung Hydropower Project 4
Mission Report of H.R.Frei 23.05.-25.05.2008

5 PRELIMINARY ROCK MASS PARAMETERS FOR DAM

FOUNDATION (LEFT BANK)
Estimated rock mass parameters had to be issued particularly to allow a first determina-
tion of the order of magnitude of differential settlements between the dam and the pow-
erhouse (penstock joint issue). It shall be noted, that the rock of a major part of the af-
fected foundations is not yet exposed and that these figures hence remain preliminary. It
is furthermore not yet fully clear, if the minor metasandstone quality encountered in the
D/S part of el. 315-320 is really due to the granite contact or due to surface weathering.

Rock mass parameters are provided for the following rock formations:

• Slightly weathered granite: Valid for the U/S part of the dam, considering also a
potentially weaker contact zone (to metasandstone), i.e. in the core of the intru-
sion really fresh rock with even higher parameters is possible

• Slightly weathered metasandstone, applicable mainly for the powerhouse and

possibly D/S dam toe area

• Moderately weathered metasandstone, applicable for a possibly 10 m wide con-

tact zone affected by thermal alteration

The Hoek-Brown method was applied, the results are presented in Annex 2. Generally
the mean values are assumed to be the most representative for a large foundation area,
whereas the low and high values may rather apply for smaller areas.

6 POWERHOUSE RELOCATION
Internal discussions were held regarding the location of the powerhouse and it has been
agreed that a relocation of the powerhouse parallel to the dam axis by 20 m towards the
right abutment would be beneficial and represent a reasonable compromise between the
PH excavation requirements on the left bank and the spillway confinement on the right
bank. However, such relocation would reasonably require slightly convergent spillway
side walls (angle 6-7°) in order to reduce the probability of right bank instabilities due to
the formation of a scour hole.

7 BATCHING PLANT PLATFORM

The fill extending the batching plant platform (el. 420) towards the gully is not well com-
pacted. Consequently erosion holes and cracks have been formed (Photo 3) which even-
tually may develop to a full sliding circle/plane, particularly during the rainy season. This
area is unstable and shall not be loaded by anything (no batching plant installations are
reportedly affecting this zone).

D:\Report by FRH\Site-Visit_Frh_May 08_UPL.doc May 2008

 Upper Paunglaung Hydropower Project 5
Mission Report of H.R.Frei 23.05.-25.05.2008

Photo 3: Fill adjacent to batching plant platform, showing cracks and erosion holes
(24.05.08)

8 MISCELLANEOUS

• About 40 m tunnel lining has been made (whole tunnel length 240 m). So far only
5 m long shuttering was used, concrete volume ~ 250 m / 5m tunnel length
• Crown filling grouting for the diversion tunnel shall be carried out systematically
on the whole tunnel length

Upper Paunglaung, 27.05.08 / Frh

D:\Report by FRH\Site-Visit_Frh_May 08_UPL.doc May 2008

 Upper Paunglaung Hydropower Project Annex 1
Mission Report of H.R.Frei 23.05.-25.05.2008

D:\Report by FRH\Site-Visit_Frh_May 08_UPL.doc May 2008

 Upper Paunglaung Hydropower Project Annex 2
Mission Report of H.R.Frei 24.09.-25.09.2007

Slightly Weathered Granite, Including Contact Zone to Metasandstone

Low Mean High
UCS, intact rock, σci MPa 45 50 55
Hoek-Brown constant mi 30 30 30
Geological strength index, GSI 60 65 70
Disturbance factor D 0.2 0.2 0.2
Max.minor principal stress σ3 max MPa 8 8 8
Friction angle, rock mass, phi ° 44 47 49
Cohesion, rock mass, MPa 2.7 3.0 3.3
UCS, rock mass (Mohr-Coulomb) MPa 12.7 15.2 17.7
Deformation mod. rock mass, GPa 10.7 15.1 21.1
Poisson’s ratio rock mass 0.23 0.20 0.17

Slightly Weathered Metasandstone

Low Mean High
UCS, intact rock, σci MPa 55 60 70
Hoek-Brown constant mi 20 20 20
Geological strength index, GSI 45 55 65
Disturbance factor D 0.2 0.2 0
Max.minor principal stress σ3 max MPa 8 8 8
Friction angle, rock mass, phi ° 38 42 46
Cohesion, rock mass, MPa 2.0 2.4 3.1
UCS, rock mass (Mohr-Coulomb) MPa 8.2 10.8 15.3
Deformation mod. rock mass, GPa 5.0 9.3 17.9
Poisson’s ratio rock mass 0.27 0.23 0.20

Moderately Weathered Metasandstone (including 10 m wide Contact to Granite)

Low Mean High
UCS, intact rock, σci MPa 20 30 40
Hoek-Brown constant mi 20 20 20
Geological strength index, GSI 30 40 45
Disturbance factor D 0 0 0
Max.minor principal stress σ3 max MPa 8 8 8
Friction angle, rock mass, phi ° 27 33 37
Cohesion, rock mass, MPa 1.2 1.7 2.0
UCS, rock mass (Mohr-Coulomb) MPa 3.9 6.3 8.0
Deformation mod. rock mass, GPa 1.4 3.1 4.7
Poisson’s ratio rock mass 0.32 0.30 0.27

D:\Report by FRH\Site-Visit_Frh_May 08_UPL.doc May 2008

 UNION OF MYANMAR
MINISTRY OF ELECTRIC POWER
DEPARTMENT OF HYDROELECTRIC POWER

UPPER PAUNGLAUNG
HYDROPOWER PROJECT

MISSION REPORT OF H.R.FREI

SENIOR GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEER (CPE)

REPORT NO. UPL-00-FRH/AUG 08

05/08/08 – 15/08/08

AUGUST 2008

D:\Daten\Projects\Upper Paunglaung\Reports\Site-Visit_08 Aug\Site-Visit_Frh_Aug 08_UPL.doc August 2008

 Upper Paunglaung Hydropower Project 1
Mission Report of H.R.Frei 05.08.-15.08.2008

TABLE OF CONTENTS

1 PROGRAM............................................................................................................... 2
2 ANNEXES ................................................................................................................ 2
3 GENERAL ................................................................................................................ 3
4 SITE VISITS ............................................................................................................. 3
4.1 ADDITIONAL INVESTIGATIONS ...................................................................... 3
4.2 TUNNEL LINING............................................................................................... 3
4.3 MSP QUARRY .................................................................................................. 4
5 COFFERDAM CONCEPT ........................................................................................ 4
5.1 INTRODUCTION............................................................................................... 4
5.2 BASIC DATA..................................................................................................... 5
5.3 COFFERDAM LAYOUT .................................................................................... 5
5.3.1 Upstream Cofferdam ................................................................................ 5
5.3.2 Downstream Cofferdam ........................................................................... 6
5.4 MAIN COFFERDAM CONSTRUCTION SEQUENCES ..................................... 6
5.4.1 General .................................................................................................... 6
5.4.2 Upstream Cofferdam ................................................................................ 6
5.4.3 Downstream Cofferdam ........................................................................... 7
5.4.4 Dewatering............................................................................................... 8
5.5 REQUIRED QUANTITIES OF EMBANKMENT MATERIAL............................... 8
5.6 COFFERDAM CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE.................................................. 8
6 POSSIBLE RELOCATION OF DAM AND POWERHOUSE AXES .......................... 8

D:\Daten\Projects\Upper Paunglaung\Reports\Site-Visit_08 Aug\Site-Visit_Frh_Aug 08_UPL.doc August 2008

 Upper Paunglaung Hydropower Project 2
Mission Report of H.R.Frei 05.08.-15.08.2008

1 PROGRAM
05/08/08 Flight Zurich-Bangkok
06/08/08 Flight Bangkok-Yangon-Mandalay
07/08/08 Office Mandalay, transfer to Mektila
08/08/08 Transfer to UPL, site visit UPL
09/08/08 Transfer to Paunglaung and further to Mandalay
10/08/08 Short site visit to Yeywa, office work in Mandalay
11/08/08 Study of UPL cofferdams
12/08/08 Preparation of Annexes and presentation, transfer to Mektila
13/08/08 Transfer to Nay Pyi Taw, transfer to UPL, site visit
14/08/08 Transfer to Paunglaung, meeting with DHPI, site visit report
15/08/08 Site visit report, flight to Yangon and Bangkok

2 ANNEXES
1 River Discharges
2 Tunnel Capacity and Tailwater Curves
3 U/S Cofferdam – Layout
4 U/S Cofferdam – Typical Section
5 U/S Cofferdam – Construction Phase 1: Precofferdam - Plan
6 U/S Cofferdam – Construction Phase 1: Precofferdam - Sections
7 U/S Cofferdam – Construction Phase 2: Upstream Blanket - Plan
8 U/S Cofferdam – Construction Phase 2: Upstream Blanket – Sections
9 U/S Cofferdam – Construction Phase 3: Working Platform - Plan
10 U/S Cofferdam – Construction Phase 3: Working Platform - Sections
11 U/S Cofferdam – Construction Phase 4: Cutoff Excavation and Fill - Plan
12 U/S Cofferdam – Construction Phase 4: Cutoff Excavation and Fill - Sections
13 U/S Cofferdam – Construction Phase 5: Compacted Cofferdam - Plan
14 U/S Cofferdam – Construction Phase 5: Compacted Cofferdam - Sections
15 D/S Cofferdam – Layout
16 D/S Cofferdam – Typical Sections
17 D/S Cofferdam – Construction Phase 1: Precofferdam / Working Platform - Plan
18 D/S Cofferdam – Construction Phase 1: Precofferdam / Working Platform - Sec-
tion
D/S Cofferdam – Construction Phase 2: Cutoff Excavation and Fill - Section
19 D/S Cofferdam – Construction Phase 2: Cutoff Excavation and Fill – Plan
20 D/S Cofferdam – Construction Phase 3: Compacted Embankment – Plan
21 D/S Cofferdam – Construction Phase 3: Compacted Embankment – Section
22 Cofferdams - Construction Schedule
23 Geology Left Abutment – Plan and Longitudinal Section
24 Geology Left Abutment – Cross Sections SB12 and PX1
25 Geology Left Abutment – Cross Sections SB9 and SB6
26 Geology Left Abutment – Cross Section SB3

D:\Daten\Projects\Upper Paunglaung\Reports\Site-Visit_08 Aug\Site-Visit_Frh_Aug 08_UPL.doc August 2008

 Upper Paunglaung Hydropower Project 3
Mission Report of H.R.Frei 05.08.-15.08.2008

3 GENERAL
The main purpose of the present mission was the development of the concept for the di-
version cofferdams. Two site visits were carried out (8./9. and 13./14.), staying overnight
in UPL both times. Other items discussed concerned the relocation of the powerhouse
and dam axis and tunnel lining works.

4 SITE VISITS

4.1 ADDITIONAL INVESTIGATIONS

No construction activities except tunnel lining and investigation drillings.

The additional drillhole ABH-13, located in the granite of the left abutment was com-
pleted. The drillhole, inclined 45° towards downstr eam, reached a depth of 50 m without
encountering the contact granite-metasandstone. The possible borehole deviation is not
known and the contact shall therefore be confirmed by a vertical or U/S inclined drilling.
The next inclined borehole ABH-14 (40° towards the river) is actually in progress (5 m in
granite). It is targeted to reach the contact zone below the riverbed.

4.2 TUNNEL LINING

The lining of the bend stretches is completed and the two CIFA formwork segments have
been fitted together to one peace of 10 m length for the concrete placing of the remaining
180 m straight tunnel stretches.

The following issues regarding tunnel lining were discussed with the local site supervision
during the first site visit:

• At two locations of the still unlined tunnel stretches, small water inflows were de-
tected. In order to avoid washing out of the fresh concrete, the water inflows shall
be properly drained, e.g. by fixing plastic sheets to concentrate dispersed water
inflows and draining by a pipe leading to the tunnel bottom and through the lining
concrete into the tunnel. In case of concentrated water inflows, these can be cap-
tured directly by small drainage pipes.

• DHPI intends to use the CIFA formwork also for the circular crown section of the
outlet transition zone, in order to safe time. Sketches shall be provided by DHPI
showing the planned arrangement and procedure (prepared by CIFA representa-
tive on site).

The quality and quantity of the available material for aggregate production are getting
more and more critical. About 10’000 m3 of concrete still have to be produced for the
completion of the tunnel lining. The granite block on the left side of the river confluence

D:\Daten\Projects\Upper Paunglaung\Reports\Site-Visit_08 Aug\Site-Visit_Frh_Aug 08_UPL.doc August 2008

 Upper Paunglaung Hydropower Project 4
Mission Report of H.R.Frei 05.08.-15.08.2008

could provide suitable aggregates and should therefore be used as soon as possible
(preparation of access road required).

4.3 MSP QUARRY

The future main quarry area (MSP) has also been visited (1 hour walk each way) during
the second visit. The access roads require considerable efforts to be re-established and
improved. The quarry area shows generally deep surface weathering (saprolite) and
overburden, except on the steep slope on the left side of the Small Paunglaung River.
Secondary intrusion dikes within the weathered granite reaching up to the surface show
much better and more competent rock (Photo 1). Further excavations are required to
achieve reasonable quarrying conditions

Photo 1: MSP Quarry

5 COFFERDAM CONCEPT

5.1 INTRODUCTION

Test pits carried out in December 2007 revealed a very high permeability of the riverbed
alluvium and consequently concerns raised regarding future seepage below the coffer-
dams into the dam and powerhouse excavation areas if this alluvial layer is left untreated.
Discussions were held regarding the necessity and feasibility of a slurry trench as cut-off.
However, this idea was finally abandoned in favour of a simpler alternative with construc-
tion methods more commonly used in Myanmar. The present section gives an overview
about the proposed concept.

D:\Daten\Projects\Upper Paunglaung\Reports\Site-Visit_08 Aug\Site-Visit_Frh_Aug 08_UPL.doc August 2008

 Upper Paunglaung Hydropower Project 5
Mission Report of H.R.Frei 05.08.-15.08.2008

5.2 BASIC DATA

The river discharge data are presented in Annex 1. The figure in the bottom of Annex 1
gives the average of the discharges measured at the site gauging station in the years
2005-2007. The dry season discharges recently measured correspond well with the av-
erage 1965-1985. The wet season discharges 2005-2007 are generally higher than the
average discharges 1965-1985.

The diversion tunnel capacity and tailwater curves determining the required pre- and cof-
ferdam crest elevations are given in Annex 2:

• Diversion tunnel capacity for low discharges (free flow) → U/S precofferdam ele-
vation of 290 m a.s.l. for Q=50 m2/s and 2 m freeboard (allowing to pass a small
dry season flood of 150 m3/s)

• Diversion tunnel capacity for high discharges (tunnel flowing under pressure) →
U/S cofferdam elevation of 304 m a.s.l. allowing the passage of Q10=1100 m2/s
without freeboard

• Tailwater curve at tunnel outlet → D/S cofferdam elevation of 291 m a.s.l. allow-
ing to pass Q10=1100 m2/s with 2 m freeboard

According to the available river cross sections, the riverbed elevations are about 386 and
384 for the U/S and D/S cofferdam respectively; with exception of the deep hole on the
right side near the tunnel inlet (el. 275) and a smaller hole on the left side in the D/S cof-
ferdam area (282).

So far, the rock surface is only known along the separation wall (el. 282). It is assumed to
be not considerably lower than 280 m a.s.l.

5.3 COFFERDAM LAYOUT

5.3.1 Upstream Cofferdam

The general layout of the U/S cofferdam is shown in Annexes 3 and 4. The cofferdam
axis was moved in upstream direction as much as possible in order to provide sufficient
space for a possible U/S relocation of the main dam axis (about 15 m U/S of former loca-
tion).

The material types used are shown in Annex 4. Basically pervious material (tunnel much
or alluvium) is used for the precofferdam and the downstream shell and impervious mate-
rial (clayey silt from dam excavation) is used for the upstream blanket, cut-off and core.

D:\Daten\Projects\Upper Paunglaung\Reports\Site-Visit_08 Aug\Site-Visit_Frh_Aug 08_UPL.doc August 2008

 Upper Paunglaung Hydropower Project 6
Mission Report of H.R.Frei 05.08.-15.08.2008

5.3.2 Downstream Cofferdam

The general layout of the D/S cofferdam is shown in Annexes 15 and 16. The cofferdam
axis is determined by the location of the tunnel outlet channel and the separation wall.
The same materials are used, but the embankment part above the water table is much
smaller than for the U/S cofferdam

5.4 MAIN COFFERDAM CONSTRUCTION SEQUENCES

5.4.1 General

Before the start of the cofferdam works, sufficient material for the precofferdams and clo-
sure of the U/S cofferdam shall be stockpiled on both sides of the river. The permeable
tunnel muck deposit forming the right abutment of the U/S cofferdam should be removed
at least in the central part of the cofferdam (cut-off and core area).

It is also considered beneficial to lower down the right part of the riverbed downstream of
the tunnel outlet by excavation under water, e.g. until the next river rapids (or removing
simply a part of the rapids). This would help lowering the dry season tailwater level.

After completion of the diversion tunnel, the remaining part of the D/S and U/S diversion
tunnel cofferdams have to be removed down to the tunnel outlet and inlet invert eleva-
tions (283.50 and 284.50 m a.s.l. respectively). Thus already a part of the discharge is
diverted through the diversion tunnel and the proper cofferdam works can start. The
maximum river discharge for the start of the diversion works should be 50 m3/s.

5.4.2 Upstream Cofferdam

Phase 1: Precofferdam (Annexes 5 and 6)

Coarse material is dumped into the flowing water up to elevation 290; from both river
sides but mainly from the right side. It is assumed that the river closure is easier to be
performed on the left shallow river side than on the right deep side. A suitable location
might be 20-30 m from the left abutment (protection of the left abutment is required in any
case). For the river closure sufficiently large boulders shall be stockpiled as well as for
the protection of the already placed precofferdam and the open riverbed.

Phase 2: Upstream Blanket (Annexes 7 and 8)

After the river diversion, impervious material (clayey silt) shall be dumped on the U/S side
of the precofferdam, starting from the left abutment. In order to seal the precofferdam
(and underlying alluvium) a part of the U/S hole in the riverbed shall also be filled with
clayey silt.

D:\Daten\Projects\Upper Paunglaung\Reports\Site-Visit_08 Aug\Site-Visit_Frh_Aug 08_UPL.doc August 2008

 Upper Paunglaung Hydropower Project 7
Mission Report of H.R.Frei 05.08.-15.08.2008

Phase 3: Working Platform (Annexes 9 and 10)

After the placing of the impervious blanket, the water table downstream of the precoffer-
dam is assumed to go down to about el. 286 (~ water table at tunnel outlet measured
during the dry season), thus allowing the placement of a working platform (alluvium or
tunnel muck) on elevation 286.50 approximately (these elevations will have to be
adapted to the effective elevation of the water table).

Phase 4: Cut-off Excavation and Fill (Annexes 11 and 12)

From the working platform 286.50, a cut-off trench down to the rock surface shall be ex-
cavated below the water table. Depending on the location of the water table and rock sur-
face, a big backhoe may be sufficient for the excavation works. However, this may not be
the case if the conditions are worse than expected and therefore it is recommended to
have also a sufficiently big dragline on site.

The bottom width of the trench shall be 5 m and the trench slopes 1:1 to 1:1.5. On the
right abutment, it shall be connected to the weathered rock (not to the tunnel muck), on
the left abutment to the reddish clayey silt.

After excavation, clayey silt material shall be dumped into the trench up to elevation
286.50 where some compaction can be carried out. In case that very coarse material
prevails on the downstream side of the trench, a concrete sealing, placed below the wa-
ter using the “tremie pipe” method might be required in order to avoid washing out of fine
material.

Phase 5: Compacted Cofferdam Embankment and Rip-Rap (Annexes 13 and 14)

Completion of the cofferdam above water table up to elevation 304 m a.s.l. using conven-
tional embankment methods (sheep foot roller for clayey silt, vibrating roller for perme-
able shell). In order to avoid bridging of the compacted core material across the cut-off
(highly compressible material), the core shall be placed with a water content lying above
the Proctor optimum.

In case of very coarse downstream shell material, a transition layer (sand) should also be
placed between the shell and the core. The core shall be connected to the reddish clayey
silt on the left and to the weathered rock on the right abutment. The upstream dam face
shall be protected by a rip-rap layer.

5.4.3 Downstream Cofferdam

The foreseen construction phases are shown in Annexes 17-21. The main element of the
D/S cofferdam is the cut-off trench which shall be constructed with the same method like
the U/S cut-off trench, after placing of a working platform above the tailwater level

D:\Daten\Projects\Upper Paunglaung\Reports\Site-Visit_08 Aug\Site-Visit_Frh_Aug 08_UPL.doc August 2008

 Upper Paunglaung Hydropower Project 8
Mission Report of H.R.Frei 05.08.-15.08.2008

5.4.4 Dewatering

Dewatering of the area between both cofferdams (~170’000 m3) can start as soon as the
U/S and D/S cut-offs are completed. Sufficient pumping capacity of 500-1000 l/s shall be
available on site.

5.5 REQUIRED QUANTITIES OF EMBANKMENT MATERIAL

The required fill and embankment materials are shown in Table 1 hereafter:

Table 1: Required Fill and Embankment Material (m3)

Material Type U/S Cofferdam D/S Cofferdam Total

Coarse Material dumped 23’000 9’500 32’500
(Alluv. and rockfill) compacted 25’000 6’000 31’000
Clayey Silt dumped 24’000 12’000 36’000
compacted 55’000 8’000 63’000
Rip-Rap 5’000 1’500 6’500
Total 132’000 37’000 169’000

The volumes for the U/S and D/S precofferdams are 11’000 and 9’500 m3 and those for
the cut-off trenches 11’000 and 12’000 m3 respectively.

The coarse material will come partly from the tunnel muck stock pile along the right river
bank and partly from alluvium excavation (cut-off trench, separation wall). The clayey silt
is abundantly available. Rip rap and boulders for the precofferdam closure can be col-
lected and produced from the granite block on the left side of the river confluence.

5.6 COFFERDAM CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE

A construction schedule for the cofferdam and related excavation works is given in Annex
22. The schedule is challenging but not impossible, if the diversion tunnel is ready and
adequate resources are available. According to this program, full diversion through the
tunnel is foreseen in early December 2008 and completion of the cofferdams end of April
2009.

6 POSSIBLE RELOCATION OF DAM AND POWERHOUSE AXES

The extension of the granite block and of the suitable foundation rock (upper part) of the
left abutment (according to the actual state of knowledge) is presented in Annexes 23-26
(plan and sections, prepared by U Thein Han). A relocation of the central part of the dam
by 20 m in U/S direction seems possible and is recommendable in order to improve the
foundation conditions for the D/S dam toe. Kinks are foreseen on both sides of the cen-
tral part in order to join the original axes on both abutment ends of the dam. The modified
dam axis will have to be confirmed by the CPE dam engineer and geologist.

D:\Daten\Projects\Upper Paunglaung\Reports\Site-Visit_08 Aug\Site-Visit_Frh_Aug 08_UPL.doc August 2008

 Upper Paunglaung Hydropower Project 9
Mission Report of H.R.Frei 05.08.-15.08.2008

A relocation of the powerhouse axis by 15 m towards the river is suitable and will consid-
erably reduce the amount of powerhouse excavation. Further foundation and water im-
pact assessment studies will have to be carried out before the final confirmation.

Paunglaung, 15.08.08 / Frh

D:\Daten\Projects\Upper Paunglaung\Reports\Site-Visit_08 Aug\Site-Visit_Frh_Aug 08_UPL.doc August 2008

 Upper Paunglaung Hydropower Project Annex 1
Mission Report of H.R.Frei 05.08.-15.08.2008

D:\Daten\Projects\Upper Paunglaung\Reports\Site-Visit_08 Aug\Site-Visit_Frh_Aug 08_UPL.doc August 2008

 Upper Paunglaung Hydropower Project Annex 2
Mission Report of H.R.Frei 05.08.-15.08.2008

D:\Daten\Projects\Upper Paunglaung\Reports\Site-Visit_08 Aug\Site-Visit_Frh_Aug 08_UPL.doc August 2008

 Upper Paunglaung Hydropower Project Annex 3
Mission Report of H.R.Frei 05.08.-15.08.2008

D:\Daten\Projects\Upper Paunglaung\Reports\Site-Visit_08 Aug\Site-Visit_Frh_Aug 08_UPL.doc August 2008

 Upper Paunglaung Hydropower Project Annex 4
Mission Report of H.R.Frei 05.08.-15.08.2008

D:\Daten\Projects\Upper Paunglaung\Reports\Site-Visit_08 Aug\Site-Visit_Frh_Aug 08_UPL.doc August 2008

 Upper Paunglaung Hydropower Project Annex 5
Mission Report of H.R.Frei 05.08.-15.08.2008

D:\Daten\Projects\Upper Paunglaung\Reports\Site-Visit_08 Aug\Site-Visit_Frh_Aug 08_UPL.doc August 2008

 Upper Paunglaung Hydropower Project Annex 6
Mission Report of H.R.Frei 05.08.-15.08.2008

D:\Daten\Projects\Upper Paunglaung\Reports\Site-Visit_08 Aug\Site-Visit_Frh_Aug 08_UPL.doc August 2008

 Upper Paunglaung Hydropower Project Annex 7
Mission Report of H.R.Frei 05.08.-15.08.2008

D:\Daten\Projects\Upper Paunglaung\Reports\Site-Visit_08 Aug\Site-Visit_Frh_Aug 08_UPL.doc August 2008

 Upper Paunglaung Hydropower Project Annex 8
Mission Report of H.R.Frei 05.08.-15.08.2008

D:\Daten\Projects\Upper Paunglaung\Reports\Site-Visit_08 Aug\Site-Visit_Frh_Aug 08_UPL.doc August 2008

 Upper Paunglaung Hydropower Project Annex 9
Mission Report of H.R.Frei 05.08.-15.08.2008

D:\Daten\Projects\Upper Paunglaung\Reports\Site-Visit_08 Aug\Site-Visit_Frh_Aug 08_UPL.doc August 2008

 Upper Paunglaung Hydropower Project Annex 10
Mission Report of H.R.Frei 05.08.-15.08.2008

D:\Daten\Projects\Upper Paunglaung\Reports\Site-Visit_08 Aug\Site-Visit_Frh_Aug 08_UPL.doc August 2008

 Upper Paunglaung Hydropower Project Annex 11
Mission Report of H.R.Frei 05.08.-15.08.2008

D:\Daten\Projects\Upper Paunglaung\Reports\Site-Visit_08 Aug\Site-Visit_Frh_Aug 08_UPL.doc August 2008

 Upper Paunglaung Hydropower Project Annex 12
Mission Report of H.R.Frei 05.08.-15.08.2008

D:\Daten\Projects\Upper Paunglaung\Reports\Site-Visit_08 Aug\Site-Visit_Frh_Aug 08_UPL.doc August 2008

 Upper Paunglaung Hydropower Project Annex 13
Mission Report of H.R.Frei 05.08.-15.08.2008

D:\Daten\Projects\Upper Paunglaung\Reports\Site-Visit_08 Aug\Site-Visit_Frh_Aug 08_UPL.doc August 2008

 Upper Paunglaung Hydropower Project Annex 14
Mission Report of H.R.Frei 05.08.-15.08.2008

D:\Daten\Projects\Upper Paunglaung\Reports\Site-Visit_08 Aug\Site-Visit_Frh_Aug 08_UPL.doc August 2008

 Upper Paunglaung Hydropower Project Annex 15
Mission Report of H.R.Frei 05.08.-15.08.2008

D:\Daten\Projects\Upper Paunglaung\Reports\Site-Visit_08 Aug\Site-Visit_Frh_Aug 08_UPL.doc August 2008

 Upper Paunglaung Hydropower Project Annex 16
Mission Report of H.R.Frei 05.08.-15.08.2008

D:\Daten\Projects\Upper Paunglaung\Reports\Site-Visit_08 Aug\Site-Visit_Frh_Aug 08_UPL.doc August 2008

 Upper Paunglaung Hydropower Project Annex 17
Mission Report of H.R.Frei 05.08.-15.08.2008

D:\Daten\Projects\Upper Paunglaung\Reports\Site-Visit_08 Aug\Site-Visit_Frh_Aug 08_UPL.doc August 2008

 Upper Paunglaung Hydropower Project Annex 18
Mission Report of H.R.Frei 05.08.-15.08.2008

D:\Daten\Projects\Upper Paunglaung\Reports\Site-Visit_08 Aug\Site-Visit_Frh_Aug 08_UPL.doc August 2008

 Upper Paunglaung Hydropower Project Annex 19
Mission Report of H.R.Frei 05.08.-15.08.2008

D:\Daten\Projects\Upper Paunglaung\Reports\Site-Visit_08 Aug\Site-Visit_Frh_Aug 08_UPL.doc August 2008

 Upper Paunglaung Hydropower Project Annex 20
Mission Report of H.R.Frei 05.08.-15.08.2008

D:\Daten\Projects\Upper Paunglaung\Reports\Site-Visit_08 Aug\Site-Visit_Frh_Aug 08_UPL.doc August 2008

 Upper Paunglaung Hydropower Project Annex 21
Mission Report of H.R.Frei 05.08.-15.08.2008

D:\Daten\Projects\Upper Paunglaung\Reports\Site-Visit_08 Aug\Site-Visit_Frh_Aug 08_UPL.doc August 2008

 Upper Paunglaung Hydropower Project Annex 22
Mission Report of H.R.Frei 05.08.-15.08.2008

D:\Daten\Projects\Upper Paunglaung\Reports\Site-Visit_08 Aug\Site-Visit_Frh_Aug 08_UPL.doc August 2008

 Upper Paunglaung Hydropower Project Annex 23
Mission Report of H.R.Frei 05.08.-15.08.2008

Geology Left Abutment – Plan and Longitudinal Section

D:\Daten\Projects\Upper Paunglaung\Reports\Site-Visit_08 Aug\Site-Visit_Frh_Aug 08_UPL.doc August 2008

 Upper Paunglaung Hydropower Project Annex 24
Mission Report of H.R.Frei 05.08.-15.08.2008

Geology Left Abutment – Cross Sections SB12 and PX1

D:\Daten\Projects\Upper Paunglaung\Reports\Site-Visit_08 Aug\Site-Visit_Frh_Aug 08_UPL.doc August 2008

 Upper Paunglaung Hydropower Project Annex 25
Mission Report of H.R.Frei 05.08.-15.08.2008

D:\Daten\Projects\Upper Paunglaung\Reports\Site-Visit_08 Aug\Site-Visit_Frh_Aug 08_UPL.doc August 2008

 Upper Paunglaung Hydropower Project Annex 26
Mission Report of H.R.Frei 05.08.-15.08.2008

D:\Daten\Projects\Upper Paunglaung\Reports\Site-Visit_08 Aug\Site-Visit_Frh_Aug 08_UPL.doc August 2008

Upper Paung Laung HP i

CONTENT

1 INTRODUCTION 1

2 LIST OF PARTICEPENTS AND ACTIVITY 1

3 FINDING 2

3.1 LIMESTONE QUARRY PROSPECT NO. 1 2

3.2 LIMESTONE QUARRY PROSPECT NO.2 4

4 RESERVE ESTIMATION 5

5 CONCLUSION 5

6 RECOMMENDATION 5

ANNEXES
ANNEX 1. SKETCH OF LOCATION MAP 6
ANNEX 2. GRANITE AND ITS GEOLOGY 7
ANNEX 3. WHAT IS GRANITE 9

UPL Quarry Report 28.02.09

Upper Paung Laung HP 1

UPPER PAUNG LAUNG PROJECT

RECONNAISSANCE GEOLOGICAL PROSPECTING OF RCC
AGGREGATE QUARRY
DRAFT INTERIM REPORT

1. INTRODUCTION

As the inherent problem of very thick overburden of weathered granite (saprolite) and
soil at UPL Project results in very high stripping ratio and economically not viable to
produce granite RCC aggregate at existing quarry sites. This becomes major constraint
for prospecting of new quarry site with a minimal overburden thickness leading to a desk
study that located potential limestone occurrences and a granitoid batholith in the vicinity
of UPL Dam Site. A ground reconnaissance traverses was followed up on 22nd to 23rd of
January 2009 by the request of Project Director Mr. A. Dredge and Chief Resident
Engineer Mr. S. Cowie. Two potential prospects of granite were selected for further
exploration (ANNEX 1) that required adequate (ADEQUATE) investigation by seismic
survey and systematic close drilling to the depth of minimum 50m thick sound granite.
This task will take certain period to evaluate and to confirm the reserve and economic
viability. On the 25th of February 2009, properties of UPL granite were discussed among
contractors, DHPI and CPEM/NEPS during site inspection of HIS EXCELLENCY
DEPTUY MINISTER FOR MOEP 1 at new MSP Quarry site. It includes uncertainties in
overburden thickness, hardness of granite (wear and tear of crushing equipments)-
possibility of 0-5mm fine aggregate being been dominated by quartz (3-5mm) ≥ 20 %
and mica (~ 5 mm) 3-10%. A common agreement was reached to look for an alternative
rock-type, limestone identified by desk study, if it could have been occurred by minimum
overburden. Limestone is the most commonly used aggregate in RCC Dams and it has
been used as RCC aggregates at Yeywa HPP. At the mean time first exploratory drilling
on the hill between two Paunglaung Rivers intersected overburden of 22.00m
diminishing a hope of HTCT. The probability of uncertainty was increased and
prospecting for a limestone quarry was warranted. A reconnaissance prospecting was
conducted on the 26th and 27th of February 2009.

2. LIST OF PARTICEPENTS AND ACTIVITY

Name Designation Organization

1. U Aye Lwin Assistant Director Geology Branch, DHPI

2. U Myo Khine Staff Officer Geology Branch, DHPI

3. U Thet Htay Aung Staff Officer (Civil) Con. 1, DHPI

4. U Khin Maung Yin Mine Manger MSP Crushing Plant, UPL

5. U Myint Sann Assistant Engineer HTCT Crushing Plant, UPL

6. U Myint Ko Geologist HTCT

7. U Thein Han Geologist CPEM/ NEPS

ACTIVITY

26-02-2009 Departed UPL Site (09:30AM)–Arrived Kywe Yoe Village (11:00AM)

UPL Quarry Report 28.02.09

Upper Paung Laung HP 2

Departed Kywe Yoe Village (12:00 NOON) – Arrived New Sin Kwin
Village (02:00PM)

Site inspection of limestone Hill (PROSPECT 1) and halted at New

Sin Kwin Village.

27-02-2009 Departed New Sin Kwin Village (7:30 AM)–Inspection of limestone

PROSPECT 2-

Arrived Old Sin Kwin Village (10:30 AM)

Departed Old Sin Kwin Village (11:30 AM)-Arrived New Sin Kwin
Village (12:30 NOON)

3. FINDING

3.1 LIMESTONE QUARRY PROSPECT No.1

It is located in the east and about 1.3 mile far away from New Sin Kwin Village. Base
elevation is about EL. 666.00 m. Pink colour fine grained pure limestone is exposed to
the crest El. ~ 800.00m. It is very massive and occurs as rock cliffs with little or no
overburden.

Plate 1 Pink colour massive pure limestone

UPL Quarry Report 28.02.09

Upper Paung Laung HP 3

Plate 2 Same limestone located at U/S 10 meter.

Plate 3. Same limestone exposed behind the bamboo at El. 750.00 m

> 200m U/S of limestone outcrop from Plate 1

UPL Quarry Report 28.02.09

Upper Paung Laung HP 4

Plate 4. Lomestone QUARRY PROSPECT No.1. Looking toward N-W.

3.2 LIMESTONE QUARRY PROSPECT No.2

It is about 2.0 miles far away from New Sinkwin village (Annex 1). It is a grey colour pure
limestone exposed as rock cliff.

Plate 5. Grey color massive limestone cliff at Limestone Prospect No. 2.

UPL Quarry Report 28.02.09

Upper Paung Laung HP 5

Plate 6. Southern continuation of Prospect No.2,

Inner circle limestone CLIFF. Outer circle limestone area.

4. RESERVE ESTIMATION

4.1 LIMESTONE QUARRY PROSPECT No. 1

POTENTIAL RESERVE

Width east-west 250m x length north-south 600m x height 80m = 12,000,000 m3

A potential reserve of 4,000, 000 m3 is estimated for LIMESTONE QUARRY

PROSPECT No.1 after reduction 2/3 for safety.

4.2 LIMESTONE QUARRY PROSPECT No. 2

LIMESTOPNE QUARRY PROSPECT No.2 is reserved for PROSPECT No.1 and not
urgently required for estimation.

5. CONCLUSION

Limestone Quarry Prospect No. 1 can be used as RCC aggregates by optimum mining
and crushing. The potential reserve 4,000,000m3 is sufficient for UPL RCC Aggregate
Production.Limestone Quarry Prospect No. 2 can be leave as standby reserve for
Prospect No.1.

UPL Quarry Report 28.02.09

Upper Paung Laung HP 6

6. RECOMMENDATION

1) Geological out crop mapping and topographic survey at Limestone Quarry

Prospect No. 1 and its extension to delineate the rock contact and better reserve
estimation.

2) Testing:

A) Petrography (ASTM C 295)

B) Unconfined compressive strength (ASTM C 2938)

C) Specific Gravity and Absorption (ASTM C 128)

D) Sieve Analyses of Fine and Coarse Aggregates (ASTM C 136)

E) Los Angeles Abrasion of small size aggregate (ASTM C 131)

F) Los Angeles Abrasion of large size aggregate (ASTM C 535)

G) Sulfate Soundness (ASTM C 88)

THEIN HAN
GEOLOGIST
CPEM/NEPS

UPL Quarry Report 28.02.09

 Annex 1

UPL Quarry Report 28.02.09

Upper Paung Laung HP Annex 2/1

UPL Quarry Report 28.02.09

Upper Paung Laung HP Annex 2/2

UPL Quarry Report 28.02.09

Upper Paung Laung HP Annex 3/1

UPL Quarry Report 28.02.09

Upper Paung Laung HP Annex 3/2

UPL Quarry Report 28.02.09

 SITE VIISIT NOTE ON UPL QUARRIES AND CRUSHERS, 18-12-2010

UPL aggregate quarries and crushers were visited on the 18-12-2010 during site inspection at
UPL HPP.

HTCT

QUARRY AND CRUSHERS

Development of quarry was completed and production of raw material is under way
through ground chute (Plate 1). Quarry can deliver 1400m3 of clean blasted limestone per
day (500 suds/day) to crusher. It is sufficient to feed two crushers (180tph new line and
150tph old line) for 8.5 hours daily running time meeting monthly production of 70000
tons (26 working days). At present new crusher is not operational until it is repaired. To
compensate the target production, the old crusher is working two shifts daily. 500 kgs of
explosive are daily supplied to quarries. It is sufficient to produce feed material to
crushers. But crushers are operating their own generators for crushing operation. It can
be a problem for RCC aggregate production in the future.

Plate 1. Ground chute at HTCT quarry. Note: Blasted rocks are caught by of dust
layer forming as a sticky floor on top of chute floor.
MSP

QUARRY AND CRUSHERS

Production levels El. 680m and El. 700m are displayed in plate 2, 3, 4, 5 and 6 showing
potential contamination of argillaceous matters in the aggregates.

An alternative quarry site was prospected after the occurrences of red argillaceous
limestone beds enough to see at existing quarry. It is located at the east of present quarry
and occurs as massive limestone conglomerate (Plate. 7) composed of limestone
pebbles cemented in limestone matrix. Possibilities in heterogeneity of texture and pebble
types due to heterogeneous sources, it becomes less potential for RCC aggregate
material. Besides, the base of limestone conglomerate is about 100m higher than top
level of existing quarry. MSP is vital to exploit the grey limestone beds continues from
HTCT quarry and occurs at the south. It should be accomplished without any delay.

MSP crusher is well set to produce properly graded RCC aggregate in good shapes.
Average monthly production is design to produce 100,000 tons. Daily explosive supply is
500kgs and crusher is operated by own generator.

Thein Han

Local Counterpart Geologist.

Plate 2. El. 680m production level with clay filling in the karst.
Plate 3. El. 680m production level with interbedded red argillaceous limestone.
Plate 4. El. 680m level. Blasted rock contaminated by argillaceous limestone that should be
wasted.
Plate 5. El. 700m production level. Argillaceous limestone bed and red dust.
Plate 6. Continuation of red argillaceous limestone bed toward main quarry and upper
levels alarming difficulties in future mining.
Plate.7 Conglomerate out-crop at about El. 850.
 THE REPUBLIC OF THE UNION OF MYANMAR
MINISTRY OF ELECTRIC POWER No. (1)
DEPARTMENT OF HYDROPOWER IMPLEMENTATION

UPPER PAUNGLAUNG PROJECT

DAM FOUNDATION
GEOTECHNICAL PARAMETERS

REPORT NO. UPL-FRH-MAR 2011

MARCH 2011

AF-Colenco Ltd.
Hydropower Plants
UPL HPP
Dam Foundation – Geotechnical Parameters
Report No. UPL-FRH-MAR 2011 2/19

Table of Contents
Page

1 INTRODUCTION ........................................................................................................ 4

2 AVAILABLE TEST RESULTS .................................................................................. 4

2.1 IN SITU TESTS ........................................................................................................... 4
2.1.1 Seismic Wave Velocities .............................................................................................. 4
2.2 LABORATORY TESTS .............................................................................................. 5
2.2.1 Classification and Unconfined Compressive Strength ................................................. 5

3 ROCK MASS PARAMETERS.................................................................................... 6

3.1 GENERAL ................................................................................................................... 6
3.2 ENGINEERING GEOLOGICAL ZONES .................................................................. 6
3.3 SELECTION OF HOEK/BROWN PARAMETERS................................................... 6
3.3.1 Unconfined Compressive Strength ............................................................................... 6
3.3.2 Hoek/Brown Constant mi ............................................................................................. 7
3.3.3 Geological Strength Index GSI .................................................................................... 7
3.3.4 Rock Disturbance Factor D .......................................................................................... 7
3.3.5 Elasticity Modulus of Intact Rock ................................................................................ 8
3.4 ROCK MASS PROPERTIES ACCORDING TO HOEK/BROWN ........................... 8
3.5 CRIEPI ROCK MASS CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM ............................................... 9
3.6 DEPTH DEPENDENT DEFORMATION MODULUS .............................................. 9
3.7 DIVERSION TUNNEL ............................................................................................. 10

4 IN SITU STRESS STATE ......................................................................................... 11

5 REFERENCES ........................................................................................................... 11

C:\Documents and Settings\HTTK\Desktop\UPL-Foundation-March2011_b.docx

UPL HPP
Dam Foundation – Geotechnical Parameters
Report No. UPL-FRH-MAR 2011 3/19

Annexes

1-1 Legend for Seismic Longitudinal Wave Velocities

1-2 Longitudinal Wave Velocities along Dam Axis

2-1 Laboratory Test Results for Metasandstone

2-2 Laboratory Test Results for Granite (not used for the determination of rock mass
parameters)

3-1 Values for the constant mi for intact rock (Hoek/Brown)

3-2 GSI - values (according to Hoek/Brown)

4 Rock Mass Classification made in the Diversion Tunnel (right abutment)

5 Rock Mass Classification System according to CRIEPI (Central Research Institute of

the Electric Power Industry, Japan)

C:\Documents and Settings\HTTK\Desktop\UPL-Foundation-March2011_b.docx

UPL HPP
Dam Foundation – Geotechnical Parameters
Report No. UPL-FRH-MAR 2011 4/19

1 INTRODUCTION
The purpose of this report is the evaluation and presentation of the geotechnical rock
parameters to be used for the geomechanic analyses of the dam foundation and other
structures founded on rock.

The excavation for the dam foundation is generally completed, except the topmost
kink area on the left abutment and two further particular areas [1,2].

Preliminary rock mass properties have been given in previous site visit reports. They
are reviewed regarding the foundation rock mass properties in the present report.

The present report should be read together with the geological report regarding dam
foundation, which will, among others, contain information such as detailed mapping,
zoning of the dam footprint, permeability conditions and joint statistics. These items
are hence not dealt with in the present report.

2 AVAILABLE TEST RESULTS

2.1 IN SITU TESTS

2.1.1 Seismic Wave Velocities

The only available in situ tests are the seismic refraction surveys carried out by
SUNTAC TECHNOLOGIES in 2005 [3]. The results measured along the dam axis
(at that time a straight axis), are given in Annexes 1-1 and 1-2.

SUNTAC’s interpretation of the measured seismic longitudinal wave velocities vp

are given in Annex 1-1 and summarized hereafter:

Sound rock: vp > 4’100 m/s

Slightly weathered rock: vp = 3’200 – 4’100 m/s

Moderately weathered rock: vp = 2’400 – 3’200 m/s

No distinction was made regarding the rock type. In Annex 1-2, the approximate dam
foundation line is indicated in the seismic profile. According to these profiles, a
seismic velocity of vp ~ 3’000 m/s can be attributed to the rock exposed at the actual
dam foundation footprint on the abutments. The velocities of the granite and the rock
in the river section are rather higher.

Based on the velocity of the longitudinal waves, a seismic modulus Eseismic can be de-
termined with the following relation [8]:

C:\Documents and Settings\HTTK\Desktop\UPL-Foundation-March2011_b.docx

UPL HPP
Dam Foundation – Geotechnical Parameters
Report No. UPL-FRH-MAR 2011 5/19

( ) ( )
Eseismic = vp2**
( )

with: vp = Compressive wave velocity (m/s)

 = Density (~2650 kg/m3)
= Poisson’s ratio

Hence Eseismic = 19.9 GPa and 17.7 GPa for =0.25 and =0.30 respectively. These
values are valid for the upper foundation layer of the slightly weathered metasand-
stone. It bears noting, that the static modulus, which generally is used for the struc-
tural design, is considerably lower than the dynamic modulus (see below).

2.2 LABORATORY TESTS

2.2.1 Classification and Unconfined Compressive Strength

Rock samples have been taken from drillholes and from the surface in order to carry
out classification and compressive strength tests in the laboratory. The results are
shown in Annexes 2-1 and 2-2. A summary of the test results is given in Table 1
hereafter:

Table 1: Summary of Laboratory Test Results: Metasandstone (intact rock)

Unit Dry Condition (UCS) Wet Condition (UCS)
Range Mean Value Range Mean Value
Number of Tests 14 5
Specific weight kN/m 3
26.0 – 28.0 27.0 25.8 – 27.6 27.1
Unit weight kN/m3 24.8 – 27.2 26.3 25.9 – 27.6 26.8
Absorption % 0.11 – 1.63 0.61 0.16 – 2.54 0.77
Compr. strength MPa 9.7 – 227.6 93.1 7.1 – 118.6 58.6

Table 2: Summary of Laboratory Test Results: Granite (intact rock)

Unit Dry Condition (UCS) Wet Condition (UCS)
Range Mean Value Range Mean Value
Number of Tests 6 5
Specific weight kN/m 3
25.4 – 26.7 26.0 25.8 – 26.5 26.2
Unit weight kN/m3 24.0 – 26.4 25.2 25.1 – 26.0 25.5
Absorption % 0.73 – 1.44 1.10 0.57 – 0.74 0.64
Compr. strength MPa 35.6 – 94.7 70.6 8.7 – 84.5 34.8

It bears noting that all granite samples for the tests have been taken from the former
quarry area with considerably lower rock quality than observed on the dam foot
print. The results given in Table 2 are therefore not considered to be representative

C:\Documents and Settings\HTTK\Desktop\UPL-Foundation-March2011_b.docx

UPL HPP
Dam Foundation – Geotechnical Parameters
Report No. UPL-FRH-MAR 2011 6/19

for the granite intrusion in the dam foundation area and hence these results were ex-
cluded from further considerations.

3 ROCK MASS PARAMETERS

3.1 GENERAL

Basically the Hoek/Brown method [4] will be used for the determination of the rock
mass parameters. The obtained values will then be compared and cross checked with
other available information, using also the rock mass classification according to
CRIEPI (Central Research Institute of the Electric Power Industry, Japan) which is
widespread and popular in Asia and used elsewhere in Myanmar.

3.2 ENGINEERING GEOLOGICAL ZONES

Engineering geological zones are considered as homogeneous for design purposes

and hence attributed with a unique set of design parameters.

On the dam footprint, the following zones can be distinguished:

A Slightly weathered metasandstone (CRIEPI grade CH), characterized by grey

colour; appears on the major part of the dam footprint

B Moderately weathered metasandstone (CRIEPI grade CM) of grey to brown-

ish colour; present on the D/S part of the footprint, approx. El. 310-335 on the
left abutment and approx. El. 295-320 on the right abutment respectively

C Virtually sound granite (CRIEPI grade CH-B), in the left abutment below
El.315 m a.s.l.

The final limits between the different areas have to be defined based on the geologi-
cal mapping.

A value for the rock deformation modulus of sound metasandstone will also be giv-
en. This geological unit generally does not occur at the surface but in a certain depth
below the foundation level, which can be estimated using the results of the seismic
refraction shown in Annex 1-2 (blue zone). This unit, although not present on the
foundation level, may have a considerable influence on the calculated dam displace-
ments.

3.3 SELECTION OF HOEK/BROWN PARAMETERS

3.3.1 Unconfined Compressive Strength

The first input-parameter (unconfined compressive strength of intact rock, UCS) has
been determined for the metasandstone by means of laboratory tests.

C:\Documents and Settings\HTTK\Desktop\UPL-Foundation-March2011_b.docx

UPL HPP
Dam Foundation – Geotechnical Parameters
Report No. UPL-FRH-MAR 2011 7/19

The overall average value for the metasandstone is UCS = 93 MPa and 59 MPa for
dry and saturated conditions respectively (Table 1). Only a few tests have been car-
ried out in saturated condition, showing a reduction of 25% compared with the com-
pressive strength of dry samples of the same serie of 5 tests. Therefore, it is consid-
ered adequate to adopt a value of UCS = 0.75 * 93 = 70 MPa for the slightly
weathered metasandstone. For the moderately weathered rock, a reduced value of
UCS = 40 MPa is selected.

The overall average value measured for the granite is UCS = 71 MPa and 35 MPa for
dry and saturated conditions respectively (Section 2.2.1). These values are consid-
ered too low and not representative for the granite encountered in the foundation area
(origin of the tested samples is mostly the former quarry area). This is particularly
true for the results in saturated conditions which show a further reduction of 50%
compared with the tests carried out on dry samples.

It seems hence reasonable to adopt a value based on experience and literature of

UCS = 90 MPa for the virtually sound granite.

3.3.2 Hoek/Brown Constant mi

The mi values can be estimated based on the table given in Annex 3. Values of
mi=20 and mi=33 are selected for the metasandstone and granite respectively.

3.3.3 Geological Strength Index GSI

The GSI-values can be estimated using the table shown in Annex 3-2 (which has
been adapted to the rock conditions encountered on the UPL-site) or alternatively,
based on RMR values. So far, no systematic determination has been made. Some
RMR and GSI values are available from the geological mappings of the diversion
tunnel, but the results do not seem to be very consistent. From these mappings (An-
nex 4), a value of GSI=70 can be derived from the RMR values for the slightly
weathered to sound metasandstone encountered in the diversion tunnel. For the
slightly weathered metasandstone of the dam foundation which is closer to the origi-
nal ground surface, a value of GSI=55 is selected. For the moderately weathered
sandstone, this value is reduced to GSI=40.

For the granite, which is less fractured than the metasandstone, a value of GSI=70
seems appropriate (see also [5]).

3.3.4 Rock Disturbance Factor D

Later (2002) Hoek introduced an additional factor D accounting for the degree of
rock disturbance due to blasting and stress relief. This factor depends highly on the
blasting procedure applied during rock excavation. For the dam foundation, the rock
disturbances due to blasting will be treated by contact grouting, this factor is hence
set to D=0.

C:\Documents and Settings\HTTK\Desktop\UPL-Foundation-March2011_b.docx

UPL HPP
Dam Foundation – Geotechnical Parameters
Report No. UPL-FRH-MAR 2011 8/19

3.3.5 Elasticity Modulus of Intact Rock

No elasticity and deformation moduli have been measured on the core samples.
Hence the following values have been selected based on experience and literature
studies [6].

Granite: Ei = 36 GPa

Metasandstone Ei = 21 GPa

These values are considered representative for the intact rock.

3.4 ROCK MASS PROPERTIES ACCORDING TO HOEK/BROWN

The peak values of the mean rock mass properties determined according to the meth-
od of Hoek/Brown are shown in Table 3 below:

Table 3: Mean Rock Mass Properties for Granite and Metasandstone on Dam
Foundation Level – Peak Values
Engineering Geological Zone Metasandstone Granite
Unit Slightly Moderately Virtually sound
weathered weathered
Rock Grade CRIEPI CH CM CH-B
UCS, intact rock, ci MPa 70 50 90
Hoek-Brown constant mi 20 20 33
Geological strength index, GSI 55 40 70
Disturbance factor - 0 0 0
Max. minor principal stress MPa 6 6 6
Intact rock modulus GPa 21 21 36
Friction angle, rock mass, ° 47 40 57
Cohesion, rock mass, MPa 2.3 1.6 3.6
UCS, rock mass, MPa 10.4 6.1 24.3
1)
Deformation mod. rock mass GPa 8.6 3.4 26.4
Poisson’s ratio of rock mass 2)
- 0.30 0.33 0.25
1)=Values determined according to Hoek/Diederichs [6]
2)=Values estimated based on published values

The values for the unconfined compressive strength of the rock mass given in Table
1 have been determined according to the Mohr-Coulomb theory.

Residual rock strength values are used for the dam stability analysis of the post-
earthquake load case. No generally accepted theory is available for the determination
of the residual strength values based on the peak values only. One possibility is re-
ducing the GSI value from the in situ value to al lower value which characterizes dis-
turbed and crushed rock mass (Annex 3-2). The estimated residual values are given
in Table 4:

C:\Documents and Settings\HTTK\Desktop\UPL-Foundation-March2011_b.docx

UPL HPP
Dam Foundation – Geotechnical Parameters
Report No. UPL-FRH-MAR 2011 9/19

Table 4: Mean Rock Mass Properties for Granite and Metasandstone on Dam
Foundation Level – Residual Values
Engineering Geological Zone Metasandstone Granite
Unit Slightly Moderately Virtually
weathered weathered sound
Rock Grade CRIEPI CH CM CH-B
UCS, intact rock, ci MPa 70 50 90
Hoek-Brown constant mi 20 20 33
Geological strength index, GSI 40 30 35
Disturbance factor - 0 0 0
Max. minor principal stress MPa 6 6 6
Friction angle, rock mass, ° 42 36 47
Cohesion, rock mass, MPa 1.8 1.4 2.0
UCS, rock mass, MPa 8.1 5.5 10.2

The selected GSI values for the post-failure state represent poor rock. Generally, the
higher the peak strength value the larger the reduction to the post-failure strength.
Hence the assumed reduction of the GSI value is higher for the granite than for the
metasandstone. These values are intended to be used mainly for the analysis of the
post-earthquake dam stability load case carried out with the CADAM program. Re-
sidual strength values used for other calculations may be lower.

3.5 CRIEPI ROCK MASS CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM

The rock mass classification system developed by CRIEPI is widely used in Asia.
Hence the CRIEPI rock grades are also indicated on the first row of Table 3. The
main classification criteria and the correlations with rock mass parameters are given
in Annex 5.

The Hoek/Brown strength values fit well with the ranges given by CRIEPI for the re-
spective rock grades (Annex 5). However, the rock stiffness (deformation modulus)
according to [6] is generally higher than the suggestions made by CRIEPI. The in-
vestigations made by Hoek/Diederichs [6] are more recent and more data were avail-
able for evaluation and hence these values are considered to be more realistic,
whereas the CRIEPI values are considered to be rather on the conservative side.

3.6 DEPTH DEPENDENT DEFORMATION MODULUS

The rock deformation modulus of the metasandstone increases with increasing

depth, due to decreasing weathering and increasing overburden. This is also shown
on the graphs of the refraction seismic investigations (Annex 1). For the metasand-
stone, the maximum longitudinal wave velocity in a depth interesting for engineering
purposes (200-250 m) can be assumed to be 4’200-4’500 m/s.

For the metasandstone dam footprint, the representative compressive wave velocity
is considered to be about vp = 3’000 m/s (see Section 2.1.1 above). The formula giv-

C:\Documents and Settings\HTTK\Desktop\UPL-Foundation-March2011_b.docx

UPL HPP
Dam Foundation – Geotechnical Parameters
Report No. UPL-FRH-MAR 2011 10/19

en in section 2.1.1 provides for vp = 4’200 m/s a modulus Eseismic which is about
twice as high as the modulus Eseismic for the slightly weathered metasandstone.
Hence, it can be readily assumed that the static deformation modulus for the sound
metasandstone (blue zone of Annex 1-2) is also about twice as high as that for the
slightly weathered metasandstone, hence D=17 GPa. The same deformation modulus
is obtained, if a GSI=75 is selected in the first column of Table 3, maintaining all the
other parameters unchanged.

The thickness of moderately weathered metasandstone layers present on the dam

footprint shall not be considered more than 5-10 m.

No increase of the deformation modulus shall be made for the granite.

3.7 DIVERSION TUNNEL

The excavation of the diversion tunnel with approximately 12 m excavation diameter

in the right abutment did not present any particular problems. Generally, only spot
bolts and a thin layer (50 mm) of shotcrete were applied as temporary support
measures. The stand-up time of about 1 year indicates a good to very good rock ac-
cording to the classification of Bieniawski (Fig.1).

This figure shows also, that the RMR- and GSI- classifications made during the ex-
cavation phase (Annex 4) were on the conservative side.

Fig.1: Relationship between the Stand-up Time of an Unsupported Under-

ground Excavation Span and the RMR Classification Proposed by
Bieniawski

C:\Documents and Settings\HTTK\Desktop\UPL-Foundation-March2011_b.docx

UPL HPP
Dam Foundation – Geotechnical Parameters
Report No. UPL-FRH-MAR 2011 11/19

4 IN SITU STRESS STATE

No measurements of the in situ state of rock stresses have been made. Considering
the given geological and topographical conditions, lateral stress coefficients of
k0=0.5-1.0 are estimated. The main tectonic thrust direction (and hence orientation of
the major principal stress) is supposed to be acting in NW-SE direction, i.e. parallel
to the Paunglaung Fault and the river.

5 REFERENCES
[1] AF-Colenco Ltd. (2010): UPL – Site Visit Report No.UPL-00-VOB-NOV10

[2] AF-Colenco Ltd. (2011): UPL – Site Visit Report No. UPL-FRH-VOB-FEB
2011

[3] SUNTAC TECHNOLOGIES (2005): Additional Seismic Refraction Survey

for Upper Paunglaung Hydroelectric Power Project, May 2005

[4] Hoek E. and Brown E.T. (1997). Practical estimates of rock mass strength.
Int.J.Rock Mech. & Min. Sci & Geomech. Abstracts. 34(8), 1165-1186

[5] DHPI-Geology Branch (2008). An interim preliminary report on engineering

geological aspects of dam seat excavation (left bank). Report No.UPL-PFSR-
01, April 2008.

[6] Stagg,K.G., Zienkiewicz O.C. (1968): Rock Mechanics in Engineering Prac-

tice, John Wiley & Sons

[7] Hoek E., Diederichs M.S. (2006): Empirical Estimation of rock mass modulus.
International Journal of Rock Mechanics & Mining Sciences 43 (2006) 203-
215.

[8] Ballard, R.F. and McLean, F. (1975): Seismic field methods for in situ moduli.
– U.S. Army Engineers Waterway Station, Soil and Pavements Laboratory,
Vicks-burgh Miss. 39180, Misc.Papers S-75-10

Baden, 30.03.2011 / Fr

C:\Documents and Settings\HTTK\Desktop\UPL-Foundation-March2011_b.docx

UPL HPP
Dam Foundation – Geotechnical Parameters
Report No. UPL-FRH-MAR 2011 12/19

Annex 1-1: Legend for Seismic Longitudinal Wave Velocities

C:\Documents and Settings\HTTK\Desktop\UPL-Foundation-March2011_b.docx

UPL HPP
Dam Foundation – Geotechnical Parameters
Report No. UPL-FRH-MAR 2011 13/19

Annex 1-2: Longitudinal Wave Velocities along Dam Axis

C:\Documents and Settings\HTTK\Desktop\UPL-Foundation-March2011_b.docx

UPL HPP
Dam Foundation – Geotechnical Parameters
Report No. UPL-FRH-MAR 2011 14/19

Annex 2-1: Laboratory Test Results for Metasandstone

Dry Condition:

Drillhole Depth Specific Weight Unit Weight Water Absorption UCS

3 3
(m) g/cm g/cm % MPa
BH-04 41.6 2.69 2.48 1.59 33.6
42.60 2.63 2.55 1.63 9.7
BH-06 36.70 2.76 2.66 0.62 10.2
37.20 2.73 2.63 0.99 64.7
BH-12 25.50 2.75 2.66 0.28 110.0
26.30 2.76 2.68 0.37 125.2
BH-14 41.00 2.80 2.72 0.11 81.5
42.10 2.76 2.67 0.22 227.6
BH-15 10.50 2.70 2.63 0.39 56.0
10.30 2.66 2.69 0.28 66.2
BH-21 18.80 2.68 2.67 0.36 158.9
BH-20 15.80 2.60 2.55 0.92 33.7
BH-21 9.20 2.66 2.55 0.44 101.8
BH-24 8.70 2.68 2.63 0.29 224.0

No. 14 14 14 14
Average 2.70 2.63 0.61 93.08
St.Dev. 0.055 0.066 0.475 68.078
Max. 2.80 2.72 1.63 227.6
Min. 2.60 2.48 0.11 9.7

Wet Condition:

Drillhole Depth Specific Weight Unit Weight Water Absorption UCS

(m) g/cm3 g/cm3 % MPa
BH-04 43.40 2.58 2.59 2.5 7.1
BH-06 39.30 2.76 2.76 0.7 30.6
BH-12 29.30 2.72 2.68 0.2 102.9
BH-14 43.10 2.73 2.68 0.3 118.6
BH-15 12.80 2.74 2.71 0.2 33.6

No. 5 5 5 5
Average 2.71 2.68 0.77 58.56
St.Dev. 0.064 0.055 0.901 43.872
Max. 2.76 2.76 2.54 118.6
Min. 2.58 2.59 0.16 7.1

C:\Documents and Settings\HTTK\Desktop\UPL-Foundation-March2011_b.docx

UPL HPP
Dam Foundation – Geotechnical Parameters
Report No. UPL-FRH-MAR 2011 15/19

Annex 2-2: Laboratory Test Results for Granite (not used for the determination of rock
mass parameters)

Dry Condition

Drillhole Depth Specific Weight Unit Weight Water Absorption UCS

3 3
(m) g/cm g/cm % MPa
Quarry 2.55 2.51 1.44 94.7
2.56 2.50 1.15 83.5
2.54 2.53 1.24 84.5
2.67 2.40 1.14 53.0
2.58 2.56 0.73 35.6
2.67 2.64 0.87 72.3

No. 6 6 6 6
Average 2.60 2.52 1.10 70.60
St.Dev. 0.054 0.072 0.234 20.323
Max. 2.67 2.64 1.44 94.7
Min. 2.54 2.4 0.73 35.6

Wet Condition

Drillhole Depth Specific Weight Unit Weight Water Absorption UCS

3 3
(m) g/cm g/cm % MPa
Quarry 2.64 2.54 0.57 38.7
2.58 2.52 0.59 84.5
2.60 2.51 0.74 28.0
2.65 2.59 0.66 14.3
2.61 2.60 0.63 8.7

No. 5 5 5 5
Average 2.62 2.55 0.64 34.84
St.Dev. 0.026 0.037 0.060 26.955
Max. 2.65 2.6 0.74 84.5
Min. 2.58 2.51 0.57 8.7

C:\Documents and Settings\HTTK\Desktop\UPL-Foundation-March2011_b.docx

UPL HPP
Dam Foundation – Geotechnical Parameters
Report No. UPL-FRH-MAR 2011 16/19

Annex 3-1: Values for the constant mi for intact rock (Hoek/Brown)

C:\Documents and Settings\HTTK\Desktop\UPL-Foundation-March2011_b.docx

UPL HPP
Dam Foundation – Geotechnical Parameters
Report No. UPL-FRH-MAR 2011 17/19

Annex 3-2: GSI - values (according to Hoek/Brown)

GSI Estimates for Heterogeneous Rock Masses for UPL HPP (modified
from Marinos & Hoek 2001)

Smooth, moderately

Very smooth, partly

SURFACE CONDITIONS OF

Rough and fresh

Rough + slightly
DISCONTINUITIES (MAINLY

or clay gauge
VERY GOOD:

slickenslided

VERY POOR:

slickenslides
continuous
weathered
weathered
BEDDING PLANES)

GOOD:

POOR:
FAIR:
A B C D E

Metasandstone 1 80
Massive to blocky
minor schists
CH CM
undisturbed rock mass

2 55
Metasandstone 70
very blocky
minor schist intercalation
CH CM CM 35
partly disturbed rock mass 60 25
50 40

3
Sandstone - Schists 20
or only schists/shales
weak, folded, disturbed
45 CM CL
blocky-disturbed rock mass 30
15
30 10
4
Clayey or silty Shale
laminated, crushed,
D
10
Disintegrated rock mass

GSI = Geological Strength Index

CH-CM-CL-D: Rock Mass Classes according to CRIEPI
(tentative correlation to GSI)

C:\Documents and Settings\HTTK\Desktop\UPL-Foundation-March2011_b.docx

UPL HPP
Dam Foundation – Geotechnical Parameters
Report No. UPL-FRH-MAR 2011 18/19

Annex 4: Rock Mass Classification made in the Diversion Tunnel (right abutment)

Metasandstone
Station (m) RMR RMRmod GSI GSImod Q-value
From To

100 103 67 75 60 70 3.75

103 106 67 75 60 70 3.75
106 109 67 75 60 70 3.75
109 112 67 75 60 70 3.75
112 115 42 53 27 48 0.825
115 118 42 53 27 48 0.825
118 121 42 53 27 48 0.825
121 124 42 53 27 48 0.825
124 127 42 53 27 48 0.825
127 130 42 53 27 48 0.825
137 140 67 75 57 70 3.5
140 143 67 75 57 70 3.5
143 146 67 75 57 70 3.5
146 149 67 75 57 70 3.5
149 152 67 75 57 70 3.5
152 155 67 75 57 70 3.5
155 158 67 75 57 70 3.5
158 161 67 75 57 70 3.5
161 164 67 75 57 70 3.5
164 167 56 67 46 62 2
167 170 56 67 46 62 2
170 173 56 67 46 62 2
173 176 56 67 46 62 2
176 179 56 67 46 62 2
179 182 56 67 46 62 2
182 185 67 75 57 70 3.5
185 188 67 75 57 70 3.5
188 191 67 75 57 70 3.5
191 194 67 75 57 70 3.5
194 197 67 75 57 70 3.5
197 200 67 75 57 70 3.5

RMRmod = RMR with ground water rating set to 15

GSImod = RMRmod -5

C:\Documents and Settings\HTTK\Desktop\UPL-Foundation-March2011_b.docx

UPL HPP
Dam Foundation – Geotechnical Parameters
Report No. UPL-FRH-MAR 2011 19/19

Annex 5: Rock Mass Classification System according to CRIEPI (Central Research

Institute of the Electric Power Industry, Japan)

Correlations between Rock Classes and Rock Mass Parameters

(Note: C~CH, D~CM, E-F~CL-D)

C:\Documents and Settings\HTTK\Desktop\UPL-Foundation-March2011_b.docx

 Customer The Republic of the Union of Myanmar
Ministry of Electric Power
Department of Hydropower Implementation

Project name Upper Paunglaung Hydropower

Project
Document title Completion Report
Project chapter 3. Civil Works Construction Design

February 2015

www.afconsult.com/switzerland
Table of Contents

3 Civil Works Construction Design..................................................................................................... 1

3.1 Overall Project Layout ...................................................................................................................... 1

3.2 River Diversion ................................................................................................................................... 1
3.3 Main Dam ........................................................................................................................................... 2
3.4 Spillway ............................................................................................................................................... 3
3.5 Bottom Outlet .................................................................................................................................... 3
3.6 Power Intakes..................................................................................................................................... 3
3.7 Penstocks ............................................................................................................................................ 3
3.8 Powerhouse ........................................................................................................................................ 4
3.9 Tailrace Channel................................................................................................................................. 4
3.10 Associated Buildings ......................................................................................................................... 4
3.11 Miscellaneous Civil Works................................................................................................................ 4
3.12 Switchyard .......................................................................................................................................... 5

© The Copyright remains with AF-Colenco Ltd.

The Republic of the Union of Myanmar - Ministry of Electric Power I

Upper Paunglaung Hydropower Project – Completion Report – 3. Civil Works Construction Design
February 2015
3 Civil Works Construction Design

The main data of the civil works construction design is provided here. The data included are mainly Project
Description, Design Reports, Stability and Structural Analyses.

The section 3 is divided into the following subsections:

3.1 Overall Project Layout

3.2 River Diversion

3.3 Main Dam

3.4 Spillway

3.5 Bottom Outlet

3.6 Power Intakes

3.7 Penstocks

3.8 Powerhouse

3.9 Tailrace

3.10 Associated Buildings

3.11 Miscellaneous Civil Works

3.12 Switchyard

The list of contents of each subchapter is presented below.

3.1 Overall Project Layout

– Salient Features of the Project

– Completion of RCC Dam from Asia 2014 paper

– Design and Construction Aspects of RCC Dam from Asia 2012 paper

– RCC dam – design and construction from ICOLD 2011 Luzern paper

– AFC’s Upper Paunglaung HPP

– AF-Colenco AG’s info

3.2 River Diversion

– RCC Placing, Guidelines, UPL- 3853 – RCC PLACING – ROH/APRIL 2009, April 2009

The Republic of the Union of Myanmar - Ministry of Electric Power Page 1 of 5

Upper Paunglaung Hydropower Project – Completion Report – 3. Civil Works Construction Design
February 2015
– Temperature Control Measures, Separation Wall – RCC, UPL – 3853 – SEP WALL TEMP – ROH/APRIL
2009, April 2009

– Trial Embankment, Separation Wall – RCC, UPL – 3853 – SEP WALL TRIAL – ROH/APRIL 2009, April 2009

– Stability Analysis Report, Separation Wall, UPL-56-SW-ROH, November 2008

– River Diversion, Outlet Structure, Structural Analysis, June 2007

– River Diversion, Inlet Structure, Structural Analysis, June 2007

3.3 Main Dam

– Thermal Mass Gradient Report, Main Dam - RCC, UPL - 03 - THERMAL MGC - ROH/JAN 2009, January
2009

– Full Scale Trial Procedures, Main Dam - RCC, UPL - 03 - RCC FST - ROH/OCT 09_rev. 1, October 2009

– Design Report, RCC Transportation System, Main Dam - RCC, UPL - DR - 03 - RCC TRANSPORT -
ROH/APR 2010, April 2010

– Dam Foundation Treatment - Curtain Grouting Procedure / Specification, Report No. UPL-CWS-SEPT
2010, September 2010

– Special Technical Specifications, Section 3.17: Main Dam Instrumentation, UPL-21-STS-3.17, December
2010

– Design Report, Main Dam - Block Joint Spacing, Main Dam - RCC, Report No. UPL - DR - 03 - BLOCK
JOINTS - ROH/DEC2010, December 2010

– Design Report - RCC Dam, Horizontal Thermal Stresses, Report No. UPL-DR-03-ROH/OCT2011, Octo-
ber 2011

– Design Criteria, Main Dam - Design, UPL - 03 - DESIGN CRITERIA - ROH/MAR 2011, November
2008_rev. 2011

– Specifications and Procedures for Dam Grout & Drainage Curtains, Report No. UPL-CWS/JULY 2012,
July 2012

– Design Report - Main Dam, Reservoir Impounding, Report No. UPL-DR-03-ROH/NOV2012, November
2012

– RCC Dam - Thermal Post-Analysis, December 2013

– Construction Design Report for Main Dam, February 2015

– Main Dam - Report on Additional Instrumentation, February 2015

The Republic of the Union of Myanmar - Ministry of Electric Power Page 2 of 5

Upper Paunglaung Hydropower Project – Completion Report – 3. Civil Works Construction Design
February 2015
3.4 Spillway

– Hydraulic Model Testing, Spillway and Bottom Outlet General Specifications, Report No. UPL-56-HMT-
October 2007, October 2007

– Hydraulic Design Report, Spillway Structure, UPL – 3853 – SPILLWAY HYDRAULIC ANALYSIS –
ROH/JAN2009, January 2009

– Report on Hydraulic Model Study of Spillway August 2009

– Design Report: Spillway Chute & Flip Bucket, UPL – DR – 04.900 – Spillway Chute – MIA / OCT 2011,
October 2011

– Design Report: Spillway Bridge & Piers, UPL – DR – 04.910 – Spillway Bridge – MIA / OCT 2011, October
2011

– Construction Design Report for Spillway, February 2015

3.5 Bottom Outlet

– Bottom Outlet Structure, Stability and Structural Safety, Report No. 65.3853.05.950 / Rev. 0, June 2009

– Report on Hydraulic Model Study of Bottom Outlet August 2009

– Bottom Outlet, Gate Chamber, December 2010

– Bottom Outlet, Alternative Gate Chamber Precast Design, June 2011

– Bottom Outlet, Gate Chamber Precast Design, June 2011

– Bottom Outlet, Structural Design, Access Portal, September 2011

– Bottom Outlet, Anchorage of Hydraulic Hoist of Radial Gate

– Construction Design Report for Bottom Outlet, February 2015

3.6 Power Intakes

– Design Report, Power Intake, Report No. UPL-DR-06.900, February 2014

– Construction Design Report for Power Intakes, February 2015

3.7 Penstocks

– Design Report: Penstock Shafts, UPL – DR – 07.910 – Penstock Shafts – MIA / MAR 2011, March 2011

– Design Report: Penstock Encasement & Inclined Supports, UPL – DR – 07.920 – Penstock Encasement –
MIA / AUG 2011, August 2011

The Republic of the Union of Myanmar - Ministry of Electric Power Page 3 of 5

Upper Paunglaung Hydropower Project – Completion Report – 3. Civil Works Construction Design
February 2015
– Construction Design Report for Penstocks, February 2015

3.8 Powerhouse

– Powerhouse, check of Stability, Stability Analysis, Report No. 60.3853.08.901 dated 28.08.2009

– Powerhouse, Stability / Structural Analysis, Basic Design Data, Report No. 60.3853.08.900 dated
03.09.2009

– Structural Analysis, Powerhouse Superstructure, Report No. UPL-DR-08.902, September 2011

– Structural Analysis, Powerhouse Slabs Floors 5 to 8, Report No. UPL-DR 08.905, September 2011

– Special Technical Specifications, Section 15.21: Bonded Concrete Floors, UPL - STS - 15.21, December
2012

– Special Technical Specifications for Architectural Works, Sections 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 33, 37, 39, 40, 41,
42, 43 and 44, July 2013

– Construction Design Report for Powerhouse, February 2015

– Design Report, Powerhouse - Service Bay, Report No. UPL-DR-08.903, February 2015

– Design Report, Powerhouse - Machine Bay, Report No. UPL-DR-08.904, February 2015

– Design Report, Powerhouse - Report No. UPL-DR-08.920, February 2015

3.9 Tailrace Channel

– Design Report: Left Tailrace Channel Wall, Downstream of TR 61.75, Preliminary Design, UPL – DR –
09.900 – Tailrace Channel Wall – Mia / Jul 2012, July 2012

– Construction Design Report for Tailrace Channel, February 2015

3.10 Associated Buildings

– Design Report, 33 kV Switchgear Building, Report No. UPL-DR-10-PPM/AUG 2012, August 2012

– Construction Design Report for Associated Buildings, February 2015

3.11 Miscellaneous Civil Works

– Design Report, Water Tank, Report No. UPL-DR-11-KMT/AUG2012, August 2012

– Construction Design Report for Miscellaneous Civil Works, February 2015

The Republic of the Union of Myanmar - Ministry of Electric Power Page 4 of 5

Upper Paunglaung Hydropower Project – Completion Report – 3. Civil Works Construction Design
February 2015
3.12 Switchyard

– Construction Design Report for Switchyard, February 2015

The Republic of the Union of Myanmar - Ministry of Electric Power Page 5 of 5

Upper Paunglaung Hydropower Project – Completion Report – 3. Civil Works Construction Design
February 2015
 Customer The Republic of the Union of Myanmar
Ministry of Electric Power
Department of Hydropower Implementation

Project name Upper Paunglaung Hydropower

Project
Document title Completion Report
Project chapter 3.1 Overall Project Layout

February 2015
 Customer The Republic of the Union of Myanmar
Ministry of Electric Power
Department of Hydropower Implementation

Project name Upper Paunglaung Hydropower

Project
Document title Completion Report
Project chapter Salient Features of the Project

February 2015

www.afconsult.com/switzerland
Table of Contents

1 Salient Features of the Project ........................................................................................................ 1

1.1 Project Location ................................................................................................................................. 1

1.2 Overall Layout of the Project........................................................................................................... 2
1.3 Key Design Data................................................................................................................................. 4

© The Copyright remains with AF-Colenco Ltd.

The Republic of the Union of Myanmar - Ministry of Electric Power I

Upper Paunglaung Hydropower Project – Completion Report – Salient Features of the Project
February 2015
1 Salient Features of the Project

1.1 Project Location

The Upper Paunglaung Hydropower Project is located on the Paunglaung River 40 km upstream of
Paunglaung Rockfill Dam and just downstream of the confluence of Paunglaung and small Paunglaung
River, and located 50km east of the Capital City of Myanmar, Nay Pyi Taw. The Project Area belongs to
Mandalay Division, but the Reservoir is mainly in Shan State. The Dam Site location is 19°45’22’’N (Latitude)
and 96°35’44’’E (Longitude).

Figure 1-1: Project Location Map

The Project is located on the river stretch of direction east to west where the river crosses the border be-
tween Shan Stage and Mandalay Division and turns from north to north-west almost 180 degrees. Just up-
stream of the Dam Axis is the confluence of Paunglaung River and Paunglaung Nge Chaung. Upstream of
the Dam Axis on the main Paunglaung is a 2km long narrow gorge.

The Republic of the Union of Myanmar - Ministry of Electric Power Page 1 of 8

Upper Paunglaung Hydropower Project – Completion Report – Salient Features of the Project
February 2015
The Upper Paunglaung Project can be accessed from Nay Pyi Taw via Paunglaung village and Paunglaung
Power Station. From Paunglaung Power Station there is one main access road to Upper Paunglaung Project.

Figure 1-2: Project Location, Paunglaung River and downstream Power Station

Upper Paunglaung Hydropower Project is the third project on the Paunglaung River and its distributaries.
Paunglaung with 280MW is in operation since 2004 and Nancho with 40MW on Nancho River a distributary
of Paunglaung River is in operation since 2014.

1.2 Overall Layout of the Project

The Upper Paunglaung HPP consists of a 102m high RCC Gravity Dam with crest length of 444m across the
Paunglaung River. Incorporated in the Dam body are a Bottom Outlet in the River Section, the ungated
Spillway with three openings located in the middle of the dam section, and the power intakes which are
attached at the upstream face of the dam face of the dam body and the penstock which connect the wa-
terway from the Power Intakes to the Powerhouse.

– A concrete lined diversion tunnel with 10m diameter is design to divert the 10years wet season flood
without overtopping the upstream cofferdam during the construction period. At end of construction
when the Bottom Outlet is in operation, the tunnel will be plugged with a 20m long concrete plug.

The Republic of the Union of Myanmar - Ministry of Electric Power Page 2 of 8

Upper Paunglaung Hydropower Project – Completion Report – Salient Features of the Project
February 2015
– The Spillway has an overall width of 67m at the crest and is ungated. The spillway chute and flip bucket
are attached to the RCC dam downstream face and discharge the water to the downstream river bed.

– The Power Intakes consists of 2 individual Structures which are attached to the upstream face of the
RCC dam and supported by a RCC dam upstream extension. The Power Intakes are equipped with roll-
er type service gates and maintenance gates.

The powerhouse is located at the left bank downstream of the dam toe. The powerhouse is housing 2 Fran-
cis units, and includes unloading, assembly bay and control building. The plant has an installed capacity of
140MW.

Figure 1-3: General Arrangement of the Project

The Republic of the Union of Myanmar - Ministry of Electric Power Page 3 of 8

Upper Paunglaung Hydropower Project – Completion Report – Salient Features of the Project
February 2015
1.3 Key Design Data

The Key Design Data presented in the present chapter are subdivided into key subjects and key project
structures. Comprehensive information regarding the parameters of the structures and equipment is pro-
vided in the Upper Paunglaung Systems Definition.

Location
Division / State Mandalay / Shan State
River Paunglaung River
Dam Site Location 40 km upstream Paunglaung
Rockfill Dam
Latitude 19°45'22.63"N
Longitude 96°35'39.98"E
Nearest Town Pyinmana
Nearest Airport Nay Pyi Taw International Airport
(70km)

Hydrology
Catchment Area 2570 km2
Average annual Rainfall 1750 mm (approximately)
Average Runoff 82 m3/s
Floods:
10 years 1,100 m3/s
50 years 1,750 m3/s
100 years 2,100 m3/s
1,000 years 3,500 m3/s
PMF 7,000 m3/s

Reservoir
Maximum Exceptional Water Level (PMF) 377.10 m a.s.l.
Full Supply Level 370.00 m a.s.l.
Minimum Operating Level 352.00 m a.s.l.
Gross Res. Storage at Full Supply Level 1,700 M. m3
Live Reservoir Storage 1,000 M. m3
Reservoir Area at Full Supply Level 72.0 km2

River Diversion
Diversion Tunnels
Location on the right bank hill side
Number of Openings 1
Length of Tunnel 290 m
Tunnel diameter 10.0 m
Tunnel type concrete lined
Sill Elevation 284.50 m a.s.l.

The Republic of the Union of Myanmar - Ministry of Electric Power Page 4 of 8

Upper Paunglaung Hydropower Project – Completion Report – Salient Features of the Project
February 2015
Upstream Embankment Cofferdam
Crest Elevation 304.00 m a.s.l.
3
Flood protection level 1100 m /s (10 years wet season flood)
Crest Length 140 m

Downstream Embankment Cofferdam

Crest Elevation 291.00 m a.s.l.
3
Flood protection level 1100 m /s (10 years wet season flood)
Crest Length (both sides of the diversion channel) 120 m

Separation wall
Max Crest Elevation 295.50 m a.s.l.
Min Crest Elevation 291.00 m a.s.l.
Flood Protection level 3500 m3/s (1000 years wet season
flood)
Max Height 25.60 m
Min Height 13.00 m
Width 15.0 m
Length 99.6 m
Type RCC wall

Bottom Outlets
Location Integrated in the RCC Block 15
Number of Openings 2
Type of the Maintenance Gates sliding type bonnet gates
Opening Height 3.0 m
Width 2.0 m
Type of the Service Gates radial gates
Height 2.8 m
Width 2.0 m
3
Discharge at Full Supply Level (two openings) 400 m /s

Main Dam
Type RCC Gravity Dam
Crest Elevation 378.00 m a.s.l.
Crest width 10 m
Crest length 536.5 m
Lowest design Foundation Level 275.00 m a.s.l.
Maximum Height 103 m
Number of Blocks 27
Design Block Width Spacing 20 m
Max Block width 20 m
Upstream face slope vertical

The Republic of the Union of Myanmar - Ministry of Electric Power Page 5 of 8

Upper Paunglaung Hydropower Project – Completion Report – Salient Features of the Project
February 2015
Downstream face slope 0.8 H / 1 V
RCC downstream steps height 0.6 m
Maximum foundation slope horizontal
3
Dam Volume 0.95 M. m
No. of horizontal Galleries 3

Spillway
Location in the river section at dam block
16 to 19
Type ogee crest, ungated spillway
Crest Elevation 370.20 m a.s.l.
Number of Gates 3
Width of Openings 17.00 m
Discharge Capacity
at 1000 year Flood level (El. 374.0) 710 m3/s
at Maximum Exceptional Water Level (PMF) 1,750 m3/s
Number of Piers 2
Width of Piers 3 m
Overall width of Spillway 65.60 m

Power Intakes
Location on the left bank at dam block 12
to 13
Number 2
Width of Intake blocks 20 m
Intake Axis Level 340.00 m a.s.l.
Design Discharge 100 m3/s
Submergence on Minimum Operating Level 5.10 m
Trash Rack Dimensions
Gross Width 3 x 4.40 m
Gross Height 14.00 m
Slope vertical
Maintenance and Service Gates
Width 4.80 m
Height 4.80 m
Sill Elevation 337.60 m a.s.l.

Penstocks
Location on the left bank at dam block 12
to 13, connecting the Intake with
the Powerhouse
Number of Penstocks 2
Diameter 4.80 m
Number of bends 2

The Republic of the Union of Myanmar - Ministry of Electric Power Page 6 of 8

Upper Paunglaung Hydropower Project – Completion Report – Salient Features of the Project
February 2015
Length of upper horizontal section 30.4 m
Length of inclined section 62.7 m
Length of lower horizontal section 11.5 m
Number of Corrugated Joints 2
Type of Penstock open penstock with concrete
embedded bends

Powerhouse
Location on the left bank downstream toe
of the dam
Type Outdoor
No of Units 2
Unit Spacing 20 m
Length of Unit Bays 40 m
Length of Assembly Bay / Unloading Bay 20 m
Length of Control Building 16.58 m
Width of Substructure (upstream – downstream) 30.6 m
Width of Superstructure Powerhouse 17.8 m
Width of Superstructure Control Building 7.5 m
Height of Substructure 26.4 m
Height of Superstructure 18.4 m
Foundation Elevation at Units 265.50 m a.s.l.
Turbine Setting Level 278.40 m a.s.l.
Machine Hall Elevation 290.90 m a.s.l.
Unloading Bay Elevation 290.90 m a.s.l.

Power Generating Facilities

Number of Turbines 2
Type of Turbines Vertical Axis Francis
Maximum net head 85.5 m
Rated net head 79.0 m
Minimum net head 64.7 m
Rated turbine discharge 2 x 100 m3/s
Rated turbine output at rated net head 2 x 72.5 MW
Maximum turbine output at rated net head 2 x 78 MW
Rated speed 200 rpm

Generator type vertical, three phases, synchro-

nous
Rated Power Factor 0.9

Switchyard

The Republic of the Union of Myanmar - Ministry of Electric Power Page 7 of 8

Upper Paunglaung Hydropower Project – Completion Report – Salient Features of the Project
February 2015
Open air type 230 kV

Upper Paunglaung
Plant Capacity and Energy Production
Average Operation hours 9.1 hours
Guaranteed Minimum Peak Power 34.2 MW
Annual Firm Energy Production 447 GWh/year
Annual Average Total Energy Production 466 GWh/year

Paunglaung
Plant Capacity and Energy Production
Average Operation hours 9.7 hours
Guaranteed Minimum Peak Power 91.7 MW
Annual Firm Energy Production 912 GWh/year
Annual Average Total Energy Production 1003 GWh/year

Construction Schedule
Duration of Construction Period 10 years
Commissioning December 2014

The Republic of the Union of Myanmar - Ministry of Electric Power Page 8 of 8

Upper Paunglaung Hydropower Project – Completion Report – Salient Features of the Project
February 2015
 Completion of the Upper Paunglaung RCC Dam

U Zaw Min San Ch. Rohrer

Department of Hydropower Implementation AF-Consult Switzerland Ltd.
Ministry of Electric Power Täfernstrasse 26, 5405 Baden
Nay Pyi Taw, Myanmar Switzerland

Introduction
The 140 MW Upper Paunglaung Hydropower Project comprises a RCC (Roller Compacted Concrete) dam with a
powerhouse located on the left bank at the toe of the dam, housing two power generation units. The project on
Paunglaung River upstream of the existing 280MW Paunglaung Hydropower Plant is located 50km east of the
Capital City Nay Pyi Taw, in Myanmar.
The construction of the Upper Paunglaung project started in late 2005 with the excavation of the river diversion
tunnel of 10m diameter. At the same time the basic design, construction design as well as assistance in site
supervision of the project had been carried out by AF-Colenco Ltd. (now AF-Consult Switzerland Ltd.). End of
2008 the Paunglaung River had been diverted, and construction of the upstream and downstream cofferdam started.
The construction of the powerhouse started in 2010 and the RCC dam construction started in January 2011. The
RCC dam has been competed in December 2013 and the impounding will start at beginning of 2014. The
commissioning of the plant will be in 2014.
The paper concentrates on the design and construction of the RCC dam. It gives first an overview of the RCC dam
layout and describes the main appurtenant structures. The paper then focuses on the RCC dam design and
construction details by presenting some specific design features of Upper Paunglaung RCC dam. It will be assessed
if they have been or will perform successfully for construction and operation.
The paper also presents the RCC mix design, the most important RCC hardened properties and construction
sequences as well as the changes made during construction.
Finally a short conclusion to the project is given, which is presenting the opinion of the author.

Fig. 1. Project overview at last RCC construction stage

1. Project Layout
The project compromises a 103m high RCC gravity dam with a crest length of 537m. An ungated spillway and a
bottom outlet located in the river section are integrated into the dam body. Two power intakes are placed on the
upstream face of the dam, on the left side. Two penstocks of 4.8m inner diameter pass though the dam body and
follow the downstream face of the dam to the powerhouse. The powerhouse is housing two Francis units, and
includes the unloading and assembly bay and the control building. The plant has an installed capacity of 140MW. A
separation wall divides the powerhouse from the spillway and river section. The switchyard is located on the left
bank 160m downstream of the powerhouse. A concrete lined diversion tunnel of 10m diameter is located on the
right bank. The project layout is shown in Fig. 1.

1.1 Main Dam

The main dam is a RCC (Roller Compacted Concrete) gravity dam of 103m height and crest length of 537m, with
vertical upstream and stepped 1V:0.8H sloped downstream face. The axis of the dam is characterised by four kinks.
The dam axis and location had to be adjusted during the detail design due to difficult local geological foundation
condition. The dam has horizontal inspection and drainage galleries on three levels and abutment galleries on each
abutment of grouting, drainage and inspection. The RCC dam is divided into 27 blocks with maximum spacing of
20m. The total RCC volume is 0.95 Mio m3. A grout curtain with 10° inclination towards upstream and a maximum
depth of 80m is provided to minimise the seepage through the underground. A drainage curtain is arranged
downstream of the grout curtain with 20° inclination to reduce the uplift pressure. The grout curtain as well as the
drainage curtain is carried out from the galleries.

1.2 Appurtenant Structures

The spillway with a maximum discharge capacity of 1750m3/s is integrated in the dam structure. It consists of an
ogee crest of 67m width, a spillway chute of 75m length attached at the downstream face of the RCC dam, with
same slope as the dam and with symmetrical convergence of 7°. The flip bucket at the end of the chute passes the
water to the downstream river section. The spillway is built in conventional concrete subsequently following the
RCC construction. The spillway is shown in Fig. 2.

Fig. 2. Appurtenant Structures: Spillway and Penstocks Fig. 3. Appurtenant Structure: Power Intakes

The bottom outlet with two openings of 3m x 2m each, is equipped with radial and sliding gates. The whole
structure built in conventional concrete is incorporated at the bottom of one dam block. The bottom outlet is able to
draw down the reservoir in the dry season and to maintain the riparian discharge during impounding or operation
shut downs.

The power intakes are placed in front of the upstream face. The structure includes emergency closure gates and
maintenance gates, both operated from the dam crest. The two intake structures with intake trumpet, gate chamber,
gate shaft and gate operation room are seated on a RCC platform. The horizontal encased steel penstocks of 4.8m
diameter pass through the dam. They are connected to the inclined steel penstock on the downstream face of the dam
leading to the spiral case of the 70MW turbines in the powerhouse.
2. RCC Construction Sequences and Schedule
The initial construction stages and sequences have been changed many times to suit the condition of the construction
site. Two major changes had been made during construction:
During the construction of RCC stages 1 and 2, it has been observed that the retarder admixture is retarding the RCC
too short, even with high dosages. Therefore the following RCC stages had to be resized into smaller stages [2].
During placing stage 9 of the RCC in the river section, the sudden requirement has been made to keep the dam
construction below El. 312m during the forthcoming wet season. In order not delay the RCC dam construction for a
minimum of one wet season, the construction stages on the right bank have been split into two. With this
arrangement it was made able to continue raising the RCC and constructing the spillway, and at the same time to
leave the RCC at the right bank at a low level as a breach to minimise the risk of flooding in the reservoir area.
Consequently, also the RCC transportation system had to be adjusted, what is not so easy in the middle of the
construction period.
The final RCC stages and construction sequences are shown in Fig. 4.

16 15 20
14 19
13 12
8
18
6 5 11

3 4 10 17
9
2

1 7

Fig. 4. RCC stages and construction sequences

It was originally planned to construct the RCC dam of Upper Paunglaung within 18 months. Due to various
challenges such as limited budget, difficult weather condition, topographical and geological issues and aggregate
production capacity, placing equipment condition, the RCC has been finally built in 35 months. Whenever RCC has
been placed, the rate of placing was of good speed.

Fig. 5. RCC placing during construction of Stage 9

It showed that in terms of the RCC design, the RCC mixing equipment and transportation system, the RCC placing
equipment and the workmanship, the dam could have been built within 18 months. The monthly average placing rate
including all the stops of UPL is approximately 25’600m3. The monthly average placing rate excluding the stops is
65’700m3.

3. Construction Details
3.1 Introduction of Short Joints
The number of RCC blocks respectively the joint spacing has been defined during the basic and detail design. The
size of the RCC blocks is mainly restricted by the dimensions of the appurtenant structures, mainly the Intakes, and
the specific RCC mix. The block width of 20m was initially found suitable. As the RCC mix containing natural
Pozzolan, which was found out behave quite brittle, and the cementitious content of the RCC mix had to be
increased based on the results of the Trial Mix Phase and in addition, the placing temperature could not be kept
below the specified 20°C during the hot period, the spacing of the RCC blocks had to be reduced. Instead of
rearranging the whole layout, short joints on the upstream face have been introduced at the blocks in the river
section. The short joints are arranged at the centre of the RCC block at the upstream face and consists of a 3m long
joint similar to the normal block joints, with two water stops and a joint drain. The concept of the short joint is based
on the results of the thermal analysis with the aim of reducing the horizontal thermal tensile stresses at the upstream
face where the highest thermal gradients occur. The risk of surface and mass gradient cracking is reduced
considerably and the joint are allowed to open without occurrence of seepage.
In a detailed finite element thermal analysis the effect of the short joints and the thermal stress reduction has been
calculated and assessed as suitable alternative for the UPL RCC dam. A comparison of thermal stresses at a normal
29m wide block and a block with short joints are presented in Fig. 6 and Fig. 7.
In the centre of a few RCC blocks which are equipped with and without short joint, stress meter and strain gauges
have been installed near the upstream face to monitor the real behaviour of the concrete and to allow comparison
with the computed values.

Fig. 6. Thermal Stresses with Normal Block Joint Fig. 7. Thermal Stresses with Short Joint Arrangement

3.2 Abutment Gallery Construction

The abutment gallery of the Upper Paunglaung RCC dam has been built and raised up continuously with the RCC
placing. Steel formwork has been used for the sidewalls, trenches and stairs and instrument niches. On top of the
gallery precast roof elements have been placed. The abutment gallery is located in vertical direction minimum 3m
above the dam foundation and in horizontal direction 10m away from the foundation and 4.4m downstream of the
dam axis (see Fig. 8). This arrangement of the abutment gallery allows RCC placing all around the gallery without
restrictions. The abutment galleries are connected with the horizontal galleries and transverse galleries always on top
of an RCC stage. The intersections have been formed with timber formworks, the horizontal and transverse galleries
were built with U-Shape precast elements.

3.3 Transport System – Long chute

Due to the changes of the RCC stages and sequences as mentioned above, the transport system had to be changes as
well. After construction of RCC stage 9 it has been decided to split the right bank stages into two and to construct
first the left bank up to the crest. There was only a limited time to change the transportation system including design,
purchase materials and manufacturing. The main challenge was to find a way after construction of RCC Stage 14, 15
and 16 on the left bank, to deliver the RCC from the Batching Plant located on top of the left bank at El. 420m, to
the right end of Stage 14 at El.350m and then transport it to the placement area of Stage 17 at El. 313m. The only
way to overcome the transportation problem solved in short time was to use the short conveyor belt for horizontal
extension of the main conveyor belt and to install a vacuum chute to drop the concrete 37m down. It is not the first
time that RCC has been delivered by chute to overcome a height of 40m, but the past has also shown that if the
chute is not properly designed, unexpected problems can arise. If the chute is too flat or not rigid enough, the
concrete can be stacked or the concrete can erode the chute bottom. In both cases the transport capacity will
massively drop and construction delays to be expected.
In case of the UPL two parallel chutes were installed and were working without problems (see Fig. 9). No segregates
occurs during transportation of the fresh RCC and no negative impact could be found either in workability, fresh
properties or final RCC strength.

Fig. 8. Abutment gallery construction Fig. 9. Transporting of RCC with chute

4. RCC Mix Design

The first trial mix program was carried out in September 2009 at the Concrete and Soil Laboratory of the
Department of Hydropower Implementation (DHPI), using limestone aggregates from the allocated quarry. The
quarry itself and the crushing plants were not yet developed at that time. This first stage of the trial mixes
concentrated on assessment of the different cement and aggregate materials and testing of various RCC mixes and
admixtures.
A second trial mix program was carried out to optimise the mixture proportion and testing of levelling concrete.
Finally a RCC mix proportion with 70kg cement and 160kg natural Pozzolan was selected.
A full scale trial embankment was constructed on the project site in May 2010 with the purpose to confirm the
quality of the RCC mix, to test the horizontal RCC lift joint strength with different joint treatments and the
performance of the admixture as well as to provide training of the workmanship. At this stage of the Project two
limestone quarries had been developed and the crushing plants were installed and tested. In September 2010 vertical
cores were extracted from the trial embankment and the 90day core strength of the RCC was tested. The test results
did not meet the requirements, and it had to be questioned that the RCC will gain enough strength to reach the
required value of the 365day tensile and compressive strength. Finally the RCC mix had to be changed to 90kg
cement and 140kg natural Pozzolan for the start to the RCC dam construction [2].

5. RCC performance
The placing performance of the RCC at Upper Paunglaung was heavily influenced by the site condition. The
weather during the dry and cool season (from November until May) was very favourable for the aggregate
production, the quality of the RCC mix and the placing. However, the quality of the aggregates and therefore of the
quality of the RCC mix was negatively affected in the wet season by daily heavy rainfall and contaminated
aggregates. To overcome the problems, it had been decided to increase the production of the aggregates in the dry
season to the limits and to reduce the production in the wet season with simultaneously increase the quality by
temporary measure to limit the contamination. Also by gaining experience the quarry contractors have been able to
cope better with the difficult condition during the wet season in the following years and the impact on the aggregates
and consequently RCC quality decreased.

5.1 Cube compressive strength

Strength tests were carried out for all layers at batching plant and at placement. At both places the RCC was taken
from the main transport system independently, specimens were manufactured independently, storing and curing as
well as testing independently at different laboratories. The development of compressive strength by age of the cubes
manufactured from the RCC for different stages is shown in Fig. 10. The stages placed during the wet season are on
the lower range, the stages of the dry season on the upper range of the cube compressive strength. At the age of 365
days all compressive strength results meet the requirement design strength of 19.5MPa and still gaining strength. A
substantial increase in strength was found at Stage 6A, due to the fact that the aggregates of this stage was produced
in the dry season and was not stored at intermediate stockpile, therefore not mixed with aggregates of the wet season
but directly transported to the batching plant.

Fig. 10. RCC cube compressive strength Fig. 11. RCC cylinder tensile strength

5.2 Direct tensile strength

The development of tensile strength by age of the manufactured cylinders from the various RCC stages is shown in
Fig. 11. The available 91 and 365day cylinder tensile strength results show that the required 365day design strength
of 1.1 MPa could be reached and even far exceeded the expected values.

6. Actual Situation and Conclusion

The RCC placement has been successfully completed on 29th December 2013. The remaining works of the
appurtenant structures of the dam to be finished are the spillway ogee crest including piers and bridge, power intake
operation room and the final arrangement of the dam crest. It is expected to start impounding the reservoir in the
first half of year 2014 and to complete the project including testing and commissioning in the second half of year
2014, so that the Upper Paunglaung Power Plant can produce power in 2014.
Also if the RCC dam construction took longer than initially planned, the construction of the Upper Paunglaung RCC
dam can be called a success. The difficulties the project has faced during the years of construction have all been
overcome and the dam could be finished without major accidents and with no compromise on quality. The most
important issue now is to impound the dam as fast as possible and start producing power to get the full benefit of the
project.

Fig. 12. Upstream view of the completed RCC dam

References
1. U Myint Zaw, U Zaw Min San, S.L.L. Cowie, Ch. Rohrer, “Experience made with retarder admixtures at two RCC dam
in Myanmar”, 6th International Symposium on RCC Dams 2012, Zargossa, Spain.
2. U Myint Zaw, U Maw Thar Htwe, U Zaw Min San, Ch. Rohrer, “Design and Construction Aspects of the Upper
Paunglaung RCC Dam”, Asia 2012, Chiang Mai, Thailand.
3. U Myint Zaw, U Thaung Han, Ch. Rohrer, K. M. Steiger, “The Upper Paunglaung RCC Dam – Design and
Construction”, ICOLD Annual Meeting 2011, Luzern, Switzerland.

The Authors

U Zaw Min San is Deputy Director of Construction No. (1), Department of Hydropower Implementation. After completion of
his studies in Myanmar, he has been involved in quality control works of the Yeywa Hydropower Project, started as Chief of the
Project Concrete laboratory and later Deputy Director of Design Branch of DHPI. He has been involved in design and
construction management of Upper Paunglaung & Nancho Hydropowers.

Christof Rohrer joined AF-Consult Switzerland Ltd. (formerly AF-Colenco Ltd) in 2002 after obtaining his MSc in Civil
Engineering from the Swiss Federal Institute of Technology Zurich. He was involved in the Son La, Lai Chau, Dong Nai, Yeywa,
and TaSang RCC dam design, and in the construction of Yeywa. He currently is the deputy project manager and designer of the
103m high Upper Paunglaung RCC dam and the project manager and dam designer of the 120m high Shweli 3 RCC dam project,
both in Myanmar.
 Design and Construction Aspects of the Upper Paunglaung
RCC Dam

U Myint Zaw (Union Deputy Minister) U Maw Thar Htwe (Director General)
Ministry of Electric Power No. (1) Department of Hydropower Implementation
Nay Pyi Taw Ministry of Electric Power No. (1)
Myanmar Nay Pyi Taw, Myanmar

U Zaw Min San (Deputy Director) Ch. Rohrer

Department of Hydropower Implementation AF-Colenco Ltd
Ministry of Electric Power No. (1) Täfernstrasse 26, 5405 Baden
Nay Pyi Taw, Myanmar Switzerland

Introduction
Upper Paunglaung Hydropower project is located on the Paunglaung River, about 50km east of the Capital City Nay
Pyi Taw, in Mandalay Division, Myanmar. The project is owned by the Ministry of Electric Power No. 1 with the
main purpose of power production for the national grid. It has an installed capacity of 140MW and compromises a
103m high RCC gravity dam, with Powerhouse located at the toe of the dam. The Upper Paunglaung Project is the
second RCC dam project in Myanmar, but the first RCC built by local contractors. The design and construction
supervision of the project is carried out by AF-Colenco Ltd.
This paper gives a short overview of the project and its structures. It explains the arrangement of the RCC dam
layout and its relation to the construction sequences. It describes the way the dam construction is restricted due to
the incorporated structures. A brief overview of the RCC mix design and Full Scale Trial embankment is also given.
Finally it is described how the site condition and difficulties during construction influence the quality of
construction material, the RCC mix design and the RCC performance as well as the construction sequence. The
paper shows the challenges of the project and the measures to be taken by the consultant to suit the condition and to
guarantee a high quality of the RCC.

Figure 1: Location Map Figure 2: General Layout of the Project

1. Project Layout

1.1 General Layout

The project compromises a 103m high RCC Gravity dam with a crest length of 537m. An ungated Spillway and a
Bottom Outlet located in the river section are integrated into the dam body. Two Power Intakes are placed on the
upstream face of the dam, on the left dam side. The two Penstocks pass though the dam body, and then follow the
downstream face of the dam to the powerhouse (Figure 3). A separation wall separates the Powerhouse from the
Spillway and river section. The diversion tunnel is located on the right bank. The general layout of the project is
shown in Figure 2.

1.2 Main Dam

The main dam is a Gravity RCC dam of 103m height, with a vertical upstream face and a stepped 1:0.8 sloped
downstream face. The axis of the dam is characterised by four kinks. The dam axis and location had to be adjusted
during the detail design due to the difficult local geological foundation condition. The dam has horizontal inspection
and drainage galleries on three levels and abutment galleries on each abutment for grouting, drainage and inspection.
The RCC dam is divided into 27 blocks with maximum block spacing of 20m. The total RCC volume is 0.95 Mio
m3. A grout curtain with 10° inclination towards upstream and a maximum depth of 80m is the main measure to
minimise seepage through the underground. A drainage curtain is arranged downstream of the grout curtain with 20°
inclination to reduce the uplift pressure. The grout curtain as well as the drainage curtain will be carried out from the
galleries (see Figure 5).

1.3 Incorporated Structures

The spillway with a maximum discharge capacity of 1750m3/s is integrated in the dam body along the river section
(see Figure 4 and 6). The spillway consists of an ogee crest of 67m width, a spillway chute of 75m length attached at
the downstream face of the RCC dam, with same slope as the dam and with a symmetrical convergence of 7°. The
flip bucket at the end of the chute passes the water to the downstream river section. The spillway will be built in
CVC subsequently to the RCC dam construction.
The Bottom Outlet with two openings of 3m x 2m each is equipped with radial and sliding gates. The whole
structure built in conventional concrete is incorporated in one dam block. The Bottom Outlet is able to draw down
the reservoir in the dry season and to maintain the riparian discharge during impounding or operation shut downs.

Figure 3: General Layout of the Project

The Power Intakes are placed in front of the dam on the upstream face. The structure includes emergency closure
gates and maintenance gates, both operated from the dam crest. The two Intake structures with intake trumpet, gate
chamber, gate shaft and gate operation room, are seated on a RCC platform. The horizontal encased steel penstocks
of 4.8m diameter pass through the dam. They are connected to the inclined steel penstocks on the downstream face
of the dam leading to the spiral case of the 70 MW turbines in the powerhouse. The powerhouse is located just
beyond the toe of the dam. A section through the dam and water conveyance system is shown in Figure 3.

2. Design Aspects

2.1 RCC Construction Sequences

The main goal of an RCC construction is to build the dam as fast a possible with a minimum number of stops. The
dam design has been optimised to suit the RCC construction, by minimising interferences, restrictions,
complications and long construction breaks. On the other hand no compromises shall be made on quality, safety and
serviceability of the structure. The incorporated structures as mentioned above including gallery system,
instrumentation and cable shafts are the restricting objects determining the RCC stages and influence the sequences
of the RCC construction. The RCC batching, transporting and placing equipment available for this project also
restricts the RCC construction program and RCC placing volume per layer. Most of the equipment had been moved
to site from a previous project and the capacities are limited. To guarantee that no warm and cold joints occur, at
least 1.5 Layers of RCC have to be placed every day. For Upper Paunglaung the RCC dam is divided into a right
and a left part to limit the RCC placing volume per layer. At each of the three horizontal Galleries the RCC will be
stopped to build the Galleries using U-shape precast elements and to place the invert slab with in-situ concrete. The
Bottom Outlet is incorporated in the lower part of Block 15 of the RCC dam and interfaces with the RCC
construction, proving restrictive to the construction sequences of the RCC. The RCC construction needs to start with
Stage 1, 2 and 3 on the left bank just next to the Bottom Outlet block to prevent any construction interruptions or
delays (see Figure 6). The Intake Structure with Intake trumpet, gate chamber and gate shaft does not interfere with
the RCC construction or sequence but due to the fact that the Intake structure sits on top of the RCC block, this RCC
section shall be completed as fast as possible to be able to build the complicated Intake structure with conventional
concrete as early as possible. For the given dam arrangement building the first 3 RCC stages on the left side of the
dam up to the Penstock level is therefore favourable for the Power Intake construction. The horizontal encased
penstock, which passes through the dam, is the next constriction of the RCC dam construction.

Figure 4: Spillway Section Figure 5: Downstream 3D view with Bottom Outlet and Dam Galleries
 Figure 6: Design Construction Sequences

After completion of RCC stage 3 the RCC placing on the left side shall be interrupted due to the installation of the
steel penstocks and conventional concrete works. At this stage of construction the RCC placing needs to continue in
the river section with Stage 4 and the Bottom outlet civil works need to be completed. While constructing the
horizontal penstock CVC blocks, the RCC placing of Stage 4, 5 and partly 6 and 7 can be carried out without
hindrance except for the horizontal galleries. Before the RCC construction of Stage 6 and 7 reachs the top of
penstock level, the horizontal penstock structure needs to be completed to avoid delay in RCC placing.
Subsequently, the RCC Stages 6 and 7 can be completed and Stages 8 and 9 can be carried out without any further
interference. The Spillway does not restrict the construction progress but divides the placing into left and right side
of the Spillway. The Construction of the Power Intake trumpet, gate chamber and shaft are independent from the
further RCC construction. The Gate shafts at the upstream side of the dam can be built either ahead or after the RCC
dam. The inclined parts of the steel penstocks as well as the Spillway chute on the downstream side of the dam shall
be constructed subsequently after the RCC dam.
Successful competition of the RCC dam in time depends mainly on the construction progress of the incorporated
structures, continuous production of aggregates and placing of RCC with a minimum of stops. Therefore the RCC
construction sequence is planned such that the incorporated structures are not on the critical path of the construction
program. If the incorporated structures would be on critical path and delayed, the RCC dam construction would
immediately be affected and RCC placing interrupted.

2.2 Flood Protection

The division of the RCC dam into right and left part is favourable for the flood protection of the powerhouse. An
overtopping of the dam in case of high flood during the wet season is allowed on the right side of the dam, where the
future spillway is located. The left side of the dam where the powerhouse is located shall never be overtopped. To
this end the left side of the dam is always built ahead of the right side. This additional restriction is also taken into
account for the RCC construction planning (see Figure 6).

2.3 RCC Mix design and Full Scale Trial

The trial mix program was carried out in two stages at the Concrete and Soil Laboratory of DHPI (Department of
Hydropower Implementation). The first stage of testing in September 2009 concentrated on assessment of the
different cement sources and aggregate materials, testing of various RCC mixes and admixtures. At this stage the
quarries and crushing plants of the aggregates production were not yet developed. Nevertheless the results of the
testing program were quite promising. The target of Stage 2 trial mix program was to optimise the mixture
proportion as well as testing of the levelling concrete mixes. The RCC mix which was selected at that stage is in the
order of 70kg cement and 160kg of natural pozzolan.
The Full Scale Trial embankment was constructed on site in May 2010. The purpose of the embankment was to
confirm the quality of the RCC mix, in particular the horizontal joints, the performance of the admixtures as well as
the workmanship and the reliability of the RCC equipment. The FST was carried out under very difficult conditions.
The first stage of the trial was affected by very hot ambient temperatures, shortage of power, problems with the
batching plant and lack of ice to keep the RCC placing temperature within the specified limits. The second stage was
characterised by a temperature drop of almost 10°C, frequent and heavy rain and consequently by contaminated
aggregates.
Figure 7: Strength comparison - Lab trials and FST Figure 8: Full scale trial embankment at Upper Paunglaung

In September 2010 several cores were extracted from the 90 day old trial embankment and tested in compression
and tension. The first test results were surprisingly low, and it was not clear if the RCC strength would develop
further enough with time to reach the design strength at the lift joints. The conclusion was drawn that the heavy rain,
the contaminated aggregates and the condition of the equipment were the reason for not reaching the targeted RCC
design strength. These unfavourable site conditions have to be expected at any time during the future RCC
construction, and therefore measures, as described later, need to be taken to reach the RCC design strength. A
strength comparison between Trial mixes (with various cement contents) and FST embankment is shown in Figure 7
and the FST embankment construction is shown in Figure 8.

3. Site Conditions
The weather conditions at Upper Paunglaung site are quite difficult. There are three typical seasons in this area, the
cold season from November until February, characterized by very dry weather with cold nights (14°C) and hot days
(36°C), followed by the hot season from March until June, characterized by very hot temperatures of over 40°C in
daytime and relatively dry conditions but with a few strong storms and heavy rain falls, and the rainy season from
July until October, characterised by very humid conditions, daily rain showers and temperatures of about 30 to 35°C
in daytime. To overcome the difficulties the main goal of the construction program is to speed up production and
construction during the dry season. All important and difficult structures where quality really matters shall be built
during the dry season and as much preparation works and material storage shall be completed before the heavy rain
starts. During the rainy season, mostly September and October, the RCC construction progress will be slowed down
or even stopped for some time.

4. Construction Aspects

4.1 Materials and RCC mix

For the Upper Paunglaung project two quarries were opened 15km upstream of the dam, where suitable limestone
was found for the RCC aggregates. Due to challenging topographical and geological conditions in this area with
overburden and heavily weathered rock cover of up to 40m thickness, difficulties in developing the quarries,
construction of access roads and providing power, the whole progress of the aggregates extraction and production
has been delayed and became the critical subject of the project in 2011. The impact on the RCC mix design and
placing was major. Due to late development of the quarries, using raw materials from the ground surface and
producing aggregates during wet season, the quality of the aggregates was not optimal. The main problem was the
contamination of the aggregates with top soil, coating of the coarse aggregates with fine material due to moisture,
and finally a too large percentage of fines <75 μm in the fine proportion of the aggregates. Basically the condition
was similar as for the Full Scale Trial embankment. The suboptimal condition of the material could not be changed
in the short term, and rejecting of the aggregates therefore not possible. The aggregate production was designed as a
dry process and therefore washing of the coarse aggregates was also not an option. Temporary measures to improve
the aggregates and RCC quality were taken such as remixing the old aggregates with fresh aggregates, managing the
stockpiles to minimise variation over time, and adjusting the RCC mix.

Figure 9: coated aggregates from the wet season Figure 10: quarry face during the dry season

As a result the final RCC mix proportions have been changed, the cement content has been increased and the placing
temperature has been lowered by 3°C. The final RCC mix for the start of RCC in the dam body was therefore:
90kg/m3 cement, 140kg/m3 pozzolan, 125kg/m3 water.

4.2 RCC Construction Sequences

The composition and quality of the aggregates used for the RCC influences also the retardation of the mix. The
super fine portion of the aggregates and the deleterious substances in the aggregates increase the absorption of
water, and weaken the effectiveness of the retarder. In addition the excessive clay content influences the workability
of the RCC; the RCC becomes sticky. The main problem is the retarder dosage which cannot be increased to reach
the targeted initial and final setting time. By increasing the retarder dosage the setting time becomes unstable and
initial setting time went up to more than 30 hours, final setting time up to 80 hours.
Another aspect is the economical situation. The chemical admixtures have to be imported and paid in foreign
currency which makes the project considerably more expensive if the retarder dosage has to be continuously
increased. To solve all the problems the RCC stages have been changed to smaller placing areas and therefore
smaller layer volumes. This means instead of the planned placing of minimum 1.5 RCC layers a day, 2.5 to 3 layers
can be placed. The setting time can be reduced and the retarder dosage kept at a stable level. In addition, the placing
of RCC in a smaller area is easier during the wet season. The stops after rain are shorter, due to reduced RCC
surface which needs to be cleaned. The adjusted RCC stages and sequences are shown in Figure 11.

Figure 11: Adjusted construction sequences for Stage 1 to 3 and 6 Figure 12: RCC placing with reduced area at Stage 2B
4.3 RCC performance
The performance of the RCC at Upper Paunglaung depends very much on the site condition. Producing, transporting
and stockpiling aggregates during the dry season is done very successfully in terms of efficiency and quality and
therefore more economical. During the rainy season the situation is different. The difficult weather condition with
heavy rains and the high humidity reduces the aggregate quality by a large percentage. The difference can be seen in
the material and RCC test results. Figure 13 compares the compressive strength results from RCC in the dam body
during wet and dry season and relates it with the previous RCC test results. It can be seen that the strength reaches
the design target and is much higher than the FST results. The measures taken as described above have been
successful. Nevertheless the comparison shows that the RCC performance is better in the dry season than in the wet
season. As a consequence of this all aggregates used for RCC construction in the rainy season are produced now in
the dry season and then stockpiled for the use in the wet season.

Figure 13: RCC compressive strength in wet and dry season Figure 14: RCC placing at Stage 3A in December 2011

5. Construction Progress
The actual progress of the RCC dam at Upper Paunglaung can be seen in the following figures. RCC Stage 3 has
been finished end of December 2011. In November and December 2011, DHPI placed approximately 110’000 m3
RCC within 7 weeks. The Bottom Outlet concrete structure is completed and RCC stage 4 in the River section can
start at beginning of 2012.

Figure 15: Construction of Stage 3A beginning of December Figure 16: Completed Stage 3 end of December 2011
6. Conclusions
The dam design optimisation to suit RCC construction, to minimise interferences, restrictions and complication has
been successful so far. The dam arrangement and the RCC construction stages allow the necessary flexibility in
construction and changes in the sequences to suit the actual site condition. The incorporated Bottom Outlet is well
advanced in construction and RCC placing of Stage 4 can start in January 2012. Meanwhile the construction of the
Intake and Penstock Structures has started on the left side, on top of RCC Stage 3.
The RCC mix has been successfully adjusted to reach the targeted design strength and the aggregates quality has
been constantly improved. The RCC stages and sequences have been changed to suit the RCC placing. This was
only possible with a great effort by all parties involved and the will to change.
The workmanship of the local contractor at the RCC placement is excellent. Experience has been gained and quality
as well as efficiency of the RCC placement increased. The motivation of the people, from the individual labours up
to the leading engineers, to do their best and willing to learn and improve the work under difficult site conditions, is
the key to the success of the Upper Paunglaung Project.

The Authors

His Excellency U Myint Zaw is currently Union Deputy Minister for Ministry of Electric Power No.(1), former Director
General, and was Project Director of the Yeywa Hydropower Project. After completing his studies in Myanmar, he has involved
in the construction of numerous hydropower projects in Myanmar, being project manager and then project director on many of
these before returning to the Yeywa project as its Project Director.S.C.

U Maw Thar Htwe is Director General of Department of Hydropower Implementation. After obtaining his Bachelor in Civil
Engineering from Rangoon (Yangon) Institute of Technology, he was involved in construction of Concrete Pole Plant, Gas
Turbine Power Plant and Waste Heat Recovery Boiler Power Plant and worked for Planning Section of Hydropower
Implementation. He was involved in construction of numerous hydropower projects throughout Myanmar such as Kun, Phyu,
Kabaung, Thaukyegat, Yenwe and Shwegyin as the Project Director.

U Zaw Min San is Deputy Director of Design Branch, Department of Hydropower Implementation. After completion of his
studies in Myanmar, he was involved in quality control works of the Yeywa Hydropower Project, started as Chief of the Project
Concrete Laboratory and later Assistant Director of the Yeywa Hydropower Project. He has been involved in design and
construction Management of Upper Paunglaung Hydropower Project.

Ch. Rohrer joined AF-Colenco Ltd. (formerly Colenco Power Engineering Ltd.) in 2002 after obtaining his MSc in Civil
Engineering from the Swiss Federal Institute of Technology Zurich. He was involved in the Son La and Lai Chau RCC dam in
Vietnam and Tasang and Yeywa RCC dams in Myanmar. He currently is the dam designer and deputy project director of the
103m high Upper Paunglaung RCC dam in Myanmar and also is involved in the 120m high Shweli RCC dam in Myanmar.
The Upper Paunglaung RCC dam – design and construction

U Myint Zaw & U Thaung Han

Department of Hydropower Implementation, Ministry of Electric Power (MOEP1), Nay Pyi Taw, Union
of Myanmar
Ch. Rohrer & K. M. Steiger
Hydropower Plants, AF-Colenco, Baden, Switzerland

ABSTRACT: The paper gives an overview of the Upper Paunglaung project layout and the cur-
rent situation of the construction and describes how the dam design was adapted for a rapid dam
construction. It also describe the challenges of flood protection during construction, the unfor-
tunate weather condition during the wet season, the challenging access to the site for transporta-
tion of the construction materials, as well as the initial stages of the RCC mix design and the
performance of the RCC full Scale trial embankment in May 2010.

1 INTRODUCTION

The 140 MW Upper Paunglaung hydropower project is owned by the Ministry of Electric Pow-
er No.1 and comprises a 103m high RCC (roller compacted concrete) gravity dam with Power-
house located on the left bank at the toe of the dam. It will be the second RCC dam constructed
in Myanmar and the first built by local contractors. An ungated spillway is located in the central
section of the dam for flood water discharge. The Project situated on the Paunglaung River up-
stream of the existing Paunglaung Hydropower plant (280MW) is located 50km east of the Cap-
ital Nay Pyi Taw, in Mandalay Division, Myanmar (Figure 1).

Figure 1. Project map Figure 2. General layout of the Upper Paunglaung Hydropower Project
The purpose of the project is the production of hydro-electric power. The large reservoir with a
capacity of 1.3 Mia m3 represents a seasonal storage and increases the energy production poten-
tial of the existing power plant.

2 PROJECT LAYOUT
2.1 General Layout
The general layout of the project is shown in Figure 2. The project essentially comprises a 103m
high RCC gravity dam with an ungated spillway and a bottom outlet, both integrated into the
dam body. Two power intakes are placed on the upstream face of the dam. Two penstocks pass
through the dam body, which are connected by steel penstocks on the downstream face leading
to the powerhouse. A separation wall separates the powerhouse from the spillway and river sec-
tion. A diversion tunnel is located in the right bank. It will be plugged prior to impounding.

2.2 River Diversion

The Paunglaung River is diverted through a 290m long and 10m diameter concrete lined tunnel
arranged in the right abutment. At the upstream portal an inlet structure with stoplogs is built to
close the tunnel under flow. The diversion tunnel will finally be closed with a 20m long grouted
concrete plug before impounding. The diversion tunnel and the 24m high upstream cofferdam
with clay core are designed for flood discharge of 1100m3/s which correspond to a 10years
flood return period (Figure 3 and 4).

Figure 3. Diversion Inlet under construction Figure 4. U/s Cofferdam with clay core

For higher floods, the advantage of the over-topping capability of an RCC dam and arrangement
of its construction sequences is taken into account to keep the work site safe against major dam-
ages by floods passing over the river section of the RCC dam. As shown in Figure 3 and 4 the
diversion tunnel and cofferdams have been constructed and river diversion took place success-
fully in December 2008.

2.3 Main dam

The main dam is a RCC gravity dam of 103m height, with a vertical upstream face and a
stepped 1:0.8 sloped downstream face. The axis of the dam shows four kinks due to the compli-
cated geological foundation condition. The dam has horizontal inspection and drainage galleries
at three elevations, as well as an abutment gallery for grouting, drainage and inspection purpose.
The dam is divided into 27 RCC blocks with maximum block spacing of 20m. The total RCC
volume of the dam is 0.95 Mio m3.
Figure 5. Downstream view of the Dam

Consolidation grouting is foreseen in the entire dam footprint with drilling spacing from 6m to
3m. A grout curtain with 10° inclination towards upstream and maximum dept of 80m is the
main feature to prevent seepage though the underground composed of metasandstone and gra-
nite. A drainage curtain will be executed downstream of the grout curtain. For the RCC gravity
dam stability analysis as well as detailed finite element analysis has been carried out. The static,
dynamic and thermodynamic conditions of the dam body were analyzed.

Figure 6. Dam view with grouting and drainage galleries

2.4 Spillway and Bottom Outlet

The spillway, with a maximum width of 67m at the ogee crest and a design discharge of
1750m3/s is integrated in the dam body at the river section. The spillway chute is 75 m long
with convergence of 7° on both sides towards downstream and has a flip bucket at its down-
stream end. The Bottom Outlet with two openings of 3mx2m each is equipped with radial and
sliding gates. They are also integrated into the dam body enabling reservoir drawdown or main-
taining of riparian discharge during impounding and in the case of both turbines being shut
down. The maximum capacity of the Bottom Outlet is 360m3/s.

2.5 Power Intakes and Penstocks

The power generation facilities comprise 2 power intakes, 2 steel penstocks and 2 vertical axis
Francis turbine and generator units with associated electro-mechanical and auxiliary equipment
installed in the open air powerhouse. A section through the dam and power generation system
(Figure 7) indicates that the Power Intake is placed in front of the dam with emergency closure
gates and maintenance gates operated from the dam crest. The steel penstocks of 4.8m diameter
are passing through the dam and are connected to the inclined steel penstock on the downstream
face of the dam leading to the spiral casings of the 70 MW turbines in the open-air powerhouse
just beyond the toe of the dam. The maximum discharge of one penstock is 100m3/s.

Figure 7. Section through the Intake, Dam and Powerhouse

3 RCC DAM DESIGN

3.1 RCC Dam layout and construction sequences
The RCC dam is divided into right and left part to limit the RCC placing volume per layer and
to allow flood protection during construction. An overtopping of the dam in case of high floods
during the wet season shall be allowed on the right side of the dam. The left side of the dam
where the power generation facilities are located shall never be overtopped. Therefore the left
side of the dam is always built ahead of the right side. At the downstream toe of the dam in the
river section the separation wall and the downstream cofferdam are protecting the powerhouse
construction site. The RCC construction sequences also have to take into account the incorpo-
rated structures such as bottom outlet, embedded penstock, spillway and the gallery system. The
ideal scenario against risk of thermal cracking of the RCC is the high quality of horizontal joints
as well as rapid construction progress within continuous placing. Hence, the planning of the
construction sequences of the RCC dam is of utmost significance. The construction sequences
of the Upper Paunglaung RCC dam are shown in Figure 8.

Figure 8. RCC construction sequences

Taking into account the local conditions and capability of the contractor, the RCC sequences are
defined as follows: RCC stage 1, 2 and 3 are to be built first with short interruptions for the con-
struction of the horizontal galleries. This also allows the contractor to construct the bottom out-
let next to RCC stage 1. After completion of stage 3, the intake towers and penstocks will be
built, while RCC stage 4 and 5, in the centre of the river will be built. As soon as the upper, ho-
rizontal penstock encasement is built, RCC stage 6 shall be constructed. Thereafter RCC stage
7, 8 and 9 will follow, keeping the rule that the left side of the dam is always built ahead of the
right side to guarantee flood protection of the powerhouse area.

3.2 Weather condition

The weather conditions at Upper Paunglaung site are quite challenging. The mean annual rain-
fall is in the range of 1700 to 1800mm. In contrast to the months November to April which are
very dry, the months of July to September are affected by heavy monsoon with precipitation
almost every day. Hence, appropriate site installations, care of water and especially all-weather
access roads are essential for the project. The main tasks are to assure reliable material produc-
tion and transportation, good quality of work on the dam site and the safety for the people on
site. One of the goals is to speed up production and construction during the dry season. All the
important, critical and difficult structures shall be built during this time and as much preparation
works and material storage shall be completed before the heavy rain starts. During the rainy sea-
son the progress will slow down or even stop during some time for some of the works like the
RCC placing.

3.3 Access and transport

Due to the fact that the project is located some 50km east of Paunglaung Power Plant in a hilly,
sparsely populated area of deep jungle, the access to the construction site is very difficult. The
whole area is characterized by deeply weathered rock covered by thick vegetation. The initial
construction, the continuous development as well as the maintenance and repair works after the
wet season of the 65km long access road detain a lot of resources, which is the Achilles heel of
the whole project. In addition all roads on the construction site as well as the 15km long road to
the quarry need the same attention as the access road.

Figure 9. Profile of the access road from Paunglaung Plant to Upper Paunglaung construction site

To emphasize the importance of a proper access road some material flow data over the year is
presented. The RCC dam with a concrete volume of approximately 950’000 m3 shall be built
within 17 months. That means on average 120’000 tons of aggregates per month have to be
transported from quarry to the batching plant. 12’300 tons of cementitious materials (cement
and natural pozzolan) have to be transported over the 65km long access road every month. As-
suming the use of 20 ton trucks, an average of 20 trucks journeys are required every day.

3.4 Material management

To ensure a continuous RCC placing, the material transportation and storage has to be planned
very carefully. Due to the difficult topographical and weather conditions as well as the long
transport distances, interruptions of the material flow have to be anticipated. For each material,
storage capacities have to be provided to guarantee a continuous RCC placing. As a result of the
hilly and narrow construction site, space is very limited. To provide sufficient stockpile area for
the aggregates, several platforms at different locations have to be built. A time span of three
months for ordering spare parts, shipment, custom clearance and repair works is assumed to
overcome possible problems of equipment in the aggregate production line and to return to full
operation again. Therefore a three months aggregate stockpile shall be provided which is at least
360’000 tons. For cementitious materials which will be transported several 100 km to reach the
construction site intermediate storage facilities have been installed near the existing Paunglaung
plant.

3.5 Mix design and trial mix program

Aggregate for the dam construction is limestone from two quarries approximately 15km up-
stream of the project. This material has been used for the trial mix program. For the RCC-mix
four aggregates proportions are used: one fine aggregate proportion and three coarse portions
with a maximum aggregates size of 40mm. The same Portland cement and natural pozzolan
sources as successfully used previously for Yeywa RCC dam have been chosen.

Figure 10. Aggregates 20mm-10mm Figure 11. RCC trial mix in the laboratory

The trial mix program was carried out in two stages at DHPI’s (Department of Hydropower Im-
plementation) Concrete and Soil Laboratory in Paunglaung. The first stage of testing started in
September 2009 (Figure 10 and 11), where different cement sources, aggregates materials, vari-
ous mix proportions and admixtures were tested. At this stage the final quarries and crushing
plants for the aggregates production were not yet fully developed. The aggregates had been tak-
en from the rock surface and had been crushed in a temporary plant. Nevertheless the results of
the testing program were quite promising. The Stage 2 trial mix program concentrated on the
optimization of the mixture proportion as well as testing of leveling concrete mixes. The RCC
mix which will most likely be selected is in the order of 70kg of cement and 160kg of natural
pozzolan.

3.6 Full scale trial embankment

A full scale trial embankment was constructed on site in May 2010 (Figure 12). The purpose of
the embankment is to confirm the quality of the RCC mix, in particular the horizontal joints, the
performance of the admixtures as well as the workmanship and the reliability of the RCC
equipment which will be used for the dam construction. The full scale trial was carried out un-
der very difficult conditions. The first stage of the trial was affected by very hot temperature,
shortage of power, problems with the batching plant and lack of ice to keep the RCC placing
temperature low. The second stage was characterized by a temperature drop of almost 10°, fre-
quent rain and consequently by contaminated aggregates and finally shortage of aggregates. De-
spite of this, solutions to all the operating problems could be found. In September 2010 several
cores were extracted from the 90 day old trial embankment and tested in compression, tension
and also for modulus of elasticity (Figure 13), indicating acceptable values.
Figure 12. RCC FST embankment Figure 13. Tensile testing of RCC cores

4 CONSTRUCTION IMPEMENTATION
4.1 Separation wall
In parallel with dam and powerhouse excavation works, site installations and concrete testing,
the construction activities continued. After river diversion in December 2008 the excavation in
the river bed started and the construction of the separation wall followed. The separation wall is
located in the river bed downstream of the dam toe, between the powerhouse and the impact
area of the spillway. It is 100m long, 15m wide and 25m high. For ease of construction, to save
time and to use the opportunity to use the structure as a first RCC trial, it has been decided to
build the wall in RCC (Figure 14) and not with conventional concrete. The design of the wall
has been adapted to correspond with RCC placing. Typical RCC features such as block joints,
waterstops and drainage pipes and a gallery system have been introduced for training the RCC
laborers. As result, the construction of the separation wall built by DHPI was a great success
(Figure 15).

Figure 14. Separation wall under construction Figure 15. Separation wall completed

4.2 Leveling concrete and bottom outlet

Excavation in the riverbed started during the last dry season (2009/2010) and was progressing
with the powerhouse excavation. After the excavation, placing of leveling concrete started in the
dam footprint. It is the base upon which RCC placing will commence and acts as counterweight
for the consolidation grouting. The leveling concrete is built in 20m wide blocks as for the RCC
dam. Leveling concrete placing and consolidation grouting is almost completed at the left side,
and placing of RCC can start at beginning of the dry season. At RCC block 15, where the Bot-
tom Outlet is located, a 3m thick RCC placement has been constructed as base of the Bottom
Outlet reinforced concrete structure (Figure 16). It could also have been built in conventional
concrete but the experience has shown that the quality of RCC is as good as conventional con-
crete and placing is much quicker.

Figure 16. Leveling concrete and RCC Figure 17. Conveyor belt foundation

4.3 RCC Conveyor system

The concrete plant is located on the left abutment near the dam crest. The plant consists of four
twin-shaft batch type mixers, each with a capacity of 3m3. The theoretical peak concrete produc-
tion is 500 m3/h. It will be used for conventional concrete and for RCC. A special delivery sys-
tem has been introduced to allow discharge of the mixer either to trucks or to the RCC conveyor
belt. The conveyor belt is the main delivery system to the dam, and runs on the upstream side of
the dam axis from the abutment to the centre of the dam. The conveyor is supported by self rais-
ing posts. At the end of the system a swinger is installed for loading the RCC onto the dump
truck on the placement. At some RCC stages vacuum chutes, short conveyors or temporary
trucks will be used in addition. The concrete foundation and post installation of conveyor sys-
tem has already started (see Figure 17 and Figure 18).

Figure 18. Layout of the RCC Conveyor System

5 CONCLUSION

The design and construction planning of the Upper Paunglaung RCC dam it is based on well es-
tablished methods, on the experience made in Myanmar and on the experience of the local con-
tractors who have already been involved in a similar project. The original design has been ad-
justed to suit the local conditions, the available equipment and other limitations. Importance has
been given during the design to allow construction of the RCC dam as simple as possible and to
assure continuous RCC placing with the aim to guarantee a high quality of the RCC.
 Upper Paunglaung HPP,
Myanmar

The 140 MW Upper Paunglaung hydropower project is periods and increases the power production of the existing
owned by the Ministry of Electric Power and comprises downriver power station Paunglaung.
a 103 m high RCC (roller compacted concrete) dam with The general layout of the Upper Paunglaung project con-
a powerhouse located on the left bank at the foot of the sists of the following structures:
dam. An ungated spillway is located in the central section • 10 m diameter concrete lined diversion tunnel, 290 m
of the dam for flood water discharge. The project on the long on the right bank which will be plugged for
Paunglaung River up-stream of the existing Paunglaung impounding of the reservoir
hydropower plant, with a 280 MW installed capacity, is • 103 m high RCC gravity dam with a crest length of
located 50 km east of the capital city Nay Pyi Taw, in Man- 530 m and a concrete volume of 950,000 m3
dalay Division, Myanmar. • Dam integrated converged spillway, maximum 67 m in
AF-Colenco was awarded a contract for a feasibility study width, designed for flood discharge of 1,750 m3/s
of the project in 2004 followed by contracts for the basic • Dam integrated bottom outlet with two openings 3 m
design in 2006 and finally the construction design of x 2 m and maximum discharge of 350 m3/s, equipped
the civil works in 2008. After completion in 2012, the with radial gates for operation and sliding gates for
Upper Paunglaung dam will be the second RCC dam in maintenance
Myanmar and the first of its kind built in Myanmar by local • Two trumpet shaped power intakes located upstream of
contractors. the dam axis, equipped with trash racks, roller gates for
The reservoir of the Upper Paunglaung hydropower project, operation and sliding gates for maintenance
fed by a 2,570 km2 catchment area, extends to an area of • Two 140 m long open penstocks, 4.8 m in diameter,
61 km2 with a volume capacity of 1.3 Mia m3. The resulting leading from the intakes through the RCC dam to the
reservoir of the Upper Paunglaung project, with its immense powerhouse
retention effect, reduces flooding, stores water for dry

Construction progress, February 2010

AF-Colenco Ltd, Hydropower Plants

20110121-WK

Täfernstrasse 26, CH-5405 Baden-Dättwil, Switzerland

Tel. +41 (0)56 483 12 12 · www.af-colenco.com when Experience matters
• Powerhouse with two Francis turbine units of 70 MW cap- With the ambitious target of completing the dam in 2012, it
acity each, two vertical 3 phase synchronous generators is necessary to minimize the interferences to the RCC
and two transformer bays placement in order to achieve a rapid construction. Due to
• Tailrace channel 45 m wide and 120 m long which the size of the dam and the capacity of the batching plant,
diverts the water back to the river as well as the potentially high floods during the wet season,
• 230 kV switchyard platform on the downstream left bank construction of the Upper Paunglaung dam will be split into
above the tailrace channel two halves, the river/spillway section and the powerhouse
• 30 km long high voltage transmission line to existing section. It is planned to place the RCC in the left (power-
Paunglaung power plant house) section during the wet season and in the right (river/
The RCC gravity dam is characterized by a vertical spillway) section during the dry season in order to protect
upstream face, a stepped downstream face and a height the powerhouse construction from flood water. With this
of 103 m. The present dam layout has four kinks due to solution, an overtopping of the dam during high floods at
the difficult geological conditions of the dam foundation. the river section is acceptable and a factor in the planning.
The foundation consists mainly of metasandstone but is The RCC placement in the dam body at Upper Paunglaung
discontinued by a granite intrusion. There are three hori- has a planned construction period of 15 months, starting in
zontal galleries for inspection, monitoring and drainage and Februar 2011. An RCC transporting system (conveyor belt)
two inclined galleries on both abutments for grouting and will be installed to transfer the concrete directly from the
drainage purposes. The spillway, with a maximum width of batching plant to the RCC placement point where it will be
67 m at the crest and a design discharge of 1,750 m3/s, is distributed by trucks, spread and levelled in 30 cm layers
integrated in the dam body at the river section. The bottom with large bulldozers and finally compacted by large rollers.
outlet, equipped with radial and sliding gates, is integrated Prior to the dam construction, an RCC full scale trial will be
in the dam body as well. performed to test all the equipment, spreading procedures
and quality of the concrete. To guarantee a successful
completion of the dam, AF-Colenco RCC specialists will
advise the local contractor and supervise the RCC dam
construction.

X6 tunnel lining Powerhouse construction progress, draft tube installation

 AF-Colenco AG
INFO
November 2010

Liebe Leserinnen und Leser Dear Readers

AF-Colenco als ein international tätiges Schweizer Beratungs- AF-Colenco is an international Swiss consulting and engineer-
und Ingenieurunternehmen im Energie- und Umweltbereich ist ing company in the field of energy and environmental technol-
unter anderem auch stark im Bereich der erneuerbaren Ener- ogy and also very active in the field of renewable energy. A
gien tätig. Eine nachhaltige Energieproduktion soll den zukünf- sustainable production of energy is a must in order to meet
tigen Energiebedarf auf unserer Erde decken. our future energy requirements.
Unsere Spezialisten tragen unter anderem dazu bei, Our specialists contribute, among other things, to
dass Energie aus Biomasse, Photovoltaik, Geother- the realization of sustainable energy production
mie, Wind und Wasser gewonnen werden kann. In through the use of biomass, photovoltaik, geo-
dieser AF-Colenco-Info werden von unseren Mitarbei- thermic, wind and water. Our employees present
tenden Beispiele zu solchen Projekten aus verschie- to you in this AF-Colenco-Info examples of such
denen Regionen der Welt präsentiert. Diese Projekte projects from different areas of the world. These
sorgen neben der Energieproduktion aber auch für projects not only increase the production of ener-
eine Reduktion der Treibhausgasemmission und für gy, but also reduce the emission of greenhouse
eine nachhaltige Entwicklung unserer Gesellschaft. gas and contribute to a sustainable development
Dass dabei immer auch innovative Lösungen im Vor- of society. Often innovative solutions are required,
dergrund stehen, die beim Auftraggeber einen Mehrwert er- which generate added value for our clients and prove that
zeugen, zeigt uns, dass unsere qualifizierten Ingenieure die our qualified engineers want to and will fulfill the high expec-
hohen Erwartungen erfüllen wollen und können. tations.
Wir wünschen Ihnen beim Lesen der Projektartikel viel Vergnü- We wish you pleasure in reading these articles.
gen!

Dr. Dieter Müller Dr. Dieter Muller

Leiter Geschäftsbereich Wasserkraftanlagen Head of Hydropower Plants Department

Projekte mit Energieerzeugung aus Projects with Energy Production from

erneuerbaren Energien Renewable Sources
Markteinführungsstudie für ein neuar- Market launch study for a new power
tiges Anlagenkonzept zur Erzeugung Brennstoff Biomasse plant concept for the production of
von elektrischer und thermischer Ener- Biomass fuel electrical and thermal energy from
gie aus Biomasse, Deutschland biomass, Germany
Aufgrund der speziellen Situation beim Because of the particular conditions at
Energiebedarf von lebensmitteltechnischen food processing plants, the types of
Produktionsanlagen können die auf dem biomass power plants that are available on
Markt befindlichen Biomasseanlagen die An- the market are not suitable for the require-
forderungen nicht erfüllen, welche sind: ments. These are:
ƒƒ Hoher Bedarf an elektrischer Energie, ƒƒ High demand of electrical energy and
damit hoher elektrischer Wirkungsgrad therefore a high degree of efficiency
ƒƒ Wärmeenergie auf hohem energetischen ƒƒ Thermal energy on a high energetic
Niveau level
ƒƒ Einfaches technisches Konzept ƒƒ Simple technical design
ƒƒ Kleine, modular aufgebaute Einheiten ƒƒ Small and modular units
Nach diesen Vorgaben wurde ein Verfah- According to these requirements, a design
ren entwickelt, das einen elektrischen Wir- was developed which offers an electrical
kungsgrad von >35% hat, Wärme mit hoher efficiency of >35%, thermal energy with
Temperatur liefert und einfache Verfahrens- high temperature and combines simple unit
 INFO AF-Colenco AG

schritte zu einer Anlagengrösse für einen Energieeinsatz von operations in a plant size of approx. 5 MW thermal input.
ca. 5 MW kombiniert. AF-Colenco was identified as being capable of proving the
AF-Colenco wurde für kompetent erachtet und beauftragt die technical plausibility of the plant concept, which is still under
technische Plausibilität des Konzeptes, das derzeit noch ei- confidential status.
nem Geheimhaltungsabkommen unterliegt, zu überprüfen und The result of the assessment confirmed the predicted figures
für die Marktauglichkeit zu bewerten. and was presented to the client. Improvements that were
Das Ergebnis der Prüfung, das dem Kunden vorgestellt wur- made by AF-Colenco concerning some unit operations were
de, war die Bestätigung der avisierten Anlagenparameter. Ver- adapted in the further development to a series production.
besserungsvorschläge, die von AF-Colenco zu einigen Verfah- The first power plant for commercial operation is planned to
rensschritten gemacht wurden, sind in die weitere Entwick- be put into service by mid 2011.
lung zur Serienproduktion eingeflossen. Die erste kommerziell
genutzte Anlage soll Mitte 2011 in Betrieb gehen. Preparation of licensing documents for a biomass
power plant providing industrial customers with pro-
Genehmigungsplanung für eine Biomasse-Anlage zur cess steam for EGP GmbH, Schwerin, Germany
Versorgung von Industriebetrieben mit Prozessdampf Commissioned by Bankhaus Lampe in Hamburg, EGP GmbH,
für die EGP GmbH, Schwerin, Deutschland Schwerin, secured the first commercial operation of the
Den ersten kommerziellen Einsatz des oben beschriebenen system described above. A cheese producing factory and
Verfahrens sicherte sich die Projektentwicklungsgesellschaft a brewery, both located in the city of Dargun, Mecklenburg,
EGP GmbH, Schwerin, im Auftrag des Bankhauses Lampe in Germany, were landed as project partners for heating energy
Hamburg. Als Projektpartner, welche die Wärmeenergie ab- consumption.
nehmen werden, konnten eine Käsefabrik sowie eine Brauerei The design of the plant foresees the construction of a bio-
im mecklenburgischen Dargun, gewonnen werden. mass cogeneration power plant with an electrical power out-
Das Anlagenkonzept sieht die Errichtung eines Heizkraftwer- put of approx. 5.5 MW in addition to the same amount of
kes mit ca. 5.5 MW elektrischer Leistung und noch einmal thermal energy.
der gleichen Menge thermischer Energie als Prozessdampf Because of the acquired knowledge of the plant design result-
vor. ing from the market launch study, the mandate for preparing
Aufgrund der Anlagenkenntnis, die bei AF-Colenco aus der licensing documents was awarded to AF-Colenco. Currently,
Markteinführungsstudie vorlag, konnte der Auftrag für die the administrative approval procedure is stalling but the
Genehmigungsplanung nach Baden geholt werden. Zwar ist partners in the project look forward to the realization by mid
der Genehmigungsprozess im Augenblick etwas ins Stocken 2011.
geraten, die Projektbeteiligten sehen jedoch einer Realisie-
rung der Anlage in 2011 optimistisch entgegen. Assessment of the fuel conveyor system in a biomass
power plant for Holcim, Italia
Studie zur Bewertung der Brennstofffördertechnik in Fusine Energia Srl, a subsidiary of Holcim Italia, constructed
einem Biomasse-Kraftwerk für Holcim, Italia a biomass power plant with approximately 7 MW electrical
Ein Tochterunternehmen der Fa. Holcim Italia, die Fa. Fusine power output in the community of Fusine, Province Sondrio,
Energia Srl, hat in der Gemeinde Fusine, Provinz Sondrio, in the Lombardy Region in Italy.
Region Lombardei ein Biomasse-Kraftwerk mit ca. 7 MW It was discovered during commissioning of the plant, that the
elektrischer Leistung errichtet. fuel conveyor system, which is a very important but normally
underestimated part, did not work according to the require-
ments of the plant.
AF-Colenco was commissioned to
analyze the fuel conveyor system,
installed by the EPC contractor.
This involved identifying the weak
points and assessing the improve-
ment concept elaborated by
another contractor.
Both tasks were handled to the
complete satisfaction of the
customer.

Fusine Biomasse-HKW. Fusine biomass cogeneration power station

2
 AF-Colenco AG INFO

Bei der Inbetriebnahme des Kraftwerks stellte sich heraus, Support with evaluation of tenders and negotiations
dass ein wesentlicher, aber in der Regel unterschätzter, An- of a cogeneration power plant comprising photovol-
lagenteil, nämlich die Brennstofffördertechnik nicht so funk- taics and geothermal energy for Stadtwerke München
tionierte, wie es der Betrieb der Anlage erforderte. (SWM), Munich, Germany
AF-Colenco wurde beauftragt die vom Generalunternehmer Stadtwerke München (SWM) operate a 2 GW district heating
installierte Fördertechnik zu analysieren, d. h. die Schwach- system within the city limits of Munich. In order to supply a
punkte zu identifizieren und das Ertüchtigungskonzept eines new urban district in the west end of the city, SWM is building
anderen Lieferanten, das Fusine Energia Srl mittlerweile vor- a new cogeneration power plant. This power plant will pro-
lag, auf Betriebstauglichkeit zu überprüfen. duce approx. 140 MW of thermal energy in the final step. It
Beide Aufgaben wurden zur vollsten Zufriedenheit des Kunden will comprise gas fired water-boilers, gas-powered combined
bearbeitet. heat and power units as well as photovoltaic and geothermal
energy.
Unterstützung bei der Angebotsauswertung und Auf- The rated output of the photovoltaic plant will be approx. 30
tragsvergabe für ein Heizkraftwerk mit einem Photovol- kW, with a yearly generation of approximately. 33,500 kWh.
taik- und einem Geothermie-Anteil für die Stadtwerke From the geothermal source located at a depth of 3,000 m
München (SWM), Deutschland below the surface, warm water with a temperature of approx.
Die Stadtwerke München, die im Stadtgebiet ein Fernwärme- 85°C and thermal capacity of approx. 25 MW is expected.
netz mit ca. 2 GW Anschlussleistung betreiben, bauen zur According to this relatively low temperature, this source
Erschliessung eines neuen Stadtteiles ein Heizkraftwerk im serves only for heating purposes. In the best case however,
Westen der Stadt. Das Heizkraftwerk, das im Endausbau ca. it will be operated 8,760 h/a.
140 MW Wärme erzeugen wird, umfasst einen Energiemix The tender documents for this cogeneration power plant were
von gasbefeuerten Heisswasserkesseln, Gasmotor-BHKWs, elaborated by SWM themselves. AF-Colenco was mandated
Photovoltaik und Geothermie. to assess the submitted offers regarding technical and com-
Die Leistung der Photovoltaik-Anlage wird ca. 30 kW betragen mercial aspects and to bring up the offers to such a level,
mit einer Jahresausbeute von ca. 33'500 kWh/a. that final negotiations could be performed.
Aus der Geothermie, die aus einer Tiefe von 3'000 m Warm- AF-Colenco managed the final technical negotiations and elab-
wasser von ca. 85°C liefern soll, wird eine Wärmeleistung von orated a proposal for the awarding of the contract. This pro-
ca. 25 MW erwartet. Aufgrund der relativ niedrigen Tempera- posal was accepted and put into effect by SWM.
tur dient diese Energiequelle nur der Wärmeproduktion, dies
allerdings in der Grundlast, d. h. die Geothermie wird im Ideal-
fall 8'760 h/a in Betrieb sein.
Die Ausschreibung für das Heizkraftwerk wurde von SWM
selbst erstellt. AF-Colenco wurde beauftragt, die Angebote,
die auf die Ausschreibung eingegangen waren in technischer
und kommerzieller Hinsicht zu prüfen, auszuwerten und auf
den Stand zu bringen, so dass finale Auf-
tragsverhandlungen durchgeführt werden
konnten.
AF-Colenco führte die technischen Schluss-
verhandlungen im Auftrag der SWM durch
und erarbeitete daraufhin einen Vergabe-
vorschlag, der von den SWM angenommen
und realisiert wurde.

Josef Starzner +41 (0)56 483 16 36

[email protected]

Bohn Architekten, DE

Competion for the realization of cogeneration plant Freiham /

Realisierungswettbewerb Heizkraftwerk Freiham

3
 INFO AF-Colenco AG

Upper Paunglaung Wasserkraftwerk-Projekt, Upper Paunglaung Hydropower Project,

Myanmar Myanmar
Das 140-MW Upper Paunglaung-Wasserkraftanlage- Projekt The 140 MW Upper Paunglaung hydropower project is owned
wurde vom Energie Ministerium von Myanmar (MOEP1) initia- by the Ministry of Electric Power and comprises a 103 m high
lisiert und beinhaltet eine 103 m hohe RCC- (Walzbeton) Stau- RCC (roller compacted concrete) dam with a powerhouse lo-
mauer mit Maschinenhaus am Fusse des linken Mauerfusses. cated on the left bank at the foot of the dam. An ungated
Eine Hochwasserentlastungsanlage ohne Schützen ist in der spillway is located in the central section of the dam for flood
Mitte der Mauer angeordnet, um Hochwasser sicher abzulei- water discharge. The project on the Paunglaung River up-
ten. Das Projekt am Paunglaung-Fluss liegt im Oberwasser stream of the existing Paunglaung hydropower plant, with a
des bestehenden 280-MW-Wasserkraftwerk Paunglaung und 280 MW installed capacity, is located 50 km east of the cap-
etwa 50 km von der Hauptstadt Nay Pyi Taw entfernt, in My- ital city Nay Pyi Taw, in Mandalay Division, Myanmar.
anmar. AF-Colenco was awarded a contract for a feasibility study
AF-Colenco hatte 2004 den Auftrag erhalten, eine Machbar- of the project in 2004 followed by contracts for the basic
keitsstudie für dieses Projekt durchzuführen. Die Folgeauf- design in 2006 and finally the construction design of the civil
träge wie das Vorprojekt im Jahre 2006, und das Bauprojekt works in 2008. After completion in 2012, the Upper Paung-
für alle Betonarbeiten inklusive Damm im Jahre 2008, gaben laung dam will be the second RCC dam in Myanmar and the
dem Projekt die nötige Konstanz und Schub für die Realisie- first of its kind built in Myanmar by local contractors.
rung. Nach der Fertigstellung im Jahre 2012 wird die Upper The reservoir of the Upper Paunglaung hydropower project,
Paunglaung-Staumauer die zweite RCC-Staumauer in Myan- fed by a 2,570 km2 catchment area, extends to an area of
mar sein und die erste RCC-Staumaurer in Myanmar, die von 61 km2 with a volume capacity of 1.3 Mia m3.
lokalen Unternehmern gebaut wurde. The resulting reservoir of the Upper Paunglaung project, with
Das Staubecken des Upper Paunglaung-Wasserkrafwerk-Pro- its immense retention effect, reduces flooding, stores water
jektes, welches von einem 2’570 km2 grossen Einzugsgebiet for dry periods and increases the power production of the
gespeist wird, erstreckt sich über eine Fläche von 61 km2 existing downriver power station Paunglaung.
und kann ein Wasservolumen von 1,3 Mia m3 speichern. Der The general layout of the Upper Paunglaung project consists
entstehende Stausee des Upper Paunglaung-Projektes mit of the following structures:
einer immensen Retentionswirkung mindert Hochwasserflu- ƒƒ 10 m diameter concrete lined diversion tunnel, 290 m long
ten ab, speichert Wasser für die Trockenperiode und vergrö- on the right bank which will be plugged for impounding of
ssert die Energieproduktion des bestehenden Kraftwerkes the reservoir.
Paunglaung im Unterlauf. ƒƒ 103 m high RCC gravity dam with a crest length of 530 m
Das Upper Paunglaung-Projekt besteht aus folgenden Anlage- and a concrete volume of 950,000 m3.
teilen: ƒƒ Dam integrated converged spillway, maximum 67 m in
ƒƒ Ein 290 m langer mit Beton verkleideter Umleitstollen mit width, designed for flood discharge of 1,750 m3/s.
einem Durchmesser von 10 m auf der rechten Talseite, ƒƒ Dam integrated bottom outlet with two openings 3 m x 2
der vor dem Einstau des Reservoirs mit einem Betonpfro- m and maximum discharge of 350 m3/s, equipped with ra-
pfen verschlossen wird. dial gates for operation and sliding gates for maintenance.

RCC Trennwand
RCC Separation wall
linke Talflanke der Staumauer
Main Dam right Abutment
oberwasserseitiger Fangdamm
Auslauf des Umleitstollens Upstream Cofferdam
Diversion Tunnel Outlet
rechte Talflanke der Staumauer
Zufahrtstrasse zur Mauerkrone Main Dam left Abutment
Access Road to Dam Crest
Plattform für Schaltanlage
Switchyard platform

unterwasserseitiger Fangdamm
Downstream Cofferdam

Baufortschritt, Februar 2010 Construction progress, February 2010

4
 AF-Colenco AG INFO

ƒƒ Eine 103 m hohe RCC-Gewichtsmauer mit einer Kronenlän- ƒƒ Two trumpet shaped power intakes located upstream of
ge von 530 m und einem Betonvolumen von 950’000 m3. the dam axis, equipped with trash racks, roller gates for
ƒƒ Eine 67 m breite Hochwasserentlastungsanlage, welche operation and sliding gates for maintenance.
in der Mauer integriert ist, mit verengender Schussrinne, ƒƒ Two 140 m long open penstocks, 4.8 m in diameter, lead-
ausgelegt für ein Hochwasser von 1’750 m3/s. ing from the intakes through the RCC dam to the power-
ƒƒ Ein in die Mauer integrierter Grundablass mit zwei Öffnun- house.
gen von 3 m x 2 m und einer maximalen Abflusskapazität ƒƒ Powerhouse with two Francis turbine units of 70 MW ca-
von 350 m3/s, ausgestattet mit Segment- und Gleitschütz- pacity each, two vertical 3 phase synchronous generators
en. and two transformer bays.
ƒƒ Zwei Einlaufbauwerke mit Einlauftrompete, oberwassersei- ƒƒ Tailrace channel 45 m wide and 120 m long which diverts
tig angeordnet an die Staumauer, ausgestattet mit einem the water back to the river.
Grobrechen, Rollschützen für Betrieb und Gleitschützen für ƒƒ 230 kV switchyard platform on the downstream left bank
Inspektion und Wartung. above the tailrace channel.
ƒƒ Zwei 140 m lange Druckleitungen mit 4.8 m Durchmesser, ƒƒ 30 km long high voltage transmission line to existing
welche von den Einläufen durch die Mauer zum Maschinen- Paunglaung power plant.
haus führen. The RCC gravity dam is characterized by a vertical upstream
ƒƒ Ein Maschinenhaus mit zwei 70-MW-Francis Turbinen, mit face, a stepped downstream face and a height of 103 m.
vertikalen 3 Phasen-Synchrongeneratoren, und 2 Transfor- The present dam layout has four kinks due to the difficult
matoren-Einheiten. geological conditions of the dam foundation. The foundation
ƒƒ Ein 45 m breiter und 120 m langer Auslaufkanal, der das consists mainly of metasandstone but is discontinued by a
Nutzwasser in den Fluss zurückführt. granite intrusion. There are three horizontal galleries for in-
ƒƒ Eine 230-kV-Schaltanlagen-Plattform an der linken Talflanke spection, monitoring and drainage and two inclined galleries
oberhalb des Auslaufkanals. on both abutments for grouting and drainage purposes. The
ƒƒ Eine 30 km lange Hochspannungsleitung die zum beste- spillway, with a maximum width of 67 m at the crest and a
henden Paunglaung Wasserkraftwerk führt. design discharge of 1,750 m3/s, is integrated in the dam
Die RCC-Staumauer ist eine Gewichtsmauer mit vertikaler body at the river section. The bottom outlet, equipped with
Wasser- und geneigter abgetreppter Luftseite und charakteri- radial and sliding gates, is integrated in the dam body as
siert durch die Höhe von 103 m. Die Mauer weist im Grund- well.
riss 4 Knicke auf, die wegen den schwierigen geologischen With the ambitious target of completing the dam in 2012, it
Verhältnissen in der Fundation erforderlich wurden. Die Mauer- is necessary to minimize the interferences to the RCC place-
fundation besteht hauptsächlich aus Metasandstein, ist aber ment in order to achieve a rapid construction. Due to the size
durch eine Granit-Intrusion in der Mauermitte unterbrochen. of the dam and the capacity of the batching plant, as well
Im Mauerkörper gibt es drei horizontale Galerien für Inspek- as the potentially high floods during the wet season, con-
tions-, Überwachungs- und Entwässerungszwecke, sowie zwei struction of the Upper Paunglaung dam will be split into two
Schräggalerien an den Talflanken für Injektionen und die Ent- halves, the river/spillway section and the powerhouse sec-
wässerung des Untergrundes. Die Hochwasserentlastung mit tion. It is planned to place the RCC in the left (powerhouse)
einer maximalen Breite von 67 m an der Krone und einer ma- section during the wet season and in the right (river/spillway)
ximalen Abflusskapazität von 1’750 m3/s ist in die Staumauer section during the dry season in order to protect the power-
integriert. Der Grundablass ist ausgestattet mit Segment- und house construction from flood water. With this solution, an
Gleitschützen und ist ebenso in die Staumauer integriert. overtopping of the dam during high floods at the river section
Um das ehrgeizige Ziel zu erreichen, die Staumauer bis Ende is acceptable and a factor in the planning.

Walzbeton-Grossversuch (oben). Maschinenhausbau bei Einheit 2 mit Powerhouse construction of Unit 2 with draft tube installation (above).
Einbau des Saugrohrs (rechts) RCC full scale trial embankment (left)

5
 INFO AF-Colenco AG

2012 fertigzustellen, ist es in erster Linie erforderlich, die

Schnittstellen zum konventionellen Beton zu minimieren, wel-
che die Betonarbeiten der Staumauer verlangsamen könnten.
Der Bau der Staumauer ist beim Upper Paunglaung-Projekt
deshalb in zwei Hälften aufgeteilt, in einen Fluss-/Hochwasse-
rentlastungsteil rechts und in einen Maschinenhausteil links.
Die Gesamtfläche der Staumauer wäre zu gross für eine Be-
tonetappe mit horizontalen Schichten. Zudem wird, um eine
Überflutung des Maschinenhausteils zu verhindern, der Bau
des linken Mauerteils immer weiter fortgeschritten sein als
der rechte Teil. Eine Überflutung des rechten Mauerteils wäh-
rend eines Hochwassers ist zulässig und eingeplant.
Baubeginn der Staumauer, mit einer geplanten Bauzeit von
etwa 15 Monaten ist für Februar 2011 angesetzt. Als Trans-
portsystem wird ein Betonförderband zur Verfügung stehen,
welches von der Mixanlage direkt zur Staumauerbaustelle
führt. Auf der Staumauer wird der Beton mit Muldenkipper an
die entsprechende Stelle gebracht. Danach wird der Beton
mit Planierraupen in 30 cm Schichten verteilt und schliesslich
mit grossen Vibrationswalzen verdichtet. Project Layout / Übersicht über das Projekt
Bevor man mit dem Betonieren der Staumauer beginnt, wird
auf der Baustelle ein Grossversuch durchgeführt, wo alle für
den Bau der Staumauer relevanten Arbeitsabläufe, Maschi- The RCC placement in the dam body at Upper Paunglaung
nen, Materialen und Betonmischungen noch einmal getestet has a planned construction period of 15 months, starting in
werden. Februar 2011. An RCC transporting system (conveyor belt)
Um eine erfolgreiche Fertigstellung der will be installed to transfer the concrete directly from the
Staumauer zu gewährleisten, werden nebst batching plant to the RCC placement point where it will be
dem Planungsteam RCC-Spezialisten von distributed by trucks, spread and levelled in 30 cm layers
AF-Colenco den lokalen Bauherren beraten with large bulldozers and finally compacted by large rollers.
und die RCC-Staumauerbau ständig über- Prior to the dam construction, an RCC full scale trial will be
wachen. performed to test all the equipment, spreading procedures
and quality of the concrete. To guarantee a successful com-
Christof Rohrer +41 (0)56 483 17 41 pletion of the dam, AF-Colenco RCC specialists will advise the
[email protected] local contractor and supervise the RCC dam construction.

Machbarkeitsstudie und Ausschreibungs- Feasibility Study and Tender Documents for

unterlagen für den Ausbau des Kruonis Pump- the Kruonis Pumped Storage Power Plant
speicherkraftwerks in Litauen Extention Project in Lithuania
Litauen hat sich gemeinsam mit anderen EU-Ländern zur Er- Together with other EU countries, Lithuania has made a
höhung des Anteils erneuerbarer Energien in seiner Energie- commitment to increase the share of renewable energy in its
bilanz verpflichtet. Eine der attraktivsten Quellen für erneuer- energy balance. One of the most attractive sources of renew-
bare Energie, welche auch in Litauen entwickelt wird, ist die able energy, to be developed in Lithuania, is wind energy. The
Windenergie. Der Ausbau erneuerbarer Energien und die zu- development of renewable energy sources and the gradually
nehmende Energieproduktion in Windfarmen erfordern zu- increased power generation from wind farms demands flex-
sätzlich flexible Erzeugungskapazitäten zur Regulierung und ible generation capacities with the capability to regulate and
Sicherstellung des Gleichgewichts zwischen Angebot und ensure a balance between demand and supply in the Lithua-
Nachfrage im litauischen, aber auch im grenzüberschreiten- nian and trans-boundary power systems. AF-Colenco, as part
den Energiesystem. AF-Colenco als Teil der schwedischen ÅF- of the Swedish ÅF group, can greatly contribute to this goal
Gruppe kann mit seiner umfassenden Erfahrung auf dem Ge- through its integral expertise in pumped storage hydropower
biet der Pumpspeicherkraftanlagen massgebend zur Erfüllung plants.
dieser Aufgabenstellung beitragen. In March 2010, Lietuvos Energija AB contracted AF-Colenco
Im März 2010 hat die Lietuvos Energija AB AF-Colenco mit for a feasibility study and tender documents related to the
der Durchführung einer Machbarkeitsstudie und Erstellung der Kruonis Pumped Storage Power Plant (Kruonis PSPP) exten-
Ausschreibungsunterlagen für den Ausbau des Kruonis-Pump- sion by a fifth unit. The existing Kruonis PSPP was completed
speicherkraftwerks (Kruonis PSW) um eine fünfte Maschinen- in 1998 and is located near Kaunas, Lithuania. The current
gruppe beauftragt. Das bestehende Kruonis PSW liegt in der 900 MW (4 units) installed capacity of the plant is used for
Nähe der litauischen Stadt Kaunas und wurde 1998 fertigge- handling disturbances in the networks when failures in genera-
stellt. Die gegenwärtig installierte Anlagenleistung von 900 tion units or interconnections occur. Kruonis PSPP regulates

6
 AF-Colenco AG INFO

MW (4 Maschinengruppen) wird zur Kontrolle von Störungssi- the load curve of the power system 24 hours a day. The most
tuationen im Versorgungsnetz genutzt, wenn Ausfälle anderer important system services, such as reactive power control,
Erzeuger auftreten oder Teile des Netzes ausfallen. Das Kru- emergency reserve and black start capability, are performed
onis PSW regelt die Netzbelastung rund um die Uhr. Die wich- by the Kruonis PSPP. The electricity from the power plant is
tigsten Aufgaben des Kruonis PSW in Bezug auf das Strom- supplied to a 330 kV network.
versorgungsnetz sind der Lastausgleich und die Bereitstel- The plant was initially planned and projected for 1,800 MW
lung einer Notversorgung, sowie die Schwarzstart-Fähigkeit. (8 units) and the power intake structure, penstock founda-
Die Energie aus dem Kraftwerk wird in eine 330-kV-Leitung tions and powerhouse structure already exist to accommo-
eingespeist. date 8 units.
Die Anlage wurde anfangs für eine Leistung von 1'800 MW In order to meet system regulation demand, Kruonis PSPP is
(8 Maschinengruppen) geplant und ausgearbeitet. Einlaufbau- planning to build a new flexible asynchronous hydro unit with
werk, Fundamente für die Triebwasserleitungen und das Ma- an approximate 250 MW output (referred to as Unit No. 5),
schinenhaus wurden bereits zur Unterbringung von acht expanding the total installed capacity up to 1,150 MW. The
Maschinengruppen ausgeführt. new unit and associated equipment will be introduced in the
Der Betreiber des Kruonis PSW plant den Bau einer neuen, existing powerhouse.
flexiblen Asynchronmaschine mit einem Output von bis zu The enlargement of the plant also foresees the installation of
250 MW (Unit 5), um die entsprechende Nachfrage nach Re- a new 7.5 m diameter and 850 m long penstock. The new
gelenergie zu erfüllen. Dies erweitert die Anlagengesamtleis- penstock will run along the slope between the power intake
tung auf rund 1'150 MW. Die neue Maschinengruppe samt structure and the powerhouse beside the four existing pen-
zugehöriger Ausrüstung wird im bestehenden Maschinenhaus stocks already in operation. The new penstock will be instal-
untergebracht. led and integrated into existing intake and powerhouse struc-
Der Ausbau der Anlage sieht ebenso den Bau einer zusätzli- tures by connecting it to the existing upper and lower existing
chen Druckrohrleitung mit einem Durchmesser von 7.50 m embedded pipes. It is also a requirement for the penstock
und einer Länge von 850 m vor. Die neue Druckrohrleitung design to use the existing pile foundations to transfer the
wird neben den vier in Betrieb stehenden Triebwasserleitun- loads from the penstock and the upper and lower compen-
gen verlegt und an die bereits im Einlaufbauwerk und im Ma- sation beams to the ground.
schinenhaus integrierten Rohrstücke angeschlossen. Eine A challenging part of the work for Kruonis PSPP Project was
Anforderung an die Planung der neuen Druckrohrleitung ist to prepare, in a very tight schedule, the feasibility study and
die Verwendung der schon bestehenden Fundamente zur Ab- tender documents for the implementation of the new Unit No.
leitung der Lasten aus der Druckleitung in den Untergrund. 5 and the penstock in the form of an EPC contract. In order
Eine Herausforderung bei den Arbeiten zum Ausbau des Kru- to define the scope of supply and properly evaluate the future
onis PSW war die zeitlich sehr eng gefasste Erstellung der proposals, taking into account the various mechanical and
Machbarkeitstudie wie auch der Ausschreibungsunterlagen civil design constraints and uncertain parameters, available
für die Ausführung der neuen Unit 5 und der Druckrohrleitung data in Russian relating to the existing power plant was col-
für einen EPC-Vertrag. Zur Beschreibung des Liefer- und Leis- lected, translated, and studied. Some of the key statements
tungsumfangs und zur Ermöglichung einer einwandfreien Be- required to be analysed during the feasibility and tender
wertung der Angebote mussten etliche mechanische und bau- phase were:
liche Zwangsbedingungen berücksichtigt werden. Zu diesem ƒƒ The existing unit setting level, draft tube and penstock
Zweck mussten die teilweise unvollständigen Ausführungsun- interface at the powerhouse to accommodate a bigger
terlagen der Anlage in russischer Sprache zusammengesam- unit and impact on cavitation, eventual repair costs, and
melt, übersetzt und eingesehen werden. Einige ausgewählte plant availability.
in der Machbarkeitsstudie und Ausschreibungsphase zu unter-
suchenden Schlüsselpunkte waren:

Blick auf das bestehende Kruonis PSW mit betonumhüllten View of existing Kruonis PSPP and existing concrete
Druckrohrleitungen encased penstocks

7
 INFO AF-Colenco AG

Vorhandene Pfähle und Betonbalken am oberen Ausgleichsblock und Indoor view of existing powerhouse and interface between unit and lo-
Übergang zwischen Druckrohr und Einlaufbauwerk (oben). Innenan- wer connection embedded pipe (above). Existing piles and concrete
sicht des bestehenden Maschinenhauses und Übergang zwischen beams at the upper compensation beam and interface between pen-
Maschinengruppen und eingebauten Anschlussrohren (rechts) stock and power intake (left)

ƒƒ Bestehende Einbaukote der Maschinengruppe, Schnittstel- ƒƒ Limited space in the powerhouse and existing powerhouse
len von Saugrohr und Druckrohrleitung im Maschinenhaus, structural grid to house a bigger state-of-the-art asynchron-
Auswirkungen hinsichtlich Kavitation und allfällig zu erwar- ous machine and its converter.
tenden Reparaturkosten sowie die Anlagenverfügbarkeit. ƒƒ Expected cycle efficiency figures for the big unit (250 MW)
ƒƒ Begrenzter Raum im Maschinenhaus und bestehende Bau- and eventually a smaller one (225 MW).
substanz bzgl. der Unterbringung einer grösseren, dem ƒƒ Change in the penstock concept required by the client,
Stand der Technik entsprechenden Asynchronmaschine from concrete encased (existing penstocks) to exposed
und Umwandler penstock for Unit No. 5 and its consequences on the
ƒƒ Erwartungswerte des Wirkungsgrads der grossen feasibility due to the prevailing uncertain geological and
250-MW-Maschinengruppe und einer eventuell kleineren geotechnical conditions, existing piles settlement, distri-
225-MW-Gruppe. bution of ring girder supports and their interface with the
ƒƒ Änderung des Druckrohrleitungskonzepts von den beste- existing piles and pile capacity, number, location and type
henden betonumhüllten Druckleitungen in eine freiliegende of expansion joints, feasibility and viability of constructing
Druckleitung für die Maschine 5 mit entsprechenden Kon- anchor blocks, geometry and distribution of existing foun-
sequenzen hinsichtlich Machbarkeit. Dabei werden die dations among other constraints.
geologischen und geotechnischen Zustände, bestehende ƒƒ The exposed penstock concept condition and expected
Pfahlsetzungen, Verteilung der Auflager der Ringträger und particular load cases as well as functional, serviceability
ihre Schnittstellen mit den vorhandenen Pfählen, Pfahltrag- and durability requirements like freezing exposure, thermal
fähigkeit, Anzahl, Lage und Art der Dehnungsfugen, Mach- loads and associated deformations, friction forces, in-
barkeit und Brauchbarkeit von Ankerblöcken, Geometrie duced vibration, vacuum conditions, handling and installa-
und Verteilung vorhandener Gründungen und weitere Rand- tion, external corrosion protection, instrumentation among
bedingungen geprüft und verifiziert. others.
ƒƒ Zustände der freiliegenden Druckrohrleitung und jeweilig As a result of works carried out by AF-Colenco, a feasibility
zu erwartende Lastfälle, sowie Anforderungen an die Funk- study was submitted and approved by the
tionalität, Gebrauchstauglichkeit und Dauerhaftigkeit bzgl. client in mid 2010. The assessments and
Frosteinwirkung und Verformungen aus Temperaturbelas- conclusions in the study were used as a
tung, Reibungskräften, induzierten Schwingungen, Vaku- basis for writing up the specifications for
umszuständen, Bearbeitung und Einbau, äusserer Korrosi- the EPC contract which successfully com-
onsschutz, Instrumentierung, etc. bined the boundary conditions and require-
Die aus der Arbeit von AF-Colenco entstandene Machbarkeits- ments of the extension project.
studie wurde dem Kunden Mitte 2010 übergeben und von die-
sem genehmigt. Die Bewertungen und Schlussfolgerungen Claudia Polimanti +41 (0)56 483 17 33
aus dieser Studie wurden als Basis für die Erstellung der Spe- [email protected]
zifikationen für den EPC-Vertrag übernommen, welche in ge-
lungener Weise die Randbedingungen und Anforderungen des
Ausbauprojekts verbinden.

Impressum
Herausgeber: AF-Colenco AG, Täfernstrasse 26, Tel: +41 (0)56 483 12 12
CH-5405 Baden, Schweiz/Switzerland Fax: +41 (0)56 483 12 55
Redaktion: M. Schläpfer +41 (0)56 483 13 54 E-mail: [email protected]
Layout: St. Shulist +41 (0)56 483 15 53 Internet: www.af-colenco.com